RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Twilight 2000 - The Modern Dark Ages

06:05, 21st May 2024 (GMT+0)

OOC Thread 4.

Posted by FusilierFor group 0
Fusilier
GM, 1134 posts
Your Guide
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 01:32
  • msg #1

OOC Thread 4

Last one reached the post limit. Carry over to this one for OOC.
Ben Jagelis
player, 913 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 02:06
  • msg #2

Re: OOC Thread 4

I think I may have to redo some of the callsigns to account for the changes or does that seem a bit confusing to everyone?
This message was last edited by the GM at 10:23, Thu 03 Dec 2009.
Varis Babicevs
player, 367 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 02:30
  • msg #3

Re: OOC Thread 4


Why don't we do super cool callsigns like "Razor 3" and "Eagle 5" and "Hammer 7" and "Delta Actual"? No, seriously.
Ben Jagelis
player, 914 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 05:58
  • msg #4

Re: OOC Thread 4

Well, we could do that but then we'd have to reserve one hand to keep down our pants.

Either that or all become US air force pilots with egos the size of a truck...

;)
Fusilier
GM, 1135 posts
Your Guide
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 11:38
  • msg #5

Re: OOC Thread 4

Hey fellas, I need to know the order of march for the vehicles... as in which on is first, second, and so on.
Robert Mitchell
player, 139 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 12:10
  • msg #6

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Fusilier (msg #5):

My guess would be Bradley, M113 and then the BTR-70.
Kurt Weiss
player, 301 posts
Command Sergeant Major
Army Special Forces (US)
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 12:22
  • msg #7

Re: OOC Thread 4

US Army callsigns that I'm familiar with generate easily and are easily expanded on.

Example for Alpha Company (Apaches)

Apache Six - Company Commander
Apache Seven - First Sergeant (Or otherwise most senior NCO)
Apache Five - Company XO
Apache Two - Company Intelligence Officer
Apache Eight - Fire Support Officer

Platoons are usually known as a color...

1st - Red
2nd - White
3rd - Blue

Example for 1st Platoon (Red) Leadership...

Red Six - 1st Platoon Leader
Red Seven - 1st Platoon Sergeant
Red One - 1st Platoon 1st Squad Leader
Red Two - 1st Platoon 2nd Squad Leader
Red Three - 1st Platoon 3rd Squad Leader

Team Leaders are Alpha's and Bravo's

Red One Alpha - 1st Platoon, 1st Squad, Alpha Team Leader
Red One Bravo - 1st Platoon, 1st Squad, Bravo Team Leader

Vehicles for Red (1st) Platoon and do not change

One Five - next most senior Section Leader
One Six - PL's Track
One Seven - PSG's Track
One Eight - least senior Section Leader

Drivers and Gunners are Delta's and Golf's

One Six Delta - PL's Track, Driver
One Six Golf - PL's Track, Gunner

Say at Battalion level, for example 2/28th IN (Black Lions)

Lion One - S1, Administration
Lion Two - S2, Intelligence
Lion Three - S3, Operations
Lion Four - S4, Logistics
Lion Five - XO
Lion Six - CO
Lion Seven - CSM
Lion Eight - Fires
Lion Nine - S6, Communications

This is pretty much the standard Army wide...only when you get weird attachments do you start seeing Hollywood Callsigns.  Even Army Aviators use this rather than Hollywoods.
Robert Mitchell
player, 140 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 12:41
  • msg #8

Re: OOC Thread 4

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
30 round magazine loaded w. 28 rounds


I've seen you mention this a couple of times but I'm unsure what the reason is?  Is this something that most soldiers do to reduce the chance of miss-feeds or something?
Kurt Weiss
player, 302 posts
Command Sergeant Major
Army Special Forces (US)
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 12:52
  • msg #9

Re: OOC Thread 4

The idea behind it is that magazine reliability can sometimes be stressed by max'ing out the count.  I, personally, have never had issues with keeping my magazines at 30/30.  Some folks seem to think the tension on the spring is too great and could cause a misfeed.

There are also arguments that say that you want to keep your magazines max'd out or completely empty.  That a partially stressed spring is worse for maintaining its tension than having it 'completely' relaxed or 'completely' compressed.

I just run with my stuff at max and refill partials when I get a chance.

Cheers,

Tim
Ben Jagelis
player, 916 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 13:54
  • msg #10

Re: OOC Thread 4

I've never had a problem with mags either, at least in mags which weren't obviously damaged (usually it's just the lips which is bent preventing clean relase into the weapon - easy to fix with a pair of pliers and a little care).
Most often it's the weapon that has the problem, or the mag just hasn't been seated correct by the user (which means it falls out the moment you bump it).
The worst weapon for problems in my experience was the M16. I've also had issues with M60s but that turned out to have been the battalion armourers fault - they had a habit of repacing worn parts with other worn parts pulled from other guns because they were too lazy to do the paperwork and order new ones!

The Bradley is to move last in the order. It is the command and fire support vehicle. The M113 is probably going to move in the front when travelling single file as it has half a dozen sets of eyes out the top watching for danger.
I believe the BTR might also have four infantrymen with their heads exposed through the roof hatches, but I don't really trust NPCs to do the job properly.
When in more open terrain, we'll move in a "Two up" formation - BTR and M113 side by side but with at least 50 metres between (preferably 100+).
Ben Jagelis
player, 917 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 14:00
  • msg #11

Keeping busy

Note that Ben has kept everyone busy from dawn through to 3pm with practise drills,etc. There's been little time to sit about until the last couple of hours in the day.
Robert Mitchell
player, 141 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 14:05
  • msg #12

Re: Keeping busy

Ben Jagelis:
Note that Ben has kept everyone busy from dawn through to 3pm with practise drills,etc. There's been little time to sit about until the last couple of hours in the day.


I think that you might have gotten confused about the time of day - the time is 06:00.

Fusilier:
Finally, at 0600hrs. the call you've been waiting for comes in loud and clear. You orders are to proceed to a designated release point in the western edge of the "old city" (just to the northwest of St.Mary's Cathedral). By the time you get there, command will be able to provide specific orders.


GM - Yes. Reveille/eat was 0400, attack begins 0500, then an hours wait - 0600.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:11, Mon 30 Nov 2009.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 126 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 15:03
  • msg #13

Re: Keeping busy

Most characters I play don't do that with the magazines.  This particuliar PC, I deceided to have him do that.  With the shape & state of the world, he thinks he's saving the springs in his mags since new replacements are far and few between and he has been stretching the mag springs for sometime.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 142 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 15:52
  • msg #14

Re: Keeping busy

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
With the shape & state of the world, he thinks he's saving the springs in his mags since new replacements are far and few between and he has been stretching the mag springs for sometime.


Thank God the Tobacco is still good.
Robert Mitchell
player, 142 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 16:00
  • msg #15

Re: Keeping busy

Mitch would kill for a decent pint of beer! <G>
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 143 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 16:13
  • msg #16

Re: Keeping busy

Robert Mitchell:
Mitch would kill for a decent pint of beer! <G>

Beer?! Pfft. If you're going to drink. Skip the foreplay and go for the big win.

Vodka.
Robert Mitchell
player, 143 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 16:21
  • msg #17

Re: Keeping busy

Ah, Vodka is good when you're trying to get hammered but what Mitch misses is sitting in a pub having a laugh over several beers - it's partly a ritual rather than just being about the booze!
Mike Catchings
player, 38 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 18:11
  • msg #18

Re: Keeping busy

Tennessee Whiskey. Enough said.  Or some moonshine if you're adventerous, and want to go blind for a minute.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:16, Mon 30 Nov 2009.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 144 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 18:45
  • msg #19

Re: Keeping busy

Mike Catchings:
Tennessee Whiskey. Enough said.  Or some moonshine if you're adventerous, and want to go blind for a minute.

Kentucky Bourbon if I will drink something state-side. Or as it is listed in one cafe here "Kentucky Wine"
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 145 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 22:59
  • msg #20

Re: Keeping busy

With the Large and Brutish and Ever Grunting, Otto next to Kaminski...

I sorta feel like some weird Polish version of Han Solo and Chewbacca... cept we both have shaved heads with Yamulkes..
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 127 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 23:20
  • msg #21

Re: Keeping busy

Robert Mitchell:
Ah, Vodka is good when you're trying to get hammered but what Mitch misses is sitting in a pub having a laugh over several beers - it's partly a ritual rather than just being about the booze!

I'll second that!
Ben Jagelis
player, 918 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 30 Nov 2009
at 23:38
  • msg #22

Re: Keeping busy

Robert Mitchell:
I think that you might have gotten confused about the time of day - the time is 06:00.

Hmm, so I did. For some reason I had 1800 stuck in my mind.

Oh well, that just means the drills were done before dawn in the dark!

:P
Robert Mitchell
player, 144 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:12
  • msg #23

Re: Keeping busy

Another slightly random question - as the M113 commander would Mitch be wearing a CVC Helmet or a radio headset and his own infantry helmet?


Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Robert Mitchell:
Ah, Vodka is good when you're trying to get hammered but what Mitch misses is sitting in a pub having a laugh over several beers - it's partly a ritual rather than just being about the booze!

I'll second that!

I think we've just found the aim of the next trading trip! <G>


Ben Jagelis:
Oh well, that just means the drills were done before dawn in the dark!

Mitch may just have dozed off in the commander's position while everyone was tripping over each other getting into and out of the M113! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1136 posts
Your Guide
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:19
  • msg #24

Re: OOC Thread 4

Ben Jagelis:
The Bradley is to move last in the order. It is the command and fire support vehicle. The M113 is probably going to move in the front when traveling single file as it has half a dozen sets of eyes out the top watching for danger.I believe the BTR might also have four infantrymen with their heads exposed through the roof hatches, but I don't really trust NPCs to do the job properly.

When in more open terrain, we'll move in a "Two up" formation - BTR and M113 side by side but with at least 50 meters between (preferably 100+).


Alright, great. I've finally finished plotting enemy positions and details, and with your OOB I'll have the post up tonight.

I think only 2 players traded in som EP for skills, but there's still a little time for last minute improvement.
Varis Babicevs
player, 369 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 01:47
  • msg #25

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier:
I think only 2 players traded in som EP for skills, but there's still a little time for last minute improvement.


Thanks for the last minute reprieve. I would like to buy a 2 in thrown weapon (I anticipate some grenade chucking) and 2 in autogun in case he needs to take over an MG. I think I can do that with my 5 SPs.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:48, Tue 01 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1137 posts
Your Guide
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 04:17
  • msg #26

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #25):

Thrown weapon 1 > 2 (2XP)
Autogun 0 > 2 (3XP)

Done (I changed your sheet already).
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 146 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 07:56
  • msg #27

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fus you got the note about me raising Leadership w/ Kaminski, no?
Fusilier
GM, 1138 posts
Your Guide
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 08:15
  • msg #28

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Krzysztof Kaminski (msg #27):

Yes. Its done.
Fusilier
GM, 1141 posts
Your Guide
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 14:20
  • msg #29

Re: OOC Thread 4

I know most of you were probably expecting large building type urban warfare, but I hope everyone is ok with the start of things. At the rate the perimeter is shrinking you'll be slugging it out in the old city by tomorrow maybe. And there still house clearing ahead.

EDIT - I forgot to add something to the map. That highway bridge over the rail lines is downed. Its probably only a minor point, but you'll have to use the smaller bridge just to the north of it. The rail lines are actually in a shallow depression compared to the roads and surrounding area.


This message was last edited by the GM at 15:21, Tue 01 Dec 2009.
Helmut Meyer
player, 490 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 15:19
  • msg #30

Re: OOC Thread 4

Nah. I'm ok with it for sure. This sounds interesting. We haven't been fighting against the clock before. Or anything like this at all for that matter.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 477 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 16:36
  • msg #31

Re: OOC Thread 4

We have mortar support, yes?
Fusilier
GM, 1142 posts
Your Guide
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 16:50
  • msg #32

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #31):

Besides you own 60mm, yes. But limited (as in you shouldn't drop rounds on targets you don't necessarily have to).
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:51, Tue 01 Dec 2009.
Helmut Meyer
player, 491 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 17:06
  • msg #33

Re: OOC Thread 4

Just to point out (not saying that will change anything or that a covered route is pointless), we're going to get spotted anyways I think. Pearce mentioned they think the Soviets have a FO team up on the side of the hill. If they can see the harbor, they'll see us.
Robert Mitchell
player, 147 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 17:10
  • msg #34

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Helmut Meyer (msg #33):

See and quite probably hear....

Should we dismount and send out an infantry patrol?  Or is part of our objective to be seen and attract enemy armour/AT capability so that we can try and destroy it?
Helmut Meyer
player, 493 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 17:19
  • msg #35

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
Should we dismount and send out an infantry patrol?

I think the time table we have to follow removes the option of sending infantry on ahead. Although that would be a good idea any other time.

Robert Mitchell:
Or is part of our objective to be seen and attract enemy armour/AT capability so that we can try and destroy it?

I think we would be better off attracting the enemy who are our primary targets (the guys on the move). If we get bogged down at the first objective we won't make it in time to reach the second.
Robert Mitchell
player, 148 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 17:24
  • msg #36

Re: OOC Thread 4

Helmut Meyer:
Robert Mitchell:
Should we dismount and send out an infantry patrol?

I think the time table we have to follow removes the option of sending infantry on ahead. Although that would be a good idea any other time.

Robert Mitchell:
Or is part of our objective to be seen and attract enemy armour/AT capability so that we can try and destroy it?

I think we would be better off attracting the enemy who are our primary targets (the guys on the move). If we get bogged down at the first objective we won't make it in time to reach the second.


I think that you are correct on both points but I suspect that circumstances may prevent us from simply moving to engage our primary target.

Damn!
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 148 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:18
  • msg #37

Re: OOC Thread 4

did we take that 122mm rocket? Perhaps we could use that as an indirect fire weapon in addition to the mortar?

Also what is the fire control like on the BTR? As in can we drive around like a bat out of hell and use speed as an advantage with little loss in the ability to shoot at targets? Or will that cause all our rounds to go all over the place?
Oskar Friedmann
player, 479 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:25
  • msg #38

Re: OOC Thread 4

Helmut Meyer:
Just to point out (not saying that will change anything or that a covered route is pointless), we're going to get spotted anyways I think. Pearce mentioned they think the Soviets have a FO team up on the side of the hill. If they can see the harbor, they'll see us.


I was more into not letting anything take aim with an RPG.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 150 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:27
  • msg #39

Re: OOC Thread 4

What if one team heads further NW along the river. Fast. Takes the second bridge over and then cuts back along their rear flank? We can try to scissor them.

I hate the fact that we don't have any indication on their numbers.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 557 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 18:47
  • msg #40

Re: OOC Thread 4

OK, anyone with a view on the plan either voice it IC or here, I'll then issue an order that tries to accomodate as many views as possible without making it suicidal.
Robert Mitchell
player, 149 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 19:26
  • msg #41

Re: OOC Thread 4

One question to throw into the discussion - do Kaminski, Otto or Volodya have any local knowledge of this area that will be beneficial to us?  From looking at the map there doesn't seem to be a way to cross the river without being seen from the likely FO position but they may know of something.
Robert Mitchell
player, 150 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 19:29
  • msg #42

Re: OOC Thread 4

Krzysztof Kaminski:
What if one team heads further NW along the river. Fast. Takes the second bridge over and then cuts back along their rear flank? We can try to scissor them.

I hate the fact that we don't have any indication on their numbers.


A danger to consider with this is that they may have reserve elements that this team could bump into.  As you said though we have no indication of their numbers and limited knowledge of their positions.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 151 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 20:18
  • msg #43

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
Krzysztof Kaminski:
What if one team heads further NW along the river. Fast. Takes the second bridge over and then cuts back along their rear flank? We can try to scissor them.

I hate the fact that we don't have any indication on their numbers.


A danger to consider with this is that they may have reserve elements that this team could bump into.  As you said though we have no indication of their numbers and limited knowledge of their positions.

The BTR can haul ass I believe so given that Otto, Kaminski and Volodya know the area we can try a Blitz over there and tear through the front elements lines.

So far everything we're going on is speculation anyway.

RE: Local Knowledge. I'd assume so but whether it will help us or not remains to be seen. Will wait for Kaminski's next post / and or Fus's next post for that.
Robert Mitchell
player, 151 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 1 Dec 2009
at 23:15
  • msg #44

Re: OOC Thread 4

OK - here is a slightly alternative strategy designed to draw out the enemy and engage them with the vehicle weapons while the dismounted infantry move up (hopefully unseen) through the woods and then engage.

The plan is that we deploy the mortar at point A (on the map below) where it should be able to integrate with some militia units for additional security.

The remainder of the unit then move to the bridge we're crossing by and follow the rough route indicated by the green line, pausing at roughly B to dismount all three elements of infantry, hopefully without their dismounting being seen as we appear to be in trees by that point.

The three vehicles then move onto the avenue and move a little up it, paying attention to both the houses on the left and the woods on the right.  Should there be a Pact covering force where indicated then the vehicles will be able to engage them at 400m to 500m (ish - I've attempted to add a scale to the map which Fusilier will need to approve) if we wish or move closer if necessary.

While this is going on our infantry can move up through the woods to our right while we are hopefully drawing the attention of the enemy.  Should the infantry get into trouble then the vehicles are placed where they can provide some covering fire.



The main weakness with this strategy (that I can spot initially) is the cover presented by the building to the left of the green route - we may need to check that out with infantry to be certain that it doesn't contain any enemy forward elements and that would mean our infantry crossing the avenue and becoming obvious.

Lastly a general point that has just occurred to me - if there are limited bridges across the steep sided railway then it's possible that some forward elements may be covering those bridges to prevent our vehicles from crossing.

Does this strategy have any merit?  What do people think?
This message was last edited by the player at 10:25, Wed 02 Dec 2009.
Helmut Meyer
player, 494 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 00:04
  • msg #45

Re: OOC Thread 4

Oskar Friedmann:
I was more into not letting anything take aim with an RPG.


No I know. I was just pointing out to everyone that we shouldn't expect to be able to surprise the enemy like we did at the arty position.
Fusilier
GM, 1143 posts
Your Guide
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 01:05
  • msg #46

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
Lastly a general point that has just occurred to me - if there are limited bridges across the steep sided railway then it's possible that some forward elements may be covering those bridges to prevent our vehicles from crossing.


The friendly units here are militia allied with the Merchant Union / Fisherman's League. If anyone has comms (like radios) it would be them. Nothing (like contact reports) have come over to net to indicate that they are engaged that or enemy units are in the immediate vicinity of the bridges. Scouts maybe, but likely nothing large enough to want to hassle you.

Kaminski's info of this are is limited to pre-war knowledge. There is little need for most people to travel towards NW Gdansk. Radiation, rubble, and very mean neighborhoods are all that way.
Ben Jagelis
player, 919 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 02:40
  • msg #47

Re: OOC Thread 4

I haven't had a chance to read over the IC thread for the past couple of days, but I'm sure the 60mm Mortar has the range to reach our area of operations from our basecamp. There should be no need to move it at all throughout the duration of the battle unless it comes under direct threat.

Whatever is done, maximum use of cover MUST be taken. We can't afford the enemy to have even the slightest unnecessary opportunity to shoot at either our vehicles or infantry. A single slightly wounded member could well spell disaster in the long run (death by a thousand papercuts).

Again, I haven't seen the IC thread yet, but I would position the vehicles hull down if possible to provide direct fire support while the infantry deploy to counter attack using smoke using white phos as visual cover (in addition to terrain).

We need to keep the IFVs out of the way of all antiarmour weapons (RPGs, AT grenades, etc) as well as tanks. They're not able to withstand even one glancing shot from them so it'll be predominately up to the infantry to deal with them.

Vehicle commanders mustn't be afraid of driving over the top of enemy infantry however, just make sure they can't destroy you first! ;)
Mike Catchings
player, 40 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 04:10
  • msg #48

Re: OOC Thread 4

What if the Reds have infantry deployed in the treeline near the bridge?  What if their holding point is farther up than reported?
Fusilier
GM, 1144 posts
Your Guide
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 05:28
  • msg #49

Re: OOC Thread 4

Mike Catchings:
What if the Reds have infantry deployed in the treeline near the bridge?  What if their holding point is farther up than reported?


Things like this - exactly why plans don't survive past first contact. Good thinking. Just be prepared to quickly adjust your plan as things develop.

If ya'll are going to follow the time frame limits sets for you, this most likely will have to be a hasty attack (compare to a deliberate attack where you have the luxury of recce'ing the objective, rehearsals, etc). This is point-and-go only.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 152 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 12:22
  • msg #51

Re: OOC Thread 4

Someone with more Leadership than Kaminski choose or lets just go and..

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v...&feature=related
Kurt Weiss
player, 303 posts
Command Sergeant Major
Army Special Forces (US)
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 22:27
  • msg #52

Re: OOC Thread 4

Heh,

Folks, I need to apologize.  My heads not in the game right now.  I'm barely keeping track of what's going on and I finding it difficult to dig into it to post properly.  It might be best to semi-NPC Weiss.  If you need something from him and you don't get it in a timely manner, just post for him.

I hope I'll get my poop in a group shortly.  This is probably one of the best run games with some of the best players I've ever been a part of and I don't want to lose that.  I apologize for any inconvenience this causes.  You guys are awesome.

Cheers,

Tim (Kurt)
Robert Mitchell
player, 154 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 2 Dec 2009
at 23:40
  • msg #53

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Kurt Weiss (msg #52):

Hope everything gets sorted out!
Fusilier
GM, 1145 posts
Your Guide
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 01:02
  • msg #54

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Kurt Weiss (msg #52):

Thanks Tim. Check you PM box please.

It is a bit much to sift through. I think after we cover the battles in Gdansk I'm going to downsize extra baggage a bit. It'll make a leaner game but challenging as you'll have less to work with.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:11, Thu 03 Dec 2009.
Helmut Meyer
player, 495 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 01:34
  • msg #55

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #53):

Same here.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 154 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 08:10
  • msg #56

Re: OOC Thread 4

GL Tim
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 155 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 10:00
  • msg #57

Re: OOC Thread 4

Three Zero is Four Zero?

I'm getting confused. I was assuming "Four Zero" is being called "Three Zero" now by some.. what's the deal?

Why isnt the HUMVEE Four Zero and the BTR Three Zero? Make sense no to go down the line?
Robert Mitchell
player, 155 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 10:16
  • msg #58

Re: OOC Thread 4

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Three Zero is Four Zero?

I'm getting confused. I was assuming "Four Zero" is being called "Three Zero" now by some.. what's the deal?

Why isnt the HUMVEE Four Zero and the BTR Three Zero? Make sense no to go down the line?


I have to confess that I'm confused as well.......
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 156 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 10:22
  • msg #59

Re: OOC Thread 4

Yeah.

Fus, can you clarify this up for us?

Also, Kaminski will stay off the radio. It's sorta confusing being commander but not commander. Will make observation checks though and shout at Otto and if Weiss needs help w/ Voloyda he'll shout at him too :P
Fusilier
GM, 1146 posts
Your Guide
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 10:23
  • msg #60

Re: OOC Thread 4

I'm under the impression ya'll are still going by this. The motorbike is normally Three Zero.


This message was last edited by the GM at 10:24, Thu 03 Dec 2009.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 157 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 10:44
  • msg #61

Re: OOC Thread 4

me too. i just keep hearing four-zero and am confused.

noted and set :)
Robert Mitchell
player, 157 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 10:54
  • msg #62

Re: OOC Thread 4

Varis Babicevs:
*OOC: Which kind of MG ammo will Varis be carrying and who's the MGer so he can stay close.


I'm not sure who'll be carrying the MG now (as Fox has switched to his rifle) but it's likely to be a 7.62mmN belt for either the M60 or the M240 (I think).
Oskar Friedmann
player, 482 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 15:06
  • msg #64

Re: OOC Thread 4

Some day, Oskar will be able to ride that bike during a firefight and I will rejoice.


Oskar Friedmann
player, 483 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 15:07
  • msg #65

Re: OOC Thread 4

Alternatively:


Robert Mitchell
player, 158 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 15:21
  • msg #66

Re: OOC Thread 4

Where was that SLAP ammo?
Robert Mitchell
player, 159 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 15:35
  • msg #67

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier:
I'm juggling between writing it up and a sick 5 year old


Ooh - not good - I have a teething 17 month old at present so have some idea where you're coming from!

Luckily I'm still at work! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1149 posts
Your Guide
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 16:11
  • msg #68

Re: OOC Thread 4

Alright everyone. Its all up to you to prevent Oskar from getting on the bike. Otherwise the 2nd picture is exactly what you'll see.

Robert Mitchell:
Where was that SLAP ammo?

I put a box on the gun, and the rest are inside the M113.


This message was last edited by the GM at 16:20, Thu 03 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 160 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 16:20
  • msg #69

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier:
Alright everyone. Its all up to you to prevent Oskar from getting on the bike. Otherwise the 2nd picture is exactly what you'll see.

Robert Mitchell:
Where was that SLAP ammo?

I put a box on the gun, and the rest are inside the M113.


Sorry - my comment was supposed to be a joke about shooting Oskar with SLAP ammo if he gets naked on a motorbike.  Sorry if it sounded like a genuine question. <S>
Oskar Friedmann
player, 484 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 17:02
  • msg #70

Re: OOC Thread 4

I'm not stripping until I get the winged helmet.  Then all bets are off.

When Oskar dies, this is who will pick him up off the battlefield:


Mike Catchings
player, 41 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 18:40
  • msg #71

Re: OOC Thread 4



Oskar's going to try and jump the BRDM.
Robert Mitchell
player, 162 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 22:18
  • msg #72

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier:
OOC - Ok. I don't want to go too far (even though it adds another turn without real action). However, I've already got the enemy position  but not 100% sure how you want to close in. Are you moving at the dismount's pace, with the 2 APCs following closely behind, and the M2 behind them? Details please so nobody gets mad when they are in the wrong place when they get blown to bits :)


I thought that the trees were going to be too densely packed for the vehicles to move through safely but, as it appears that they’re ok to do so, I’d suggest that the infantry is moving ahead of the vehicles amongst the trees and the vehicles are moving close enough to provide fire support & immediate extraction if necessary.

What do other people think though?

What are the orders?
Ben Jagelis
player, 920 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 3 Dec 2009
at 23:23
  • msg #73

Re: OOC Thread 4

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Three Zero is Four Zero?

I'm getting confused. I was assuming "Four Zero" is being called "Three Zero" now by some.. what's the deal?

Why isnt the HUMVEE Four Zero and the BTR Three Zero? Make sense no to go down the line?

When in doubt, check link to a message in this game - message #3.

I have been intending to post something IC about JJ's use of "unauthorised" or unofficial callsigns earlier, but been swamped the past few days.
Mike Catchings
player, 42 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 00:17
  • msg #74

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #72):
My concern with your idea is that it leaves the potential for flank shots from the Spandrel mounted BRDM. At least if the vehicles moved up the avenue, they'd have better cover from it. Converseley, we don't know what if any AT weapons are watching the road. One option would be to recon the position (if it exists where initally marked up the road) on foot, however that also poses the risk of the recon party being spotted or worse.  Also, perhaps the bulk of their forces are in the buildings across avenue in which case we would leave our flank exposed. Also, waiting for a recon party wastes precious time.  Then you have the possible FO's on the hill to the west, who may or may not spot us soon, and you can bet an armor column waiting on a recon force is an inviting target.


Again not my decision, just listing possibilities.  Any plan must take time into account, as this is currently our secondary objective.
Ben Jagelis
player, 921 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 00:24
  • msg #75

Re: OOC Thread 4

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Also, Kaminski will stay off the radio. It's sorta confusing being commander but not commander. Will make observation checks though and shout at Otto and if Weiss needs help w/ Voloyda he'll shout at him too :P

As Ben stated in the initial briefing, Kaminski is really only acting as an extra set of eyes for Weiss. The layout of the BTR (in my opinion) isn't all that great in that it doesn't allow the gunner a very good view of the battlefield. I believe that it's standard proceedure for the BTR commander to dismount with the infantry, however we're not operating under Soviet doctrine and there's no way I'd want Kaminski let loose!

;)
Ben Jagelis
player, 922 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 00:46
  • msg #76

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
I thought that the trees were going to be too densely packed for the vehicles to move through safely but, as it appears that they’re ok to do so, I’d suggest that the infantry is moving ahead of the vehicles amongst the trees and the vehicles are moving close enough to provide fire support & immediate extraction if necessary.

What do other people think though?

I don't know about the other two vehicles, but an M113 can knock down trees relatively easily (seem them push through up to foot thick trunks!). I imagine the Bradley with it's heavier mass could do even better, while the wheeled BTR might struggle somewhat.

Of course it's not exactly healthy for any infantry in the area...
Ben Jagelis
player, 923 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 04:16
  • msg #77

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier:
Left behind at the bridge, Meyer's small light motorized detachment radios forward, "One Zero. Five Zero. In position now and setting up. Wait out." Positioned just behind edge overlooking the train tracks, the mortar team has partial observation of the objective area roughly 600 meters out.

Fusilier:

According to Ben's orders in Message 102, and the image above, Meyer and the morter team were to remain with the Humvee and UAZ at our campsite.
From that location they should have the range to reach almost all the expected areas we would be engaged in. They would also be constantly ready to fire without having to set up, survey the area to ascertain their exact co-ordinates and the baseplate would remain bedded in maximising accuracy.

Personnel assignments have been updated: link to a message in this game
Note the additional equipment/weapons that each character was ordered to carry have been listed for easy reference.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:55, Fri 04 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 925 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 07:51
  • msg #78

Re: OOC Thread 4

Andrew Rooke:
"Bollocks", Rooke muttered to himself as he picked up the LAW-80 again and slung its strap over his shoulder.  He really disliked carrying this much weight!

Just be thankful we're not carrying packs too!

;)
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 559 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 08:07
  • msg #79

Re: OOC Thread 4


According to Ben's orders in Message 102, and the image above, Meyer and the morter team were to remain with the Humvee and UAZ at our campsite.
From that location they should have the range to reach almost all the expected areas we would be engaged in. They would also be constantly ready to fire without having to set up, survey the area to ascertain their exact co-ordinates and the baseplate would remain bedded in maximising accuracy.


However, Meyer has posted that he followed us and so we'll have to write it off as one of the first mistakes under the chaos of battle. In the end, the benefits of a stable position for the mortar might get outweighed by counter battery fire. I'm sure that the IB motor pool would have something to say about a staionary mortar firing next to their position and asking for retaliation. At least this way we get to decide where the mortar deploys rather than having a local commander ordering it to move when we might need it.
Helmut Meyer
player, 499 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 09:19
  • msg #80

Re: OOC Thread 4

Yes I did. It was an oversight at the time, but I think best in the end.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 129 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 09:44
  • msg #81

Re: OOC Thread 4

working some doubles at thed prison.  please NPC as needed to keep story going so I don't hold up

john
Robert Mitchell
player, 164 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 11:10
  • msg #82

Re: OOC Thread 4

Helmut Meyer:
Yes I did. It was an oversight at the time, but I think best in the end.


I agree - in the chaos that is Gdansk keeping our unit together as much as possible sounds like a good idea to me!
Ben Jagelis
player, 926 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 13:51
  • msg #83

Re: OOC Thread 4

How is it that a mortar, roughly 50 rounds and four extra men were not spotted when we loaded up?
How can it possibly be believed that around four tonnes of extra equipment, a UAZ, Humvee and motorbike were all left unattended?

It may have been a posting oversight, but the orders were clear. So is the fact there is no way theuy could have accidentally tagged along with nobody noticing!
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 159 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 14:12
  • msg #84

Re: OOC Thread 4

we all have our moments. maybe it was deliberate.
Robert Mitchell
player, 165 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 14:38
  • msg #85

Re: OOC Thread 4

I had assumed that they had come in the HUMVEE.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 561 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 15:55
  • msg #86

Re: OOC Thread 4

Maybe Meyer made a really good stealth roll?
Mike Catchings
player, 43 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 15:56
  • msg #87

Re: OOC Thread 4

According to the picture it looks like they took both the HMMWV and the UAZ.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 160 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 16:46
  • msg #88

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
I had assumed that they had come in the HUMVEE.

this. i dont know why we would roll out with ALL the gear?

i thought it was M113, M2, BTR, HUMVEE w Mortar.
Fusilier
GM, 1150 posts
Your Guide
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 16:57
  • msg #89

Re: OOC Thread 4

Krzysztof Kaminski:
</quote>i dont know why we would roll out with ALL the gear?


Would you leave you jeep parked somewhere unattended in downtown Kabul?
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 161 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 17:02
  • msg #90

Re: OOC Thread 4

heh good point. i just figured it was @ the billet
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 562 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 17:07
  • msg #91

Re: OOC Thread 4

Lots of people do that, nobody goes anywhere near an uattended car in Kabul, it's too likely to go boom.
Ben Jagelis
player, 927 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 22:43
  • msg #92

Re: OOC Thread 4

Three of the four members of the mortar team are wounded to the point that they cannot effectively fight. This to me also means they're unable to haul the mortar and it's ammo about, move quickly or sneak into the back of an APC.
Both the Humvee and UAZ are stuffed with very tempting gear, not something you tend to pack onto a car bomb. I'm sure even during a battle, there'd be at least a few willing to take the risk.
Driving about the city with both vehicles is also a serious waste of fuel. There's simply no need to do it as the mortar has the range to reach almost everywhere we are likely to go from our campsite. The mortar crew is also made up predominately of NPCs (George hasn't posted in a very long time now) and with Meyers player handling another PC for the duration, there's little need to keep them actively involved IC.


In the initial "O" group, Oskar was goven the choice to arm Fox with either the RPG and SMG, or Mf0. Oskar was also given the choice for miself or either the M240 or his AK/ BG-15. If he wants to take both options that's up to him as commander of his team, but I would suggets that as several other members of his team are carrying disposable launchers, he allow Fox to carry just the machinegun and leave the RPG & SMG in the M113.
Volodya's team is heavily armed with automatic weapons and well suited to engaging infantry. The 3 RPG-7 rounds they carry should be sufficient to deal with any armoured threats in the (hopefully) brief perid before support can join them.
Note that Plt HQ has 3 AT weapons (four counting the AT grenade Ben carries) as part of their standard load. Surely 1 section can match them and 2 section?
This message was last edited by the player at 23:01, Fri 04 Dec 2009.
Varis Babicevs
player, 372 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 4 Dec 2009
at 23:25
  • msg #93

Re: OOC Thread 4


Re: the mortar "platoon". We need to roll with it. I'm not sure what good this argument is going to do unless Fuse presses the REWIND button and sends them back. Apparently, they came along with the rest of the group and are closer than originally ordered. Let's move on from there.

Re: The AT weapons. Leg/Ben may be right and we may end up being sorry for not taking more LAWs and such (I hope not!). On the other hand, that's a lot of extra weight. IRL, overburdened infantrymen can't move as quickly, and they tire a lot faster too. I don't know if Fuse tracks "encumbrance" (I don't, really), but some of our PCs could, rules-wise, lose movement or innitiative points if we try to carry ALL of that gear.

Let's not beat a dead horse. Let's just play.
Ben Jagelis
player, 928 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 00:41
  • msg #94

Re: OOC Thread 4

The extra weight may have a positive effect - it's force people to actually USE their grenades, etc to reduce weight.

There are strong reasons to leave the mortar crew behind, most of which have been listed. For them to relocate means they are not instantly available at all times, burns unnecessary fuel (or risks our stores and vehicles being stolen), etc.

The Mortar crew need at least two reliable and long range radios which the UAZ and Humvee provide - one tuned to the city net and the other to our vehicle net. this is so they may respond to all calls for fire, even if they originate from the IB (particularly important if fighting takes place near their location).
Varis Babicevs
player, 373 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 01:03
  • msg #95

Re: OOC Thread 4


Don't worry. As soon as he has a decent target, Varis will be unburdening himself of 40mm just as quick as he can load and fire.

Ben Jagelis:
There are strong reasons to leave the mortar crew behind, most of which have been listed. For them to relocate means they are not instantly available at all times, burns unnecessary fuel (or risks our stores and vehicles being stolen), etc.


You're probably right. But, they've already repositioned so what's the use in continuing to critique the current situation?

If you want to game it out- and assuming Ben knows the mortar group has followed- then order them back IC and see what happens. Unless Fusilier is going to deus ex machina them back to base, they're now near the bridge and we need to accept it and move on.

Ben Jagelis:
The Mortar crew need at least two reliable and long range radios which the UAZ and Humvee provide - one tuned to the city net and the other to our vehicle net. this is so they may respond to all calls for fire, even if they originate from the IB (particularly important if fighting takes place near their location).


Didn't the mortar group ride to their current position in the Humvee? Wouldn't the Humvee and its radio still be with them? It's not with the three tracks. If it is, it shouldn't be. An unarmored vehicle is a liability for the APC group.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:10, Sat 05 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 929 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 02:03
  • msg #96

Re: OOC Thread 4

Helmut Meyer:
Ben Jagelis:
"Meyer, your small team of four will remain here and operate the mortar. You will also keep the two softskins and their cargoes safe for us."


"Ja Herr." Meyer grumbles, giving the two wounded gang members a glance.

Looks to me that the message had been received and understood quite clearly. It was only the IRL delay between posts that caused confusion.
John Jameson McCarthy:
"This is Zero Six to all units, we move out in five, Zero Two has the lead, Zero Three to follow with Zero One at the rear. Let's get back into the mix."

Only three callsigns (wrong as they were) are mentioned, therefore, only the three AFVs were in attendance.
Helmut Meyer:
Meyer leans back against the inside of the Bradley and rests.

OOC - Since Meyer is a team leader (mortar) I'm assuming he's at the Bradley getting the orders with the other commanders. This will be my last turn with him, so please NPC him like the ultimate warrior that he is.

Up until this very post, which as can be seen was based on a mistaken assumption, there was no sign of the mortar or it's crew. Nowhere has it been mentioned that either softskin was with the IFVs.
Therefore it's extremely easy to correct the mistake and place the mortar, and it's crew back with the softskins at our campsite.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 486 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 02:39
  • msg #97

Re: OOC Thread 4

Ben Jagelis:
In the initial "O" group, Oskar was goven the choice to arm Fox with either the RPG and SMG, or Mf0. Oskar was also given the choice for miself or either the M240 or his AK/ BG-15. If he wants to take both options that's up to him as commander of his team, but I would suggets that as several other members of his team are carrying disposable launchers, he allow Fox to carry just the machinegun and leave the RPG & SMG in the M113.
Volodya's team is heavily armed with automatic weapons and well suited to engaging infantry. The 3 RPG-7 rounds they carry should be sufficient to deal with any armoured threats in the (hopefully) brief perid before support can join them.
Note that Plt HQ has 3 AT weapons (four counting the AT grenade Ben carries) as part of their standard load. Surely 1 section can match them and 2 section?


The gang are NPCs and sitting around in cover waiting for the rumble of an armored vehicle to blast apart is no fun.  Besides, I venture that Oskar and Fox are the best shots with anything - if there's an anti-infantry unit, those two should be part of it... lest they get their own ideas and pursue that objective regardless.  :)
Mike Catchings
player, 44 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 03:30
  • msg #98

Re: OOC Thread 4

Mortar might be possible to correct, but in regards to squad placement and weapons issued, seems like Tough shit at this point.

I'm currently a little confused on our deployment position.  Are infantry ahead of Tracks, or vice versa?  Or are we parallel?

From my understanding, it's something like this

                                  /\
Section 1     [M113]    Platoon HQ  1/2 Volodya's men  [BTR]  1/2 Volodya's men

                                          [M2A2 slightly off center to engage BRDM]

And since Doc is at the far right side of the PHQ section, that puts him smack dab in the middle of the advance.

Correct me if I'm wrong.
Ben Jagelis
player, 930 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 04:50
  • msg #99

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #97):

With regard to the infantry, we have two teams of men plus the HQ/support.
The intent is that Plt HQ will give the two teams short term, readily achievable objectives such as "Take that building", "move to that point there", or "delay the enemy while the rest move back to the next defensive line", and so on.

How these objectives are reached is primarily up to the section commanders - Oskar and Volodya. It's up to them to direct the individual members of their group - Fox and Rooke for example may stand firm providing cover fire while the other three move, and then swap roles.


In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #98):

Yes, that's pretty much exactly how Ben wanted it. Mike in the middle to enable him to move in either direction to give medical aid, Ben as near to the middle as possible to issue any necessary orders by voice or hand signal, and Young close by as the connection to the city and artillery net.

On the right flank, Volodya is likely to have deployed with his RPD machinegun on the far right, Assistant gunner next, then RPG and assistant. To the left of the BTR might be (closest to BTR first) Volodya, Auto gunner 1, 2 and 3 (next to Mike).

On the left flank, it's up to Oskar to deploy his team, however I would suggest that one of the machineguns be on the extreme left flank and Oskar try to remain close to the middle of his section to make it relatively easy to control.

Spacings between each person should be no closer than 5 metres, 10+ being preferable to avoid grenades and other explosions taking out too many at once.

JJ appears to be directing the vehicles to detach from the infantry line and operate independantly, however as he is using incorrect callsigns, the right thing for the other two vehicles to do is ignore his commands as they are a) confusing and b) could potentially be enemy in origin. It is however his role and right to direct the vehicles how he wishes.

If the vehicles do detach from the line, Ben will have Plt HQ drop back into a depth position approximately 20 metres behind while 1 & 2 sections close the gap, reducing the frontal coverage by about 30 metres or so. Once contact with the enemy is made, he may order one of the sections to halt and provide cover fire while the other assaults the position - only time will tell exactly how it all pans out though.
Robert Mitchell
player, 166 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 10:26
  • msg #100

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier - I think that you need to make a call regarding where the mortar is placed.  I'm happy to abide by whatever decision you make as it is, after all, your game.
Fusilier
GM, 1151 posts
Your Guide
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 16:29
  • msg #101

Re: OOC Thread 4

I'm doing up the turn now. Since it was a posting error and my own mistake, the mortar group is remaining at the billet. With that comes advantages, but also potential disadvantages that I hope won't be complained about later if they happen. That said, its over with and lets concentrate on what is in front of you instead of what is behind.

I know some of you mentioned scanning ahead (even with binoculars in Mitch's case) but you won't see any Observation rolls in the die roller in case you were wondering. They're taken into account, but hidden... just so you know.

Ok. I'm going to go finish the turn now. Here is a map in the meantime. I'll put up a second map later that shows the individual PC/NPCs illustrating where exactly everyone is. The red dots indicate the general location of the enemy but are not individual soldiers.


This message was last edited by the GM at 19:49, Sat 05 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1153 posts
Your Guide
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 18:08
  • msg #102

Re: OOC Thread 4

I need listed in order from left to right the PC's positions. Oskar to do his squad, and Ben to do his team.

For example...
Fox, Varis, Oskar, Rooke, Frank
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:08, Sat 05 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 167 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 19:49
  • msg #103

Re: OOC Thread 4

Does Mitch have any idea where the KPV fire that hit the M113 came from?  Even if it's just from the front or the left?
Fusilier
GM, 1154 posts
Your Guide
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 19:50
  • msg #104

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
Does Mitch have any idea where the KPV fire that hit the M113 came from?  Even if it's just from the front or the left?

Yes. He can see the top of the hull down vehicle (mostly just the turret). The vegetation will make it count as a obscured target though... same goes for when it shoots at you.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:06, Sat 05 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 168 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 19:53
  • msg #105

Re: OOC Thread 4

Ah - so it's from the BTR-60 that's marked on the map?
Fusilier
GM, 1155 posts
Your Guide
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 20:05
  • msg #106

Re: OOC Thread 4

Robert Mitchell:
Ah - so it's from the BTR-60 that's marked on the map?

Yes. I wrote BTR60 but it could just as well be a BRDM-2 as you can't really see the hull and both have similar KPV turrets. It's not the same vehicle Kaminski spotted near the breach - which was a BRDM-2 variant.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:05, Sat 05 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 170 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 20:49
  • msg #107

Re: OOC Thread 4

Fusilier:
Robert Mitchell:
Ah - so it's from the BTR-60 that's marked on the map?

Yes. I wrote BTR60 but it could just as well be a BRDM-2 as you can't really see the hull and both have similar KPV turrets. It's not the same vehicle Kaminski spotted near the breach - which was a BRDM-2 variant.


At present Mitch doesn't give a monkeys which type of APC it is as long as someone starts shooting at it - even if all they succeed in doing is drawing its fire away from the M113! <G>
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 17 posts
Corporal
British Army
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 23:01
  • msg #108

Re: OOC Thread 4

Just to say that I (Mahatatain) offered to help out Fusilier with the number of NPCs that he has to handle and so I'm playing Rooke as well as Mitch for the duration of this battle.

Hope that's ok.

Mahatatain

EDIT: I've also fleshed out the background the original player had put together and included it in the character description.
This message was last edited by the player at 13:32, Sun 06 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 931 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 5 Dec 2009
at 23:44
  • msg #109

Re: OOC Thread 4

Left to right is Young, Ben, Mike.a suggested layout for Volodya's section is above - use or ignore, your choice.

Can't see too well on my blackberry screen, but there appears to be a significant gap between Mike and 2 section to his right. Is that the Bradley in there as well?
Mike Catchings
player, 46 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 00:35
  • msg #110

Re: OOC Thread 4

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #109):
Hit the blackberry button -> select mode -> full image. Really helps on my blackberry. Anyway yes the bradley is off of mikes right
Ben Jagelis
player, 932 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 02:35
  • msg #111

Re: OOC Thread 4

I do that usually, but the screen being half the size of your palm compared to the rather massive screen on my computer.....
Fusilier
GM, 1156 posts
Your Guide
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 07:20
  • msg #112

Re: OOC Thread 4

Ben Jagelis:
...there appears to be a significant gap between Mike and 2 section to his right. Is that the Bradley in there as well?

That big gap is just a visual error on the map only.
Yes, the Bradley has moved up from its rear position.

Young - Ben - Mike (ok, thank you).
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 18 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 13:29
  • msg #113

Re: OOC Thread 4

Oskar Friedmann:
Oskar Friedmann
SQUAD: Fox, Rooke, Benucci, Babicevs, Friedmann
BG15 at the pumping station
M240 (100/100) + BG15 (0/1)
Leapfrogging forward


Arthur Fox:
Fox
MP-5A2 + RPG-16/4 Rockets
First Squad
Recovering


If Fox isn’t carrying the M-60 are the two 7.62mmN belts that Rooke is carrying actually for the M240 that Oskar is using?
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 163 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 13:58
  • msg #114

BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

If I'm correct, the firing port has awful visibility and from where Kaminski is seated can only shoot out the right side and not the front (unless he pops out the top) ?

Also does the BTR-70s IR and NV sights for the Driver and Commander work?
This message was last edited by the player at 15:09, Sun 06 Dec 2009.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 488 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 16:02
  • msg #115

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

Oops.  Yeah, I think we need a second to sort out this crap:

Rooke is carrying spare belts for the M240.

What is Varis carrying?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 19 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 17:31
  • msg #116

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

Oskar Friedmann:
Oops.  Yeah, I think we need a second to sort out this crap:

Rooke is carrying spare belts for the M240.

What is Varis carrying?


Maybe Varis is carrying the tripod?  Or if necessary Varis can be carrying the spare belts and we can do a quick tweak and Rooke can be carrying the tripod rather than the belts.
Fusilier
GM, 1157 posts
Your Guide
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 17:44
  • msg #117

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

Andrew Rooke:
Maybe Varis is carrying the tripod?  Or if necessary Varis can be carrying the spare belts and we can do a quick tweak and Rooke can be carrying the tripod rather than the belts.

Varis is likely carrying nothing more than he's already listed since he's previously mentioned that it was enough without slowing him down further. The tripod isn't very practical when on the offensive like you are anyways.

As Fox has the RPG/SMG as instructed, you've got one GPMG with the 5 man squad (Oksar's M240), and Rooke is carrying the spare ammo for it.

Oskar (M240 GPMG)
Rooke (L85A2 + GPMG ammo)

Varis (AK/BG15 w/many grenades)
Frank (M16/203 w/many grenades)

Fox (SMG/RPG-16)
Fusilier
GM, 1158 posts
Your Guide
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 18:00
  • msg #118

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

Krzysztof Kaminski:
If I'm correct, the firing port has awful visibility and from where Kaminski is seated can only shoot out the right side and not the front (unless he pops out the top) ?

Also does the BTR-70s IR and NV sights for the Driver and Commander work?


Here are some pictures of the interior. I would say at this point, that Kaminski needs to pop out the top hatch to fire from his position. However, the KPV would be right next to you, so he'd probably never hear anything again. There are no commander's firing ports, only a couple in the passenger compartment.

The night vision is basic IR, and doesn't do you any good in the day (its not thermal like the Bradley). For the day you have three vision blocks and the TPKU-2B periscope (pictured). The gunner has a different magnified sight for the gun (which the commander cannot use).

http://yfrog.com/jm1146jx

Here you can see the commander's position relative to the KPV turret, and the lack of firing ports for the crew.

This message was last edited by the GM at 18:17, Sun 06 Dec 2009.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 489 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 18:31
  • msg #119

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

Right on.  Thanks.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 20 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 18:38
  • msg #120

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #119):

Oskar - I think that you should quickly change where Rooke is in the line as he's bound to be next to Oskar as he's effectively Oskar's loader.  Do you agree?

How about:

Varis - Fox - Friedmann - Rooke - Benucci

That puts a GL on each end, Oskar in the middle to coordinate and as the central concentration of firepower and Frank (as 2ic) on the right hand side closest to the Platoon HQ.
This message was last edited by the player at 19:54, Sun 06 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 171 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 18:42
  • msg #121

Re: BTR-70 Firing Port + IR site

Krzysztof Kaminski:
The Good News was that their were no *PINGS* or *PANGS* against the armor of the BTR.. At least they were keeping the attention on the M 113..


LOL - Mitch's thought pattern but in reverse!
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 21 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 19:56
  • msg #122

Radios

Just to clarify one outstanding question - on the Comms thread Rooke is listed with a question mark regarding a personal radio - he doesn't have one.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 130 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sun 6 Dec 2009
at 23:53
  • msg #123

Re: Radios

I'm going to try and catch up on posts tonight.
Ben Jagelis
player, 933 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 00:01
  • msg #124

Re: Radios

Thanks for that, I'll update it.

Some sources show that the commander has a firing port, some show they don't. Some imply that his windshield folds down allowing a weapon to be fired through it, but all information I've come across seems to show the glass is fixed in place and only the armoured shutter moves.

I don't think it was mentioned specifically IC since the O group, but Fox could have taken either the RPG/MP-5 or the M60 (both if he's feeling Ramboesk). It's Oskar's call as section commander, but he was to carry either option as a base (anything over that is up to the PC). Again it wasn't mentioned IC, but as there's several disposable launchers being carried in 1 Section, the RPG isn't absolutely vital. Once these have been used up on the other hand....(although we might look at shuffling things around as other characters use up some of their munitions and reduce weight).

A spare set of webbing has been loaded into the M113 for Fox for either the M60 or RPG/SMG so all he need do is swap one set for the other instead of emptying and reolading pouches, etc.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 490 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 02:20
  • msg #125

Re: Radios

Don't worry - I think next time they'll just have to be more than one throwaway complaint post and something a little more detailed is all.  I think a better outfit would've ditched the machineguns except for Oskar's (since he can still carry it) and had everyone with whatever their preferred rifle was, a grenade launcher and antitank rocket.  We're slogging too much shit that's useless in this situation and the loadout you just laid out above seems very close to the loadout that I was trying to get the squad to go with before we reverted.
Ben Jagelis
player, 934 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 02:52
  • msg #126

Re: Radios

I think we're on basically the same page then, just a few minor differences. As long as we can maximise firepower while still remaining flexible enough to counter both armoured and infantry threats, we should do ok.

Varis Babicevs:
He's still got the RPG-22 and he's not about to carry 20 40mm grenades

He's not. Some of those grenades needed to be handed to Volodya for use in his BG-15. You can decide how many is "fair" but remember, Volodya has the only grenade launcher in his section (compared to three I think in 1 section).
Fusilier
GM, 1160 posts
Your Guide
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 15:38
  • msg #127

Re: Radios

Turn post is up. I made an error with keeping track of the gang members, so you actually get one more extra rifleman.

2 Squad
#1 Volodya BG15 (Leg Slight)
#2 Goon RPD (Leg Slight)

#3 Goon RPK-74
#4 Goon RPK-74
#5 Goon RPG-7+3
#7 Goon AK
#8 Goon RPK-74 (KIA - headshot)
#10 Goon AK (KIA - chestwound)

#11 Goon AK (Fled)

Mortar
#6 Goon (wounded)
#9 Goon (wounded)

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:46, Mon 07 Dec 2009.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 491 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 15:59
  • msg #128

Re: Radios

FUCK U VARIS I GET THE KILLS I FUCKING QUIT THIS IS BULLSHIT
Varis Babicevs
player, 375 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 16:31
  • msg #129

Re: Radios

Oskar Friedmann:
FUCK U VARIS I GET THE KILLS I FUCKING QUIT THIS IS BULLSHIT


YOU GOT PWNED! VARIS RULZ!
Oskar Friedmann
player, 492 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 16:42
  • msg #130

Re: Radios

*sob*
Robert Mitchell
player, 172 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 16:46
  • msg #131

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
As the advance continues against the slackening enemy fire, the hull down AFV unleashes another volley of KPV towards the M113. Again it fails to penetrate the hull's front armor or hit the lesser protected commander's gunshield - however it repeats its hit against the suspension. Initially unaware of the damage, Jordan and Mitch quickly realize they are in trouble when the vehicle comes to a sudden halt. Looking back, Mitch sees a fairly long length of the track stretched out behind them. The M113 has lost a track and become immobilized.


Firstly - oh shit, we're in trouble!  Mitch's first time in charge of the M113 and it's knackered almost immediately!

Secondly - am I correct in assuming that it's the right hand track?

Lastly you normally add a ammo expenditure at the end of the turn post.  Am I correct that Mitch fired 25 rounds and Rooke fired 5 as intended?

EDIT: Also what is the maximum rate of fire of the M2HB?  The game listed ROF is 5 but can Mitch fire 10 rounds bursts for each of those five "shots"?
This message was last edited by the player at 16:54, Mon 07 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1161 posts
Your Guide
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 16:59
  • msg #132

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Am I correct in assuming that it's the right hand track?

Lastly you normally add a ammo expenditure at the end of the turn post.  Am I correct that Mitch fired 25 rounds and Rooke fired 5 as intended?

EDIT: Also what is the maximum rate of fire of the M2HB?  The game listed ROF is 5 but can Mitch fire 10 rounds bursts for each of those five "shots"?


Yes. Right side. At the moment the KPV can only engage the front of the M113... and since it can't penetrate the front, it leaves the tracks and .50 turret (you) as vulnerable areas.

Yes. I take care of the .50 ammo but you do Rooke personal ammo (5 rounds so far).

Simply put you can fire up to 25 rounds in total. The '5' means how many rounds are in a single burst of which you can fire 5 times.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:59, Mon 07 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 173 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 17:02
  • msg #133

Re: Radios

Thanks - so with his M249 SAW Mitch can fire five 10 round bursts as the ROF is 10?
Fusilier
GM, 1162 posts
Your Guide
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 17:25
  • msg #134

Re: Radios

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #133):

Yes.

I'll get a new map up tomorrow, but you can probably figure out the changes until then... you are closer to the enemy.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:30, Mon 07 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 174 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 7 Dec 2009
at 18:37
  • msg #135

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #133):

Yes.

I'll get a new map up tomorrow, but you can probably figure out the changes until then... you are closer to the enemy.


But not moving much further! <G>
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 23 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 00:18
  • msg #136

Re: Radios

Rooke has just been given an order by Oskar but has already declared his actions for this round - is he allowed to change his action or will he have to wait until next round to follow the instructions?
Fusilier
GM, 1163 posts
Your Guide
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 00:52
  • msg #137

Re: Radios

Andrew Rooke:
Rooke has just been given an order by Oskar but has already declared his actions for this round - is he allowed to change his action or will he have to wait until next round to follow the instructions?

Next round please.

Varis Babicevs:
How many 40mm can Volodya carry?

I forgot about the grenades. Voloyda was asking for six of them.
Varis Babicevs
player, 377 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 01:24
  • msg #138

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
I forgot about the grenades. Voloyda was asking for six of them.


Varis likes him, so Volodya can have them. Hopefully, he's not to badly hurt to make use of them. That leaves 14 for Varis to blow stuff up with.

If Oskar's making a run across the road to the west, Varis will stay in his current position and support him by fire. Grenade #2 is therefore dedicated to any troop concentrations or automatic weapons in or around the pharmacy. I'll edit his IC post to reflect this.

Vaya con Dios, Oksar...
Oskar Friedmann
player, 494 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 02:06
  • msg #139

Re: Radios

It would be so much more awesome on a motorcycle.
Robert Mitchell
player, 176 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 09:34
  • msg #140

Re: Radios

Oskar Friedmann:
It would be so much more awesome on a motorcycle.


LOL
Robert Mitchell
player, 177 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 09:38
  • msg #141

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Without wasting anymore time lying and bleeding on the ground, Fox scurries towards the stricken APC, painfully aware that the dug in enemy AFV was continuing to blast at it with its KPV cannon. Clutching his MP5A2, he reaches the back of the carrier and swings open the door built into the ramp. As he climbs into the vehicle Fox unslings the RPG-16, dropping it on the bench and yells, "Get down from there, and move up with the rest of them. I'll take the gun."


Is this said to Mitch or Jordan (who might well be moving to the M60 in the rear of the M113 to fire it at the pharmacy)?  I'm guessing Mitch but I just want to be certain.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:53, Tue 08 Dec 2009.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 165 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 09:50
  • msg #142

Re: Radios

Oskar Friedmann:
It would be so much more awesome on a motorcycle.

Oskar must first put rusty machette blades on the sides of the wheels. Get all Roman and Gladiatorial.
Fusilier
GM, 1165 posts
Your Guide
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 10:59
  • msg #143

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Is this said to Mitch or Jordan (who might well be moving to the M60 in the rear of the M113 to fire it at the pharmacy)?  I'm guessing Mitch but I just want to be certain.


Mitch, but you're the track commander, so you can always tell Jordan to do something.
Robert Mitchell
player, 178 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 11:16
  • msg #144

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Mitch, but you're the track commander, so you can always tell Jordan to do something.


I'm assuming that, from talking to Henry while prepping the M113, Mitch has gathered that Henry isn't very experienced at shooting personal firearms?
Henry Jordan
NPC, 64 posts
Spec4
Cav Scout (US)
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 11:31
  • msg #145

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
I'm assuming that, from talking to Henry while prepping the M113, Mitch has gathered that Henry isn't very experienced at shooting personal firearms?

Quite. He hasn't done much since being drafted but drive.
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:33, Tue 08 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 936 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 11:44
  • msg #146

Re: Radios

In reply to Henry Jordan (msg #145):

The machineguns aren't really intended to be all that accurate, just supress the enemy while other infantrymen close with them and kill.
Robert Mitchell
player, 179 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 12:05
  • msg #147

Re: Radios

Ben Jagelis:
The machineguns aren't really intended to be all that accurate, just supress the enemy while other infantrymen close with them and kill.


Mitch would disagree with that - he can be really quite accurate with a machinegun!
Oskar Friedmann
player, 496 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 12:33
  • msg #148

Re: Radios

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Oskar Friedmann:
It would be so much more awesome on a motorcycle.

Oskar must first put rusty machette blades on the sides of the wheels. Get all Roman and Gladiatorial.


Are you kidding?  Roman?  No.

MORE DAKKA.  MORE DAKKA!


Ben Jagelis
player, 937 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 8 Dec 2009
at 14:27
  • msg #149

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Mitch would disagree with that - he can be really quite accurate with a machinegun!

Shhhh, you'll make Jordan feel inadequate!
Helmut Meyer
player, 500 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 17:02
  • msg #150

Re: Radios

GM, is it correct that Young is now free to get off the radio (unless corrections are needed)?
This message was last edited by the player at 17:02, Wed 09 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1167 posts
Your Guide
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 17:06
  • msg #151

Re: Radios

Helmut Meyer:
GM, is it correct that Young is now free to get off the radio (unless corrections are needed)?

Yes. You can do whatever you want with him this turn, and following the impact, either make corrections or continue doing whatever.

Map coming soon.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 134 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 23:08
  • msg #152

Re: Radios

In reply to Fusilier (msg #151):

Will post for Frank later this evening
Varis Babicevs
player, 378 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 23:35
  • msg #153

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Map coming soon.


I can pretty much visualize everything that happened in the last round but I want to be sure before posting again. I'll post as soon as I get a look at the updated map. Varis' priority will be to support the attack on the pharmacy area. The map will help me decide how best to do this.

I'm particularly interested in locating that damned enemy KPV.

Hang tight Oskar & Frank.

P.S. Frank, some covering fire would be much appreciated.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:32, Thu 10 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 181 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 9 Dec 2009
at 23:54
  • msg #154

Re: Radios

How badly wounded is Mitch?  From the description I'm assuming it's relatively minor but I'm wondering if I should note something on his character sheet?

I could also do with an updated map to be certain that I understand the current situation.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 135 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 01:35
  • msg #155

Re: Radios

Varis Babicevs:
Fusilier:
Map coming soon.


I can pretty much visualize everything that happened in the last round but I want to be sure before posting again. I'll post as soon as I get a look at the updated map. Varis' priority will be to support the attack on the pharmacy area. The map will help me decide how best to do this.

I'm particularly interested in locating that damned enemy KPV.

Hang tight Oskar & Frank.

P.S. Frank, some covering fire would be much appreciated.

I'm trying to get to it.  I was going to start that but, once he saw the RPG team pop up and knows where it is, that's where I'm thinking of going for next move.
Varis Babicevs
player, 379 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 01:39
  • msg #156

Re: Radios

No worries. You do what you think is best. Varis will do the same. I'm pretty much metagaming as it is. Sorry!
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 136 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 01:50
  • msg #157

Re: Radios

Varis Babicevs:
No worries. You do what you think is best. Varis will do the same. I'm pretty much metagaming as it is. Sorry!

Not a problem.  I'm going back over the posts to see if there's anything that I missed before I post.
Ben Jagelis
player, 938 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 03:22
  • msg #158

Re: Radios

Arthur Fox:
...he unstraps the PKM from the cargo space

That should be M60. The PKM is still mounted on the UAZ back with the mortar.
Fusilier
GM, 1168 posts
Your Guide
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 07:54
  • msg #159

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
How badly wounded is Mitch?  From the description I'm assuming it's relatively minor but I'm wondering if I should note something on his character sheet?

Scratch.

Frank, are you firing the 40mm or the rifle?
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:52, Thu 10 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 182 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 09:25
  • msg #160

Re: Radios

Ben Jagelis:
Arthur Fox:
...he unstraps the PKM from the cargo space

That should be M60. The PKM is still mounted on the UAZ back with the mortar.


If Fox has taken the M60 then Mitch will just tell Jordan to get his M4 Carbine.  (It might be a good idea for him to spend some of his XP on Small Arms if he's a really bad shot! <G>)

Let me know and I'll amend Mitch's post accordingly.


Fusilier:
Robert Mitchell:
How badly wounded is Mitch?  From the description I'm assuming it's relatively minor but I'm wondering if I should note something on his character sheet?

Scratch.


Thanks for this and for the map.

Also please can you mark on the map where the smoke grenade that Ben threw is centred and where the enemy RPG team is?

Lastly I'm slightly confused where Oskar wanted Rooke to throw his smoke grenade.  I think that it was NW of Rooke's position to obscure Oskar from fire to the north as he charges towards the pharmacy but please can someone correct me if I'm wrong.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:49, Thu 10 Dec 2009.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 168 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 09:33
  • msg #161

Re: Radios

Yeah I'm trying not to Meta-game, thus haven't told Volodya and the injured men to fire on the factory. He CAN askew my orders though... :P
Fusilier
GM, 1169 posts
Your Guide
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 09:54
  • msg #162

Re: Radios

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #160):

Fox is taking the M60. I believe that Oskar wants the smoke between him and the pharmacy. That might be a bit of a throw though, now that I look at the map.
This message was last edited by the GM at 04:54, Fri 11 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 183 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 10:29
  • msg #163

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Fox is taking the M60. I believe that Oskar wants the smoke between him and the pharmacy. That might be a bit of a throw though, now that I look at the map.


Thanks for the revised map and the confirmation about Fox - I'll edit Mitch's instructions to Jordan.

Rooke will just have to try for a long throw and see what happens! <G>
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 169 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 10:56
  • msg #164

Re: Radios

So the BDRM that was spotted on the approach as clearly moved around the far corner or fucked off completely as we can't see it (assuming we can see around the corner now.) ?

creepy.
Robert Mitchell
player, 184 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 11:05
  • msg #165

Re: Radios

Krzysztof Kaminski:
So the BDRM that was spotted on the approach as clearly moved around the far corner or fucked off completely as we can't see it (assuming we can see around the corner now.) ?

creepy.


Maybe they're trying to get what little armour they have around behind our limited mechanised forces!
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 170 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 11:11
  • msg #166

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Krzysztof Kaminski:
So the BDRM that was spotted on the approach as clearly moved around the far corner or fucked off completely as we can't see it (assuming we can see around the corner now.) ?

creepy.


Maybe they're trying to get what little armour they have around behind our limited mechanised forces!


Then I hope to hear Volodya shout on the radio soooooon..

That's actually kinda goods new he is able to position the RPD and RPG to put fire on that factory. They'll be at our 5 oclock which is a decent spot to cover our rear.
George Rawlinson
player, 113 posts
Captain
Chaplain (Canadian)
Thu 10 Dec 2009
at 20:35
  • msg #167

Re: Radios

hi guys; I'm back. I will gladly jump in where I am needed or where most appropriate.
Fusilier
GM, 1170 posts
Your Guide
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 04:53
  • msg #168

Re: Radios

In reply to George Rawlinson (msg #167):
Ok, great. Glad everything worked out.

George is currently detached from the party at the moment, so if you can bear with it for a couple turns, I'll come up with something to get him back with the team. In the meantime, you can take over an NPC if you'd like... a couple of the players are doing that at the moment. Just let me know.
This message was last edited by the GM at 10:20, Sat 12 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1171 posts
Your Guide
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 10:50
  • msg #169

Re: Radios

I'm anticipating not being able to get the turn post up tonight as expected. Sorry about that. If this is the case, tomorrow for sure.
Robert Mitchell
player, 185 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 15:44
  • msg #170

Re: Radios

In reply to Fusilier (msg #169):

No worries - I've got a bit of a manic weekend coming up myself so might not be able to post until Sunday evening UK time.
George Rawlinson
player, 114 posts
Captain
Chaplain (Canadian)
Fri 11 Dec 2009
at 22:48
  • msg #171

Re: Radios

If you'd maybe like me to take over a gang member or someone like that--is anyone playing Volodya?
Fusilier
GM, 1172 posts
Your Guide
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 05:40
  • msg #172

Re: Radios

George Rawlinson:
If you'd maybe like me to take over a gang member or someone like that--is anyone playing Volodya?

Volodya is ok. He's just got shot in the leg (slight), but is otherwise still in action.

Background: Moldavian (Soviet Airborne in Afghanistan), prison, mafia.
Gear: AK74/BG-15 combo (6 40mm HE) + a short range radio.

While on the advance (the party's current attack), he got hit while running behind the BTR. The rest of the squad kept going, and by now Volodya has recovered/first aid enough to catch up.
This message was last edited by the GM at 05:42, Sat 12 Dec 2009.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 171 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 08:42
  • msg #173

Re: Radios

George Rawlinson:
If you'd maybe like me to take over a gang member or someone like that--is anyone playing Volodya?

"Voloyda, they're breaking. Main group keep pushing forward. Be advised for enemy infantry from the right. Have RPD and RPG target incoming fire at the factory to the right. Give them hell. Four-Zero, over."

those were his last orders. i didn't want to meta game HIM and the other injured guy be the one to lay down fire on that factory (Kaminski has no idea whose injured or dead)
Fusilier
GM, 1174 posts
Your Guide
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 10:20
  • msg #174

Re: Radios


Robert Mitchell
player, 186 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 14:32
  • msg #175

Re: Radios

Fusilier - is Fox just setting up the M60 at the back of the M113 and firing at the pharmacy?  He's in front of Mitch and Mitch's decision on what to do is partially dictacted by what Fox does.

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1175 posts
Your Guide
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 14:40
  • msg #176

Re: Radios

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #175):

He was going to move up to Rooke and then determine if he should support Oskar's flanking or continue onto the main objective. Fox doesn't have full situational awareness at the moment (distractions from being hit and being in the back of the M113) - which is why he's moving up to Rooke first.

Also, as track commander Mitch has full control of Henry.
Robert Mitchell
player, 187 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 14:44
  • msg #177

Re: Radios

OK - thanks - I assume that Fox has enough sense to go up the right hand side of the M113 and use it as cover from the pharmacy? <G>
This message was last edited by the player at 14:44, Sat 12 Dec 2009.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 138 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 18:02
  • msg #178

Re: Radios

Frank is going to wait for another round until the smoke grenade has a chance to work a little better before moving to Oskar & Varis.  In the mean time, two questions before I post please:

1). Is the M-113 APC on fore or is just the track off making it immobile?

2). From Frank's position at the back of the M-113 APC, can he see any fire coming in from anywhere specific towards where he intends to move toward Oskar & Varis?
Robert Mitchell
player, 189 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 18:17
  • msg #179

Re: Radios

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Frank is going to wait for another round until the smoke grenade has a chance to work a little better before moving to Oskar & Varis.  In the mean time, two questions before I post please:

1). Is the M-113 APC on fore or is just the track off making it immobile?

2). From Frank's position at the back of the M-113 APC, can he see any fire coming in from anywhere specific towards where he intends to move toward Oskar & Varis?


I don't think that the M113 is on fire - it's just lost a track and the .50Cal is smashed.

Also I think that the map shows Frank at the front of the M113 next to Rooke and not at the back.
Fusilier
GM, 1176 posts
Your Guide
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 18:25
  • msg #180

Re: Radios

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #178):

1. No. As far as you know its only lost a track and its armament.

2. Not specific. The only fire is from the inside of the pharmacy, but further back from the windows - and the RPG team in the parking lot out front.

Robert Mitchell:
Also I think that the map shows Frank at the front of the M113 next to Rooke and not at the back.

Correct as well.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:26, Sat 12 Dec 2009.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 139 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 12 Dec 2009
at 18:43
  • msg #181

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Frank is going to wait for another round until the smoke grenade has a chance to work a little better before moving to Oskar & Varis.  In the mean time, two questions before I post please:

1). Is the M-113 APC on fore or is just the track off making it immobile?

2). From Frank's position at the back of the M-113 APC, can he see any fire coming in from anywhere specific towards where he intends to move toward Oskar & Varis?


I don't think that the M113 is on fire - it's just lost a track and the .50Cal is smashed.

Also I think that the map shows Frank at the front of the M113 next to Rooke and not at the back.

OK, just making sure it wasn't...

OK, not sure of that either.  thinking cap hasn't been on to straight the past couple of days...
Mike Catchings
player, 51 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 14 Dec 2009
at 00:41
  • msg #182

Re: Radios

Am I correct in interpreting that both Catchings and Youngs shots hit the original GPMG gunner, and the assistent remained unharmed? Or did Catchings shots strike the gunner, with Youngs headshot hitting the new gunner?
Fusilier
GM, 1177 posts
Your Guide
Mon 14 Dec 2009
at 01:12
  • msg #183

Re: Radios

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #182):

Yes. Only the gunner was hit.
Fusilier
GM, 1178 posts
Your Guide
Mon 14 Dec 2009
at 11:02
  • msg #184

Re: Radios

Sorry everyone, I have to put up the turn post tomorrow. Its exam time and I've got to get everyone's books and classwork marked. I'm totally swamped tonight. I know its another delayed post on my part, but I ought to be in the clear soon.
Robert Mitchell
player, 190 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 14 Dec 2009
at 11:21
  • msg #185

Re: Radios

In reply to Fusilier (msg #184):

No worries - it also gives those that haven't been able to post this turn a chance to catch up!  Personally I find the lead up to Christmas is a massive drain on my free time - my workload reduces but the amount of social commitments goes up loads.  Luckily most of them are events that I actually want to go to!
Oskar Friedmann
player, 499 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 14 Dec 2009
at 22:04
  • msg #186

Re: Radios

I'm being crushed by work - I may not get a post up in time.  NPC if necessary, and make sure Varis gets shot first.
Ben Jagelis
player, 939 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 14 Dec 2009
at 23:58
  • msg #187

Re: Radios

ARGH! I can't believe the workload!

It's supposed to slow down leading up to Christmas, but nooooooo, everyone wants to complete everything beforehand making my life damn busy!
Varis Babicevs
player, 383 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 00:02
  • msg #188

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Sorry everyone, I have to put up the turn post tomorrow. Its exam time and I've got to get everyone's books and classwork marked. I'm totally swamped tonight. I know its another delayed post on my part, but I ought to be in the clear soon.


I feel your pain. Projects and midterms to grade and record, quizzes to record... Just think about the break.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 141 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 00:46
  • msg #189

Re: Radios

Handle your Handle there!
Fusilier
GM, 1179 posts
Your Guide
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 04:50
  • msg #190

Re: Radios

Varis Babicevs:
Just think about the break.

Yeah right. One day. It's a Buddhist country so Christmas holidays don't exist for me... although the school is nice enough to give me and the other western teachers the 25th off. New Years is the only break this time of year for me.

Anyways, I've finished about half of the turn and will get it up after work.
Ben Jagelis
player, 940 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 08:49
  • msg #191

Re: Radios

I intend to get a post in shortly.
Robert Mitchell
player, 191 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 09:12
  • msg #192

Re: Radios

It appears that I'm the only one who's work calms down before Christmas!

I'll just sit hear feeling guilty! <G>
Ben Jagelis
player, 941 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 09:18
  • msg #193

Re: Radios

Every other year I've been sitting about twiddling my thumbs, but this year it seems everyone wants to tidy up all the loose ends first!
Robert Mitchell
player, 192 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 10:43
  • msg #194

Re: Radios

Ben Jagelis:
Distracted by events elsewhere, Ben missed Mitchell's statement until it was too late to respond. Although immobilised, hopefully temporarily, and the fifty damaged, it still represented the best cover and vantage point in the area. Mitchell's M249 was a good replacement weapon for the fifty, especially if used in it's proper role as fire support.


Don't be too hard on Mitch for leaving the M113 - it had been zeroed by the KPV when he made the decision and though I (as a player) know that the KPV has been knocked out/forced to withdraw (as Ben can see) there is no way that Mitch would know that and having him pop back up through one of the M113 hatches to use it as a firing platform would have reeked of metagaming......
Ben Jagelis
player, 943 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 11:06
  • msg #195

Re: Radios

I can understand his actions - he is infantry first and vehicle crew second.
However, the M113 even disarmed is a hell of a well protected position with radios and hand held weapons. Makes a good observation platform too.
Essentially it's a ready made and fitted out fighting position with all the mod cons.
Robert Mitchell
player, 193 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 11:20
  • msg #196

Re: Radios

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #195):

Agreed on that but when it's being shot to pieces by a KPV it's a less attractive location! <G>
Ben Jagelis
player, 944 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 11:43
  • msg #197

Re: Radios

As far as I am aware, the only damage it has suffered is to the relatively fragile suspension, and the exposed fifty cal. I'm unsure if any rounds penetrated the gunshield but I'm fairly sure nothing has penetrated the hull.
Comparing the weapon and vehicle stats, there's no way the KPV can penetrate the frontal armour (which I think is facing the KPV).
Fusilier
GM, 1180 posts
Your Guide
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 11:51
  • msg #198

Re: Radios

Ben Jagelis:
Comparing the weapon and vehicle stats, there's no way the KPV can penetrate the frontal armour (which I think is facing the KPV).

Which is the only reason why Henry is still breathing.
Robert Mitchell
player, 194 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 11:54
  • msg #199

Re: Radios

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #197):

Ah but Mitch doesn't know the game stats of the M113 and a KPV! <G>

And though it may say in some manual that the armour on a M113 won't be penetrated by a 14.5mm round would you really trust it saying that?  Particularly in a M113 that's not in mint condition?

Put it this way if you were in an APC that had been imobilisied, had it's main armament knocked out and was obviously zeroed by an enemy gunner would you really stick your head back up through a hatch to bring another weapon to bare?

That sounds like easy pickings to me and is why Mitch chose to move.

Now if he had been aware that the KPV had been knocked out/forced to withdraw then it would be a different case entirely but Mitch doesn't know that.
Fusilier
GM, 1182 posts
Your Guide
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 12:21
  • msg #200

Re: Radios

Ok, post is up and a map will be shortly. Its pretty much a done deal at this point... you guys have a lot of firepower.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:21, Tue 15 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 195 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 12:36
  • msg #201

Re: Radios

We're winning - good news! <G>

A couple of quick questions:

How many rounds did Mitch fire?

Am I correct that Rooke has spotted and aimed at a target but not yet fired?
Fusilier
GM, 1183 posts
Your Guide
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 12:58
  • msg #202

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
A couple of quick questions:

1. 40 rounds fired.
2. Correct. I interpreted your post as wanting to aim first (which takes a turn).
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:59, Tue 15 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 196 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 14:02
  • msg #203

Re: Radios

In reply to Fusilier (msg #202):

Thanks for this - that's what Rooke wanted to do.
Robert Mitchell
player, 197 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 14:36
  • msg #204

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
After exiting the M113, Mitch and Henry position themselves to cover the pharmacy and the area to the left of the building. Resting the SAW on its bipod, Mitch settles the iron sights onto the enemy position and rattles off several long bursts. Several tracers streak across the median and vanish into the darkened interior with many more unseen ball rounds right behind them. Pausing for a moment, Mitch notices the enemy fire has stopped. In addition, the smoke now blocks the LOS between him (including most everyone else) and where the RPG team had been last spotted.


Am I correct that Mitch has never seen the RPG team, though he is aware that one was fired at the M113?
Fusilier
GM, 1184 posts
Your Guide
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 15:45
  • msg #205

Re: Radios

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #204):

Correct.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 174 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Tue 15 Dec 2009
at 19:57
  • msg #206

Re: Radios

Is the deafening rocking boom bad? or just the obstructions being turned up and about?
Varis Babicevs
player, 384 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 00:35
  • msg #207

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Yeah right. One day. It's a Buddhist country so Christmas holidays don't exist for me... although the school is nice enough to give me and the other western teachers the 25th off. New Years is the only break this time of year for me.


Ouch. Sorry, man. I assumed it was an international school with western-style breaks. When I was a high school student living in Uruguay, we had our summer break during the Christian holiday season.

I don't know what I would do if I didn't get the next two weeks off. Hang in there, man.

BTW, I'm going through some stuff right now so I may not be able to post IC for the next few days. If need be, please NPC Varis. Thanks!
Fusilier
GM, 1185 posts
Your Guide
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 01:18
  • msg #208

Re: Radios

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Is the deafening rocking boom bad? or just the obstructions being turned up and about?


It's an explosion on the outside of the hull near the front bottom.

Varis Babicevs:
Hang in there, man. BTW, I'm going through some stuff right now so I may not be able to post IC for the next few days. If need be, please NPC Varis. Thanks!


Thanks. Yeah, no problem.

With the holidays nearing we might want to think about pausing for a bit. What do you guys think is needed? What kind of time frame?
Ben Jagelis
player, 945 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 01:38
  • msg #209

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Ah but Mitch doesn't know the game stats of the M113 and a KPV! <G>

Why not!?  ;)

After several years of combat, it's a fairly good bet most characters will have at lease a passing familiarity with that sort of battle damage and the weapon's capabilities.
Robert Mitchell:
And though it may say in some manual that the armour on a M113 won't be penetrated by a 14.5mm round would you really trust it saying that?  Particularly in a M113 that's not in mint condition?

Back when I was in the infantry, there was a rumour that a 7.62 could penetrate the side armour of the M113. Personally I don't really believe it, or if it did manage to penetrate, the rounds energy would be virtually spent and cause little more than a few scratches etc to whatever was inside.
Robert Mitchell:
Put it this way if you were in an APC that had been imobilisied, had it's main armament knocked out and was obviously zeroed by an enemy gunner would you really stick your head back up through a hatch to bring another weapon to bare?

The gun mounting and it's attached weapon shield are still in working order I believe, therefore, there's nothing wrong with using it's 2 points of armour as cover and firing off to the side (point the .50 cal forward while firing handheld weapons to the side or rear).

This allows much better protection than being out on the ground with only the occasional bit of rubble, tree trunk, etc to hide behind. Being up high also allows for a better view of the battlefield.

On the other side of the equation, it is a bit of a magnet for antiarmour weapons, however that's probably not much of a problem in the current situation. Admittedly the KPV was hammering down, but the chances of it hitting the gunshield again - the only place it could really damage anything - through the growing smoke while also under fire from mortars and potentially the M2 and BTR, has to be relatively minor.
George Rawlinson
player, 117 posts
Captain
Chaplain (Canadian)
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 21:52
  • msg #210

Re: Radios

So just to be clear we're going to continue advancing right?
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 175 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Wed 16 Dec 2009
at 22:43
  • msg #211

Re: Radios

George Rawlinson:
So just to be clear we're going to continue advancing right?

of course. this is just the tickle.

but I think our 'advance' is more like a long hook south and then loop back to HQ right?
Ben Jagelis
player, 946 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 00:13
  • msg #212

Re: Radios

Once the local area is secured, we need to concentrate on getting the M113 mobile again. This will probably require deploying the infantry defensively around the area with the two operation AFVs in support while mechanics get the track back on.

The .50 cal is of secondary concern but I'm thinking that if it's toast, swapping it out with the M60.
Ben Jagelis
player, 947 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 01:48
  • msg #213

Re: Radios

Argh! REALLY need an updated map to post.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 143 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 02:07
  • msg #214

Re: Radios

Do you need to take a break Fus?
Fusilier
GM, 1187 posts
Your Guide
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 08:40
  • msg #215

Re: Radios

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Do you need to take a break Fus?

Not at the moment, although I may be a little slow and unable to give it my best.

To be honest I'm a little disappointed with this "battle". It just wasn't what I was originally hoping for (my fault entirely). In the next one, I'd like it to be close quarter fighting with a little more excitement and individual decision making. However I'm having trouble thinking up ways to keep everyone involved in that (vehicle guys I mean) and at the same time using a setting we haven't used yet - sewers, a large factory, etc. I have lots of ideas... its just hard getting them to work with current life distractions right now.

As far as pausing for the holidays I'm prepared to let the players make whatever decision you agree to... I can play though, pause for a day or two, or pause for longer.

Re: Map. Yeah, I had to rush the turn post and let it slip. I'll get the latest update posted once I get home from work. For sure this time.
Mike Catchings
player, 53 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 09:26
  • msg #216

Re: Radios

I'll still be able to play on holidays, as unlike some poor souls, I do get a break.  But I can go along with a break if that's the consensus.




In other news, so is the battle over?
Robert Mitchell
player, 199 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 10:21
  • msg #217

Re: Radios

Ben Jagelis:
Once the local area is secured, we need to concentrate on getting the M113 mobile again. This will probably require deploying the infantry defensively around the area with the two operation AFVs in support while mechanics get the track back on.

The .50 cal is of secondary concern but I'm thinking that if it's toast, swapping it out with the M60.


Firstly do we have time to repair the M113?  How long does it take to repair a track?  If it's just a damaged link that can be removed and the track shortened then that's reasonably quick isn't it?  (assuming that we brought the tools with us)

With the machinegun the wear value on the M60 wasn't good so it might be a better idea to replace it with another machinegun, possibly just Mitch's SAW (assuming that he's staying in command of the M113).
Robert Mitchell
player, 200 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 12:50
  • msg #218

Re: Radios

Fusilier - do you want us to continue with combat turn type posts or shift to more narrative?
Fusilier
GM, 1188 posts
Your Guide
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 13:58
  • msg #219

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Fusilier - do you want us to continue with combat turn type posts or shift to more narrative?

Shift to narrative. But I'd like Oskar's team to be specific in their next actions.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 176 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 15:41
  • msg #220

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Ben Jagelis:
Once the local area is secured, we need to concentrate on getting the M113 mobile again. This will probably require deploying the infantry defensively around the area with the two operation AFVs in support while mechanics get the track back on.

The .50 cal is of secondary concern but I'm thinking that if it's toast, swapping it out with the M60.


Firstly do we have time to repair the M113?  How long does it take to repair a track?  If it's just a damaged link that can be removed and the track shortened then that's reasonably quick isn't it?  (assuming that we brought the tools with us)

With the machinegun the wear value on the M60 wasn't good so it might be a better idea to replace it with another machinegun, possibly just Mitch's SAW (assuming that he's staying in command of the M113).

if we have a time schedule to keep shouldn't we just ditch it and try to salvage it after the battle? Pile ontop of the M2 and the BTR like an African Taxi :P
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 570 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 16:07
  • msg #221

Re: Radios

To be honest I'm a little disappointed with this "battle". It just wasn't what I was originally hoping for (my fault entirely). In the next one, I'd like it to be close quarter fighting with a little more excitement and individual decision making. However I'm having trouble thinking up ways to keep everyone involved in that (vehicle guys I mean) and at the same time using a setting we haven't used yet - sewers, a large factory, etc. I have lots of ideas... its just hard getting them to work with current life distractions right now.

I can see where you're coming from on this, I know I picked a plan that tried to involve everyone when I'd have prefered to use just the vehicles to more effect. I'd suggest that if you have a really nice close quarters set piece in mind that you don't try to involve all the characters, just all the players.

One of the reasons I asked for the NPC dismounts was to have an NPC pool. All we need is a reason to send the dismounts into close combat and I'd suggest we leave the vehicles and their crews outside and anyone like me who is relatively tied to a vehicle takes an NPC on for the encounter.

If we were doing that, I'd prefer the plot protection of not going out to the vehicles destroyed and the PCs massacred, but in the end, that's the way the cookie crumbles.

What does everyone else think? I'd rather have fun in a good story than just stick slavishly with one character, but I realise that other views may differ.
Robert Mitchell
player, 201 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 16:34
  • msg #222

Re: Radios

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #221):

You're describing the exact reason why I offered to play an NPC as well as Mitch (and ended up playing Rooke for this battle as well) - the problem with the vehicles is that they end up forcing characters to stay with them and so a pool of NPCs to either crew them or be taken over as dismounts would make sense to me as it prevents people from being left out of the action.

With Fox now wounded (I'm not sure of the extent of that wound to be honest) it might be best to put him in charge of the M113 (assuming we have the time & tools to fix the track) with Jordan driving.  That makes the M113 an NPC only crew and frees up Mitch to be a dismount, with the result that Rooke becomes available for someone else to play temporarily besides myself (and he will be a lot of fun as he's a very very good shot!).
Varis Babicevs
player, 385 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 20:19
  • msg #223

Re: Radios


It wasn't a bad fight at all, Fuse. Don't worry about it.

My only issue was trying to coordinate posts with the squad's fearless leader (Oskar). Chalk it up to the fog of war!

Not sure what to do now. We don't want to get too far from the vehicles. Best bet would be to stay put and hold the left flank while the M113's track is repaired and then play it from there. It sounds like the BTR might be damaged too?

I get two weeks off for the winter break starting Sat. so I am fine with playing through the holidays. I understand that may not be the case for everyone so if we need to pause, that's cool too.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 501 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 21:14
  • msg #224

Re: Radios

I was trying to keep it interesting for me.  :)
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 177 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 17 Dec 2009
at 21:44
  • msg #225

Re: Radios

tbh I just want to play one character. I sorta RP Otto as it is which is fine as he's like a walking Gorilla.

IMO Fus: I thought it went fine. When theirs no maps or things don't get posted quick or left out as Varis said "it's the fog of war"

I do think that we have too many NPC's and characters though. I think the dead weight should get killed off since half of the team are NPC's that regularly go along w/ the group. But that's just me.

Other than that I'm really happy w/ this game and w/ how things are going Fus.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 144 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 00:03
  • msg #226

Re: Radios

Can we tell where the blood trail leads to?
Ben Jagelis
player, 949 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 01:25
  • msg #227

Re: Radios

It was a good battle. A little more communication between groups would have been nice, but overall it went well.

We need the M113, not just to carry troops, but for the equipment it's carrying.
If it's just the track, it should be quicker to repair that than transfer everything into the other vehicles. We also don't have enough space to carry everyone in just the BTR and Bradley.

As this engagement was essentially all over in just a minute or so, we still have plenty of time to repair, reorganise and move on to the main objective. Best if we just get on with it.
Fusilier
GM, 1189 posts
Your Guide
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 01:32
  • msg #228

Re: Radios

Thanks for the OOC and PM feedback everyone. The points are noted and I think in all cases I agree.

For the holidays, briefly looking over the replies, everyone seems ok with playing through without much of a break. Correct? This is how we did it last year... I think we paused for three or four days or something like that, and then on New Years. I'll hold off making a decision now to give everyone some more time to think about it.

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Can we tell where the blood trail leads to?

No, not really, unless you want to try someone's tracking skills and make a task of it. There isn't very much.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 502 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 18 Dec 2009
at 17:09
  • msg #229

Re: Radios

Oskar was just about to do that.
Robert Mitchell
player, 203 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 19 Dec 2009
at 10:15
  • msg #230

Re: Radios

Just to say that I don't anticipate any problems posting over the holiday period.  I might well get some grief from my wife for sitting at a computer but that's my problem not yours! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1191 posts
Your Guide
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 16:14
  • msg #231

Re: Radios

Who (Oskar, Varis, or Frank) has a radio?

Edit - looking over your PC sheets, it seems Oskar is the only one.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:51, Mon 21 Dec 2009.
Varis Babicevs
player, 388 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 17:05
  • msg #232

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Who (Oskar, Varis, or Frank) has a radio?

Edit - looking over your PC sheets, it seems Oskar is the only one.


Oskar tried to give it to Varis but Varis gave it back. So, Oskar should have it.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 505 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 20:51
  • msg #233

Re: Radios

I'm going off on holiday vacation starting tomorrow.  I expect to have time to post, but it will be intermittent and entirely unpredictable, and even possibly non-existent.

I return on Tuesday the 29th.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 180 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 21 Dec 2009
at 21:07
  • msg #234

Re: Radios

The Jew of this group would like to wish you heathens a very Merry Christmas

:)

(i'm avail to post on the holidays)
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 146 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 01:32
  • msg #235

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Who (Oskar, Varis, or Frank) has a radio?

Edit - looking over your PC sheets, it seems Oskar is the only one.

Frank has a radio in his gear (buttpack)...
This message was last edited by the player at 01:33, Tue 22 Dec 2009.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 506 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 02:01
  • msg #236

Re: Radios

Krzysztof Kaminski:
The Jew of this group would like to wish you heathens a very Merry Christmas

:)

(i'm avail to post on the holidays)


Speak for yourself.

Deuorius Riuri or bust.
Fusilier
GM, 1192 posts
Your Guide
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 02:13
  • msg #237

Re: Radios

Ok, thanks on the radios. I see the radio that Frank has now (overlooked).

For the holidays, I think most everyone has mentioned that they can either play through or with only the potential for disruptions. So I figure we should go for it and see how it goes - pausing if it becomes clear we need too which won't be a big deal.
Ben Jagelis
player, 950 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 02:30
  • msg #238

Christmas

...and if you look out the other side of the aircraft you will see the local resident atheist.

I've tried to keep the Comms post as up to date as possible re radios. Makes it easier on everyone if we know who's got one on them, who's hooked in while mounted in vehicles, and who can only be shouted at (or throw stones, what ever...)
Ben Jagelis
player, 953 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 12:38
  • msg #239

Re: Christmas

What's the current time?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 29 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 12:46
  • msg #240

Re: Christmas

Ben Jagelis:
"Mitchell, Rooke, Fox and Young, set up in defence no closer than a dozen metres to the '13. Once Oskar, Varis and Frank get back I'll retask everyone."


Fusilier - Rooke was was in the process of going to try and loot the two (hopefully) bodies he shot - has he moved out of hearing range before this order was issued? (he doesn't have a radio)
This message was last edited by the player at 12:56, Tue 22 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1193 posts
Your Guide
Tue 22 Dec 2009
at 13:26
  • msg #241

Re: Christmas

Andrew Rooke:
Has Rooke moved out of hearing range before this order was issued?

I'm going to say no. Since everyone was just talking and not really involved with anything.

Ben Jagelis:
What's the current time?

0655 hrs.

A rough time line of events

0600 move to release point
0620 arrive and o group
0630 depart for FEBA and conduct dismounted bottleneck (bridge) crossing
0640 dismount and advance to contact
0655 objective secured and consolidation underway

I know its too late, but anyways, here is a picture that shows the view from the direction of the wooded area towards the port facilities under attack on your right. Here you can see the brick wall I spoke of where there is a forced breach with some enemy deployed to protect it.


This message was last edited by the GM at 15:18, Tue 22 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 954 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 03:28
  • msg #242

Re: Christmas

So we've still got about 35 minutes until we're supposed to have moved on....

Would having two teams, one to a track, speed the M113 repairs?

NOTE!
Ben ordered the M113 security to be NO closer than a dozen metres. In other words, spread out so that if an RPG hits the APC, everyone who's not working on it is outside the blast radius.
This message was last edited by the player at 03:31, Wed 23 Dec 2009.
Fusilier
GM, 1195 posts
Your Guide
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 04:49
  • msg #243

Re: Christmas

Ben Jagelis:
Would having two teams, one to a track, speed the M113 repairs?

No, to clarify - that time estimate is to fix the severed track (right side) and replace it on the vehicle. It doesn't include the left hand track as you can still drive on it, just at a reduced speed.
Helmut Meyer
player, 502 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 05:14
  • msg #244

Re: Christmas

Ben Jagelis:
So we've still got about 35 minutes until we're supposed to have moved on....



I'd agree, but Pearce indicated a counter attack was brewing. Oskar's team already bumped into a group we didn't know about. We should take that as a hint we're going to get hammered. I can't imagine changing a broken tread while under attack from 2 or three directions supported by mortars.

I think we should cut our losses like JJ said, before we lose much worse.
Robert Mitchell
player, 206 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 10:21
  • msg #245

Re: Christmas

Mike Catchings:
While the other four set out to make a perimeter, Mike stands by the Lieutenant, since he hasn't been instructed to do anything.  As far as he knew, no one was injured, so he figured he'd act as the impromptu radio man for the Lieutenant for now.

"Lieutenant, you got anything in mind for me right now?  Want me to try and get ahold of 1st section?"


I've lost track of it in the discussions but wasn't Fox wounded?  He seems to be carrying on like it's just a scratch but at the time I thought that it was much more serious.
Fusilier
GM, 1196 posts
Your Guide
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 12:18
  • msg #246

Re: Christmas

Robert Mitchell:
I've lost track of it in the discussions but wasn't Fox wounded?  He seems to be carrying on like it's just a scratch but at the time I thought that it was much more serious.


Fox is wounded and has thus far been carrying on like its a scratch. He hasn't been inspected yet however. Neither has Volodya or the Ukrainian.
Varis Babicevs
player, 389 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 15:00
  • msg #247

Re: Christmas


Fuse, how far off does Varis judge the voices to be? Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1197 posts
Your Guide
Wed 23 Dec 2009
at 15:13
  • msg #248

Re: Christmas

Varis Babicevs:
Fuse, how far off does Varis judge the voices to be? Thanks.

About 2 houses down to the right.
Ben Jagelis
player, 955 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 04:33
  • msg #249

Re: Christmas

Helmut Meyer:
I think we should cut our losses like JJ said, before we lose much worse.

We can't.

Without the M113, we don't have enough carrying capacity to take everyone. We have 18 infantry/passengers and only space for 14 in the BTR+M2 plus about 500kg of very important combat stores currently loaded aboard the M113.

IF JJ wants to move onward, Ben will be staying with the M113 to get it repaired. Hopefully there'll be a few more willing to keep him company.

As we have 35 minutes remaining before we need to move, I suggest using that time. Who knows, we might get an outstanding success on the mechanic role and cut the time down.

Defensively, we should do fairly well. We can deploy claymores, etc in a matter of a few minutes, prepare shell scrapes (shallow holes to fight from and avoid shrapnel), site machineguns and so on. We could also potentially launch as spoiling attack of our own on the suspected enemy counter attack.

All in all, I don't see our position to be all that bad. It just takes a little effective leadership and willingness to stand and fight instead of running at the first sign of difficulty.
Ben Jagelis
player, 956 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 05:41
  • msg #250

Re: Christmas

I was wrong.

We don't have 35 minutes to complete this phase. We have 50 - nearly the hour we need.

All that has to be done is defend against what can be presumed as approximately one company of the 72nd MRR.

As we have two operational AFVs, plus the advantage of mortars and defending, we should be able to pull it off while at the same time dealing the Soviet assault in the north west of the city a SERIOUS blow.

We might have to face another company or two, but these are unlikely to arrive in time to directly support the initial attack.


Here's something funny. I'm playing about in Goggle Earth and noted the M113 is actually in dead ground to the buildings the KPV fired from. Technically if anything was going to be hit, it would only have been the gunshield!

Of course that's not really the way it played out, so...

Seems there's a T-34 a couple of hundred metres up the road too!
http://mw2.google.com/mw-panor.../medium/15329962.jpg
This message was last edited by the player at 06:25, Thu 24 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 208 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 09:59
  • msg #251

Re: Christmas

I'm confused on the timings - aren't we supposed to be somewhere else fairly soon rather than just leaving the current position in an hour or so?

I'm not sure if we have 35 or 50 mins but irrespective of that aren't we supposed to be somewhere else at that point in time rather than just leaving?
Ben Jagelis
player, 958 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 12:22
  • msg #252

Re: Christmas

We were supposed to be finished with our current task by 0745 and move to attack and enemy force assaulting a position about a kilometre away.
The time is currently 0655 therefore we've still got nearly an hour before we were expected to move.
Admittedly the enemy is responding to our presence, but that's why we brought claymores and other mines, shovels and tripods for the machineguns with us. Given ten minutes to prepare, we can hold off a hundred enemy troops sucessfully.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 508 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 15:22
  • msg #253

Re: Christmas

I was about to post something about how command was hard and the LT was forced to suffer all kinds of BS from every peanut gallery in the theater, but seriously?  Digging in here?

That's... awesome.  Oskar whole-heartedly endorses this new line of thinking.  They have mortars too though, so keep that in mind.  :)

{Private to GM:

Oskar commands his squad to move into the brush to the west, south of the residential neighborhood, and to keep going.]
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 574 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 15:25
  • msg #254

Command Decision

OK, we've come to a point where a major decision will need to be made. I suggest that we make a simple vote on it and then JJ, as commanding officer will issue the orders.

The issue is do we stay and repair the M113 or do we leave and contine with the mission.

Leg has put the case for remaining at the M113 however I feel we should move on the reasons for this are:
1) We need to spoil the enemy attack therefore doing that is our main objective, nothing else.
2) More enemy forces are coming and we suspect that there is at least one ATGM carrying vehicle nearby not to mention the FIST team that may or may not be calling our co-ordinates in. We could probably fight off an infantry attack or some light mechanised vehicles, however I don't know how we'd fare against an artillery bombardment.

However, I'm willing to go with the majority.

Hopefully if we vote quickly, we can get on with the game.

My vote: Continue the mission and abandon the M113.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 510 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 15:38
  • msg #255

Re: Command Decision

I'm down for staying around.  Also, I'm a little annoyed that I don't have my motorcycle.  'Cause, you know.  Just because.


Fusilier
GM, 1198 posts
Your Guide
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 15:58
  • msg #256

Re: Command Decision

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #254):

Just to say, I supported JJM's decision to ask for an OOC vote - so please cast your decision as quickly as possible. I'm probably not going to move the turn until a majority is in.
Helmut Meyer
player, 503 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 16:40
  • msg #257

Re: Command Decision

John Jameson McCarthy:
OK, we've come to a point where a major decision will need to be made.


Go.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 149 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 18:35
  • msg #258

Re: Command Decision

Stick around for awhile longer
Robert Mitchell
player, 209 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 18:48
  • msg #259

Re: Command Decision

Stick around long enough to get the main bits of gear out of the M113 and into the other APCs and then continue with the mission, with people riding on the outside of the vehicles if necessary.
Varis Babicevs
player, 391 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 19:04
  • msg #260

Re: Command Decision


I vote GO. We took the current position by a platoon-level combined arms attack. What's to say the Soviets can't do the same (and I reckon they have more men...)? Let's button up the Gavin as much as possible, hastily rig some obvious booby traps on and around it and move on. Or call for some friendly militia to come and guard it for us and move on. Or both. And move on.

BTW, happy holidays folks!
This message was last edited by the player at 19:08, Thu 24 Dec 2009.
Mike Catchings
player, 56 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 24 Dec 2009
at 19:48
  • msg #261

Re: Command Decision

Would it be possible to tow it to a safer position closer to friendly lines where we could come back for it later?

Normally I'd say strip it and go, however Mike is going to have 3 seperate casualties to deal with, of unknown, probably moderate severity. That's not going to be dealt with quickly or easily. Treatment would go smoother and faster in a stationary position, and not while bouncing around inside an overcrowded armored vehicle.  I vote stay if you want Fox, Volodya, and the Ukrainian to be alright.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:40, Thu 24 Dec 2009.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 151 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 03:39
  • msg #262

Re: Command Decision

Merry Christmas!
Mike Catchings
player, 57 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 04:50
  • msg #263

Re: Command Decision

Merry christmas to all christians, jews, atheists, fusiliers and others.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 185 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 09:12
  • msg #264

Re: Command Decision

Stay for an hour to fix that stupid M113; Send the BTR up on the hill in the meantime and a squad forward a bit more (say 3-500m to see whats there and spot for us (and to lay claymores on their route in.

This way we can see form the spotters and high ground if we should GTFO b4 they reach the contact point...

so I'm sorta both.. Go and Stay..

Whatever.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 576 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 11:25
  • msg #265

Re: Command Decision

Eight votes in, it's close at the moment so I'd urge everyone else to get in quick. Obviously the season will slow things down and our beloved GM can decide if he thinks this is taking too long.
Ben Jagelis
player, 959 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 15:09
  • msg #266

Re: Command Decision

Robert Mitchell:
Stick around long enough to get the main bits of gear out of the M113 and into the other APCs and then continue with the mission, with people riding on the outside of the vehicles if necessary.

As has been mentioned previously, we have almost 500 kilograms - half a tonne of very valuable and useful stores in the M113. This would likely take approximately 20 minutes by most of our personnel just to unload and toss randomly into the Bradley and BTR, which would result in about half our infantry having to walk (there's NO WAY you'd get me riding on the outside of an AFV in an active combat zone!)

Packing it all in neatly is likely to at least double that time and require at least 2, probably 4 people. Both vehicles would be out of action for the duration.

Much of the M113 stores is not easily transferable as it's not neatly packed away in crates and boxes. For example there are 25 magazines of various sizes and calibres, 27 belts of 3 different calibres, 7 rifles & SMGs, 20 grenades, 11 AT rounds, 46 mines (yes, that's right, 46), our only Chem sniffer and geiger counter, approx 2 dozen flares, 95% of our medical supplies, and a nearly full tank of 360 litres of fuel we've nothing to put in. There is more, but you get the idea....

Varis Babicevs:
We took the current position by a platoon-level combined arms attack. What's to say the Soviets can't do the same (and I reckon they have more men...)? Let's button up the Gavin as much as possible, hastily rig some obvious booby traps on and around it and move on. Or call for some friendly militia to come and guard it for us and move on.

Yes we did, against a widely dispersed enemy armed with little more than small arms and backed up with a heavy machinegun armed AFV (which was quickly dispatched).

The course of action Ben is following, concentrates our force within an area aproximately 75 metres in diameter and includes 2 well armed, mobile and protected AFVs. Our troops are HEAVILY armed with two machineguns (both intended to be tripod mounted), 8 grenade launchers, 8 automatic rifles/light machineguns, and virtually every man with an AT rocket. And of course we have pre-registered mortar support with an ample supply of HE and limited WP.
The 46 mines mentioned above might also come into play given enough time (6 claymores already ordered deployed).

Mike Catchings:
Would it be possible to tow it to a safer position closer to friendly lines where we could come back for it later?

Technically, yes. I've looked over the maintainence and operations manuals for the M113 (http://www.tpub.com/content/op...-2350-277-100456.htm) and it's mentioned in there that a vehicle of the same or heavier weight can tow it even without a track. It's slow and dangerous however and not normally advised. We would only need to tow it 300-400 metres to be behind allied lines.

The problem with that though is time. It takes time to hook up, the towing can only be down at a walking pace, and then we still need to carry out the repairs all while the clock is ticking to be commencing the next phase of our mission (relieving pressure on Nowe Ogrody by engaging units headed to that location).

Mike Catchings:
Normally I'd say strip it and go, however Mike is going to have 3 seperate casualties to deal with, of unknown, probably moderate severity. That's not going to be dealt with quickly or easily. Treatment would go smoother and faster in a stationary position, and not while bouncing around inside an overcrowded armored vehicle.

Casualties are another factor. Lightly wounded will require little more than a bandage and some painkillers, but more seriously injured might require stretcher space. Each stretcher case could be considered as taking the space of at least two able bodied passengers, and I'm fairly sure neither the Bradley nor BTR are configured internally to support this (as far as I'm aware, only the M113 has an open arrangement while the other two have seats in the way and I'd hate to try fitting a stretcher through the BTR hatches!)
Krzysztof Kaminski:
Stay for an hour to fix that stupid M113; Send the BTR up on the hill in the meantime and a squad forward a bit more (say 3-500m to see whats there and spot for us (and to lay claymores on their route in.

This could be another option but we're probably a bit short on manpower to pull it off safely.
We are exposed on three sides, but two of those sides have lovely open fire lanes (the highway to the south west and railway to the north east) which anyone who wants to live will never want to cross. Both of these substantial obstacles are about 100 metres of open ground which would allow quite a lot of well aimed shots at anyone crossing.

To the north west we have a low rise and scattered trees and scrub, while to the south east is where we came from and although there is some cover in that direction, all routes to it are covered by fire.

Looking SSE with a vertical exaggeration of x2 to show elevations more clearly.


Looking towards the west with a vertical exaggeration of x2.

Our mission was fairly simple:
Lt Pearce:
Mission. We are to proceed along "Diamond Route" and advance to contact. Search out and destroy the enemy covering force by no later than 0745 hours, completed or not. That covering force is only an opportunity target and not the primary objective so we can't get bogged down. After pushing through, command then wants us to shift south and reestablish contact with the enemy unit heading to help contain the Nowe Ogrody militia. That's our main goal at the moment. The commander's intent is to prevent further pressure being laid on Nowe Ogrody. Pursue and engage."

Or, to simplify, "engage and destroy covering force. Intercept unit moving to reinforce assault on Nowe Ogrody."

The first half is effectively complete. Doesn't our presence where we are fullfill the latter half? Hasn't offensive action ceased in this area and been redirected towards us? It may not be exactly how the command envisaged, but it's getting the job done!
Ben Jagelis
player, 960 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 15:17
  • msg #267

Re: Command Decision

Robert Mitchell:
as a player I'm not actually sure where the higher ground is in relation to the M113 (North? South? etc) so please can you place Mitch appropriately.

Looking at the two pictures above, you can see the ridgeline approximately a quarter of the way towards the BTR-60 from the M113. It's on this rise Ben wanted the northern perimeter and Mitchell to position himself (close to the road on the inland side).
The crest of this ridge appears to be about 20 metres from the M113.
Varis Babicevs
player, 392 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 19:55
  • msg #268

Re: Command Decision


We may be able to repel a Soviet assault but doing so could cause serious delays and I believe we are on the clock here.

Anyway, it looks like the "stay" folks have won the vote so I guess it's all moot. God bless democracy.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 186 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:02
  • msg #269

Re: Command Decision

i think Ben has a hard on for the M113 and doesn't want to leave it

:P
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 577 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:04
  • msg #270

Re: Command Decision

I have a much more negative assesment of our situation:

1) We're sitting in the middle of one of five axis of advance by the enemy, with a battalion committed to each route. So we can expect anywhere from 150-300 men operating in your area with support which may include heavy armour.

2)There is also the enemy artillery to figure in, I know that Ben has dismissed it as a threat, but I feel we are still a potential target. We inflicted some serious damage by knocking out half of their artillery assets. We also represent the only real armor/mechanized force capable of counteroffensive type action in the city. To me this leaves us with carrying the burden of being a constant target, as Pearce has already pointed out. We might even be a target for the Hind if it's still operational. The temptation of taking out the defender's mobile unit in one sweep would be tempting to a military commander.

3)We'll very likely need to arrange yourself into an all around defense. At the moment the enemy can hit us from 3 sides (N, W, & E) but the south is pretty much open and controlled by nobody. We'll be in lightly forested cover (that splinters very well as Ben pointed out), against an enemy utilising buildings. We can try to dig in a little but the enemy are already probing us.

4) If we depoly in an all-round perimeter of about 75m as Ben suggests, we'll be plum targets for artillery, several 40 hex bursts on or near target will take us all out.

5)It can be assumed that we no longer can rely on the IB's 81mm mortar support since they won't be happy about the decision to delay the spoiling attack.

6) We have to fix the M113, defend our area and scout for potential attack all at once, we'll be spread really thinnly.

7) There's very little chance of pulling this off without risking both working vehicles and heavy casualties. People need to decide where the trade off is, how many people want to lose PCs to save the M113?

It definitely isn't a positive assessment on the situation, however we do have the great advantage PC's have over NPCs which is a strong factor. I also think we shouldn't rely on PC protection here, tactically it makes sense for the enemy to throw everything but the kitchen sink at us and by clustering around in an immobile target makes it easy for them. Expecting the GM not to annihilate us just because it ends the game is a big risk as well as quite cynical from a game point of view.
Varis Babicevs
player, 393 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 20:10
  • msg #271

Re: Command Decision


For the record, I'm with Mark/JJM. (Varis is too.)
Mike Catchings
player, 58 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 21:15
  • msg #272

Re: Command Decision

Major is in charge, and didn't call for a vote ingame, so I say the final say is his.

I'm 'fine' with either option. Medically, it would be easier and more convenient staying put, but then again, so is not getting overwhelmed and surrounded.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 153 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 21:26
  • msg #273

Re: Command Decision

Mike Catchings:
Major is in charge, and didn't call for a vote ingame, so I say the final say is his.

I'm 'fine' with either option. Medically, it would be easier and more convenient staying put, but then again, so is not getting overwhelmed and surrounded.

I hope the vote helps the C/O make his decision.  Frank's in either way!
Robert Mitchell
player, 210 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 25 Dec 2009
at 23:58
  • msg #274

Re: Command Decision

Firstly happy holidays to you all!  I think  that I just made it in time!

Secondly I would like to expand on my reasons for voting to leave the M113.

I think that the sensible tactical option is to grab the vital gear from the M113 and then destroy it and the remaining equipment inside it to deny it to the enemy.  Attempting to defend it while we change the track will, I believe, lead to loss of life on our side.

One part of our orders is not to get bogged down - taking an hour to repair a vehicle seems to be the definition of getting bogged down to me.

In addition the great variable that has been overlooked here is that Jordan said it will take him an hour to change a track.  Do people really believe that that assessment will be correct if the M113 is in the centre of a firefight?  Anyone exposing themselves while working on the track will become a focal target for enemy fire and I therefore would expect it to take longer than an hour to make the change.

Therefore I believe that the sensible course of action is to grab the vital gear and withdraw, abandoning the M113 and much of the gear inside it, probably blowing the whole lot up to deny it to the enemy (though someone suggested setting up a series of booby traps to ward people off and there is certain merit in that).

That said however I think that the most FUN option could be to stay and defend the M113.  It certainly has the potential to be a major firefight but one that I believe will result in at least one death on our side and could well end up with us being routed in disorder and fleeing with what we can carry having lost more than the M113 and most of the gear inside it.

It could be a hell of a lot of fun to play through though!  Personally if Mitch died then I would ask to continue with the game and would bring in a new character so I'm happy to take that risk.

Therefore, to summarise (and repeat) my vote on a tactical basis is to withdraw but if the vote is to stay then I'm happy to do so as I think that it will be one hell of a fight (and one that we might well loose).
Robert Mitchell
player, 211 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 00:14
  • msg #275

Re: Command Decision

Ben Jagelis:
Robert Mitchell:
as a player I'm not actually sure where the higher ground is in relation to the M113 (North? South? etc) so please can you place Mitch appropriately.

Looking at the two pictures above, you can see the ridgeline approximately a quarter of the way towards the BTR-60 from the M113. It's on this rise Ben wanted the northern perimeter and Mitchell to position himself (close to the road on the inland side).
The crest of this ridge appears to be about 20 metres from the M113.


So (in case I'm being stupid! <G>) Mitch is digging in about 20m north (ish) of the M113, using the ridgeline to provide some natural defence to the north?
Helmut Meyer
player, 504 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 04:26
  • msg #276

Re: Command Decision

I'm still voting for leaving, agreeing entirely with what Mitch and JJ said for the reasons why we should. If we are worried about vehicles and gear, then staying will probably mean losing another one, if not people's lives as well. What are we going to do when the BTR is added to the list of broken vehicles. Stay put permanently? The odds are too great in favor of the enemy regardless of our material assets.

Mike Catchings:
Major is in charge, and didn't call for a vote ingame, so I say the final say is his.


I agree, although I think I understand why the player asked for a vote OOC. The problem with how it was done IG however is that now who's is to judge Young or anyone else ignoring/countering orders in the future. Young doesn't want to stay in the M113 like he's been told. He wants to move up and set himself up in the pumping station for early warning of enemy coming in from the north. We've always made a chain of command to be a part of our platoon in the past. Is it now do what you think is right regardless of orders? Or will we go democratic and every decision be put to a vote?

How about whoever wants to stay with the M113 does so? And everyone who wants to go does so as well. Whatever the decision is, I think it needs to be made now.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:29, Sat 26 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 961 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 05:07
  • msg #277

Re: Command Decision

Krzysztof Kaminski:
i think Ben has a hard on for the M113 and doesn't want to leave it

It's one of the most lightly armoured and armed APCs in existance, but it is armour...
It's only suffered damage to the tracks which is repairable, and the main weapon can be replaced with another very easily.
John Jameson McCarthy:
1) We're sitting in the middle of one of five axis of advance by the enemy, with a battalion committed to each route. So we can expect anywhere from 150-300 men operating in your area with support which may include heavy armour.

Exactly! Is that what we were supposed to do in the next phase anyway, attack the enemy to relieve pressure on other areas?
Doesn't our continued presence achieve that with the added advantage of us being in a defended location with our rear covered by the militia?
John Jameson McCarthy:
2)There is also the enemy artillery to figure in, I know that Ben has dismissed it as a threat, but I feel we are still a potential target. We inflicted some serious damage by knocking out half of their artillery assets. We also represent the only real armor/mechanized force capable of counteroffensive type action in the city. To me this leaves us with carrying the burden of being a constant target, as Pearce has already pointed out. We might even be a target for the Hind if it's still operational. The temptation of taking out the defender's mobile unit in one sweep would be tempting to a military commander.

The enemy artillery has been reduced to "2x 2S3 Akatsiya SPArty, 1x BM-21, and 1x B-4M 203mm towed gun" with ammunition "plentiful for the...BM-21 only." The D-30's they had have been eliminated.
All four guns are not what can be considered pinpoint weapons. The BM-21, the only one with a reasonable supply of ammunition is really only suitable for blanketing an area with HE and with the expected close ranges of around 100 metres, the enemy are likely to be within the scatter of rockets. The other three guns have only limited ammunition and a fire rate of 3-4 rounds per minute for the 2S3 and as few as 1 per minute for the 70 year old B-4M.
Some mortars may be available to the attacking force, but this is why Rooke has been ordered to position himself in the gutter at the highway edge, and Mitchell is digging in. All three vehicles carry excavation tools for the purpose of digging fighting positions and creating protection against artillery.
John Jameson McCarthy:
3)We'll very likely need to arrange yourself into an all around defense. At the moment the enemy can hit us from 3 sides (N, W, & E) but the south is pretty much open and controlled by nobody. We'll be in lightly forested cover (that splinters very well as Ben pointed out), against an enemy utilising buildings. We can try to dig in a little but the enemy are already probing us.

Our position is strong. The enemy can only effectively attack from one direction - from the north east through the bushes. As previously pointed out, the other three sides are open and flat with NO cover. Yes, there is light vegetation to the south east, but covering all the approaches to this area are militia forces, not to mention our own infantry should they be deployed as Ben wants. Access routes to this area also requires crossing either the highway or railway, just like a direct assault from anywhere but the north west.
We might not have a presence on the ground to our rear, however all approaches to this area are covered by fire and impossible to reach without the enemy suffering serious casualties in the attempt.
John Jameson McCarthy:
4) If we deploy in an all-round perimeter of about 75m as Ben suggests, we'll be plum targets for artillery, several 40 hex bursts on or near target will take us all out.

Shell scrapes can be dug in a few minutes and will largely eliminate shrapnel as a concern. It would take an exceptionally accurate shot to do as you suggest with blast alone, something that unless the enemy have an amazingly skilled FO, and superhuman gunner is not likely to occur on a first, second or even third shot. As they are rather short on ammo for their big guns, I can't see too many rounds after that being fired, especially as even the 203mm has next to no chance of destroying our vehicles without a direct hit (and even then we'd probably be able to drive the Bradley away once the crew were hosed out).
John Jameson McCarthy:
5)It can be assumed that we no longer can rely on the IB's 81mm mortar support since they won't be happy about the decision to delay the spoiling attack.

We don't need to attack!!! We're already achieving that aim by simply being here!
Why wouldn't the IB be happy with the result we've achieved? Not only have we caused the enemy assault to cease in this area, but caused the enemy to redeploy their reserves against us. We've done more than required, just by making our presence known.
John Jameson McCarthy:
6) We have to fix the M113, defend our area and scout for potential attack all at once, we'll be spread really thinnly.

Not as thinly as we would be by abandoning it. With two vehicles with insufficient capacity to carry all our troops, we loose a LOT of flexibility, flexibility we need to preserve since (currently) the BTR cannot move very fast. We also don't need to send out scouts. We know roughly where the enemy forces are and can deduce fairly accurately where they will come from. The M113 only requires 2-3 people to fix, Jordan being the prime mechanic, and will be assisted by Ben and Young, and possibly St Gil or JJ.
Jordan is nearly useless as an infantryman and both Young and Ben need to remain fairly central. There's no reason why the latter two can't work on the M113 if they're not required for their other rather intermittant duties.
John Jameson McCarthy:
7) There's very little chance of pulling this off without risking both working vehicles and heavy casualties. People need to decide where the trade off is, how many people want to lose PCs to save the M113?

Attack is always more risky than defence. If we were to follow the IB command's plan, we would be attacking with a significantly degraded force of just two extremely overloaded vehicles against what we can presume will be superior numbers. Here at least we can dig in, deploy claymores and use the terrain to our advantage.
We are a weak plattoon in strength with on the attack. In defence with a few minutes to prepare, we can hold off 4-5 times our number with relative ease. Yes we may well suffer some casualties, but less than we would if assaulting.

NOTE!!!
The enemy do not know the M113 is out of action! Some may have observed it being struck by the KPV and halting, but most, if not all enemy who were in position to observe have been killed.
Robert Mitchell:
I think that the sensible tactical option is to grab the vital gear from the M113 and then destroy it and the remaining equipment inside it to deny it to the enemy.

We have only four kilograms of C4 available to us. Yes the mines do contain small amounts fo explosive, but they are all AP mines, not designed to inflict any real damage on a hard target. It is my professional opinion 4 kilos is insufficient to do more than disable the M113 and will not destroy the stores. (I was trained and operated as an Assault Pioneer in the infantry IRL). The M113 would still be repairable, or at the very least provide parts to the enemies vehicle(s) (at least one M577 has been observed in their possession).
Robert Mitchell:
One part of our orders is not to get bogged down - taking an hour to repair a vehicle seems to be the definition of getting bogged down to me.

Plans do not last beyond contact with the enemy. They must adapt to the changes in the situation such as has happened by the mobility hit on the M113, and the enemy's halt of offensive actions against prepared defences.
Robert Mitchell:
In addition the great variable that has been overlooked here is that Jordan said it will take him an hour to change a track. Do people really believe that that assessment will be correct if the M113 is in the centre of a firefight? Anyone exposing themselves while working on the track will become a focal target for enemy fire and I therefore would expect it to take longer than an hour to make the change.

It is unlikely any engagement will take a full hour. Yes the time to repair may be more than an hour due to combat, however, if our goal of reducing pressure on the Nowe Ogrody outpost is achieved, will the delay really matter?
It is also possible to turn the M113 using the track on the right side which is still in place. The vehicle will pivot on the non-powered left road wheels and therefore the work can be done with the hull between the workers and the enemy. It will still be more dangerous than being in a shell scrape behind a machinegun, but that's why Ben will be assisting - he's not one to cower when there's a bit of risk.
Robert Mitchell:
So (in case I'm being stupid! <G>) Mitch is digging in about 20m north (ish) of the M113, using the ridgeline to provide some natural defence to the north?

Correct.

I'd be happy with young moving up into the pumping station, however worried he'd have little to no support should he get into trouble. His role as FO also requires him to be relatively central to enable him to respond with calls for fire support in any direction.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 511 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 05:29
  • msg #278

Re: Command Decision

I should have been more clear in my "stay" vote.

At the operational level, our presence here invites a disproportionate response that is already playing hell with the attack.  We should say a prayer for the lost loot, spike it and move on - yes, by hanging onto the outside of the vehicles and just getting to the next objective.  However, that's not to be done immediately, since we have time to play with.

Staying to draw a rapid response and commit the enemy against us is awesome, but staying to actually repair the M113 is really dumb.  Ideally we stay, wait out until there's armor, and then just leave; in practice we might just want to linger a bit to force a play before splitting without waiting for substantial contact.  Pull up stakes and move (be prepared to do so from the outset), through an area we've mined or worked.

They hate us, they fear our mobility and they're going to dump a shitload of resources on us.  I think letting them is fucking sweet, but only for what it does for the defense.  Once that's been accomplished, we bolt.

The LTs plan is going to be a straight-up bloodbath.
Helmut Meyer
player, 505 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 08:46
  • msg #279

Re: Command Decision

Ben Jagelis:
We don't need to attack!!! We're already achieving that aim by simply being here!We've done more than required, just by making our presence known.


You're assuming. We don't know the extent of the bigger picture, only that the immediate area around us has gone quiet. There's no indication that the battalion's 2nd column heading on the militia pocket is affected by this at all. Nobody in our organization has the job of making those decisions or analyzing the general situation, even the Major despite his rank is only a platoon commander operating on the scale of a small brigade. We signed up and took the job of mobile reserve, not to make command decisions outside of our chain of command.

Ben Jagelis:
In defence with a few minutes to prepare, we can hold off 4-5 times our number with relative ease. Yes we may well suffer some casualties, but less than we would if assaulting.


Our job isn't to defend. The city has nothing but people to do that. We're their only offensive assets. We should be doing that with or without any vehicles since we are (were) the only team not tied down. And aren't you assuming the enemy will want to assault us. They don't need to, partly for the reasons you've already stated. All they need to do is set up in the buildings across the street where there's good cover and picking us off and using anti-armor weapons at what you've also already labeled as being close range.

Ben Jagelis:
The enemy do not know the M113 is out of action! Some may have observed it being struck by the KPV and halting, but most if not all enemy who were in position to observe have been killed.


I don't think that changes anything. They want us dead either way. And they know where we are. One M113 broken or not isn't going to do anything to their plans. If anything, I'd say they'd attack sooner if they thought is was operational... since they don't want us to get away.

Ben Jagelis:
Plans do not last beyond contact with the enemy. They must adapt to the changes in the situation such as has happened by the mobility hit on the M113, and the enemy's halt of offensive actions against prepared defences.


The same could be said in reverse. We're trying to adapt to losing the M113.

Ben Jagelis:
I'd be happy with Young moving up into the pumping station, however worried he'd have little to no support should he get into trouble. His role as FO also requires him to be relatively central to enable him to respond with calls for fire support in any direction.


But Young disagrees...
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 578 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 09:52
  • msg #280

Re: Command Decision

OK, after people have clarified their positions it appears as if it is 5/3 in favour of getting what we can from the M113 and moving out.

The reason I called for a vote is that whilst I'm perfectly comfortable with ordering people about, this is a game for all of us, not just me. I wanted to clarify exactly what people thought in order to take the game in the direction at least the majority of people want.

I'll wait for someone to double check my count on the voting and check with the GM before posting anything. May I thank you all for your considered opinions and time.
Robert Mitchell
player, 212 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 11:22
  • msg #281

Re: Command Decision

Oskar Friedmann:
At the operational level, our presence here invites a disproportionate response that is already playing hell with the attack.  We should say a prayer for the lost loot, spike it and move on - yes, by hanging onto the outside of the vehicles and just getting to the next objective.  However, that's not to be done immediately, since we have time to play with.

Staying to draw a rapid response and commit the enemy against us is awesome, but staying to actually repair the M113 is really dumb.  Ideally we stay, wait out until there's armor, and then just leave; in practice we might just want to linger a bit to force a play before splitting without waiting for substantial contact.  Pull up stakes and move (be prepared to do so from the outset), through an area we've mined or worked.

They hate us, they fear our mobility and they're going to dump a shitload of resources on us.  I think letting them is fucking sweet, but only for what it does for the defense.  Once that's been accomplished, we bolt.


I think that this suggestion has a lot of merit – using the M113 to draw out a response from the enemy’s reserves before damaging them as much as possible and then bugging out sounds like a good idea to me.


Helmut Meyer:
Ben Jagelis:
We don't need to attack!!! We're already achieving that aim by simply being here!We've done more than required, just by making our presence known.


You're assuming. We don't know the extent of the bigger picture, only that the immediate area around us has gone quiet. There's no indication that the battalion's 2nd column heading on the militia pocket is affected by this at all. Nobody in our organization has the job of making those decisions or analyzing the general situation, even the Major despite his rank is only a platoon commander operating on the scale of a small brigade. We signed up and took the job of mobile reserve, not to make command decisions outside of our chain of command.


Ben Jagelis:
In defence with a few minutes to prepare, we can hold off 4-5 times our number with relative ease. Yes we may well suffer some casualties, but less than we would if assaulting.


Our job isn't to defend. The city has nothing but people to do that. We're their only offensive assets. We should be doing that with or without any vehicles since we are (were) the only team not tied down. And aren't you assuming the enemy will want to assault us. They don't need to, partly for the reasons you've already stated. All they need to do is set up in the buildings across the street where there's good cover and picking us off and using anti-armor weapons at what you've also already labeled as being close range.


I think that Helmut raises two very good points here that I agree with fully.


Ben Jagelis:
Robert Mitchell:
I think that the sensible tactical option is to grab the vital gear from the M113 and then destroy it and the remaining equipment inside it to deny it to the enemy.

We have only four kilograms of C4 available to us. Yes the mines do contain small amounts fo explosive, but they are all AP mines, not designed to inflict any real damage on a hard target. It is my professional opinion 4 kilos is insufficient to do more than disable the M113 and will not destroy the stores. (I was trained and operated as an Assault Pioneer in the infantry IRL). The M113 would still be repairable, or at the very least provide parts to the enemies vehicle(s) (at least one M577 has been observed in their possession).


You obviously know a lot more about explosives than I do but what would 3 kilos of C4 do if detonated inside the M113?  I would have thought that it would have destroyed most of the gear left inside the M113?  If we then plant the remaining 1 kilo of C4 in the engine of the M113 then I don’t think that repairing it will be something that the enemy can do in the scope of this battle.
Robert Mitchell
player, 214 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 26 Dec 2009
at 19:40
  • msg #282

Re: Command Decision

Fusilier:
OOC - Only Mitch picked up that there was a sniper unaccounted for.


Just in case anyone was wondering, I realised this as a player but not as a character and that's why I didn't mention it in character.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 34 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 08:39
  • msg #283

Re: Command Decision

Fusilier - do you want to roleplay through Fox and Rooke moving up to try and spot/kill the sniper or do you want to return Rooke to NPC status for this and handle it off camera to get things moving?
Fusilier
GM, 1200 posts
Your Guide
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 08:42
  • msg #284

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #283):

I can NPC it. I'd like to get things moving here.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 187 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 10:00
  • msg #285

Re: Command Decision

im in and out for the next few days... busy w/ RL and running around Europe with too many flight delays.. :/
Helmut Meyer
player, 506 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 16:09
  • msg #286

Re: Command Decision

Fusilier:
I'd like to get things moving here.


Here here.
Ben Jagelis
player, 962 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 16:12
  • msg #287

Re: Command Decision

Helmut Meyer:
You're assuming. We don't know the extent of the bigger picture, only that the immediate area around us has gone quiet. There's no indication that the battalion's 2nd column heading on the militia pocket is affected by this at all. Nobody in our organization has the job of making those decisions or analyzing the general situation, even the Major despite his rank is only a platoon commander operating on the scale of a small brigade. We signed up and took the job of mobile reserve, not to make command decisions outside of our chain of command.
Fusilier:
Prior to the Bradley halting at the M113, Pearce takes his turn to speak up. Tapping the handset, he says, "Sitrep passed on. Brigade acknowledges. They're reporting enemy offensive activity in this sector has suddenly ceased, suggesting they may be reorienting themselves to counterattack here immediately. I think you simply don't have the time whether Nowe Ogrody can hold a little longer or not."

Am I?
Seems fairly clear to me from Pearce's report from Brigade....
Note that Pearce has made an assessement of our situation based on saving his own rear. He has no loyalty to our unit beyond that necessary to have us risk our necks for the "cause". Not also he is only an American Lieutenant, which as we all know, aren't usually known for their common sense or skill.

Yes, we are supposed to be mobile reserve, but with only the Bradley fully mobile and the BTR restricted to half move, not to mention that leaving now will mean we're stuck at walking speed, we're not exactly very mobile...
Helmut Meyer:
Our job isn't to defend. The city has nothing but people to do that. We're their only offensive assets. We should be doing that with or without any vehicles since we are (were) the only team not tied down. And aren't you assuming the enemy will want to assault us. They don't need to, partly for the reasons you've already stated. All they need to do is set up in the buildings across the street where there's good cover and picking us off and using anti-armor weapons at what you've also already labeled as being close range.

I beg to differ. Every last ally in the city is a defender. Some are just a little more offensive about it than others. Yes, our intial tasking was more offensive, but without the mobility a third working vehicle gives us, we're rather limited in options.
Without the vehicles, we're a relatively weak unit even though individually we're more heavily armed than probably any other five defenders combined. With the armoured protection of three APCs we have many, many more options available to us.
The nearest building to the M113 is about 100 metres away. This is definately not close range for RPG type weapons. These positions do represent a threat, however they will also attract a significant percentage of our attention. The first sign of movement will attract a 40mm grenade or a few bursts of fire preventing (provided Obs rolls have been sucessful) the enemy having the time to aim.
If the enemy do not assault us, then all the better for us, we might be able to get the M113 operational again. Indications are though that they will. Why else would "offensive activity in this sector" have "suddenly ceased"?
Helmut Meyer:
I don't think that changes anything. They want us dead either way. And they know where we are. One M113 broken or not isn't going to do anything to their plans. If anything, I'd say they'd attack sooner if they thought is was operational... since they don't want us to get away.

Yes they probably do. As I've indicated time and time again, without the additional vehicle we're weak. Our greatest strength, mobility, is gone. We must therefore work with our next greatest strength - firepower.
The best way we can apply that strength is by fighting from a prepared position. Granted the current position isn't one I would have chosen, but it could have been MUCH worse. Currently we can only be effectively attacked from one direction - the north west through the trees. Every other direction would involve the enemy crossing up to a hundred metres of open ground which we can cover by automatic and HE fire, not to mention antiarmour weapons.
Helmut Meyer:
The same could be said in reverse. We're trying to adapt to losing the M113.

Yes, we most certainly are!
The loss of the M113 inflicts a serious penalty on us as a unit. We no longer have the ability to move all our people under cover of armour. We also are restricted to a movement of little more than jogging pace while the BTR is missing a wheel.
Once recovered, the M113 will still only be able to move relatively slowly, but it will move and will protect those inside it. If the coming hour or two IC goes the way I expect, we won't need to make another offensive move until the M113 can be returned to the IB motorpool for additional repairs to it's suspension. While it is being worked on, we may be able to use the BMP in it's place.
Helmut Meyer:
But Young disagrees...
If Young can effectively call fire in all areas while deployed forward, then great. Unfortunately, I just can't see how that is possible.
Centrally located, he is able to move to where he is needed a lot easier, and quicker, than he could if deployed forward of the defensive line. If we had more skilled FO's this wouldn't be a problem, but the only other one we have of any skill is Weiss, the gunner of the BTR and realistically, unable to leave his vehicle, or even poke his head out the top (due to a lack of a gunners hatch) when the bullets start flying.
Oskar Friedmann:
Ideally we stay, wait out until there's armor, and then just leave; in practice we might just want to linger a bit to force a play before splitting without waiting for substantial contact.  Pull up stakes and move (be prepared to do so from the outset), through an area we've mined or worked.

This sounds like a reasonable plan, and basically what I've been driving at. We have the opportunity to draw the enemy into a location of our choosing and inflict significant damage on them.
It is conceivable the M113 will not be recoverable before the pressure on our unit becomes too great, but what if it is? Should we simply run, leaving the substantial advantage it is without even the slightest effort towards recovery?

I say we should stay, deploying as I've stated and let them come. At the very least we will be able to inflict SERIOUS losses on them before being forced out. We may suffer a few more casualties, but believe me if we're fighting from even basic shell scrapes, they'll be MUCH less than if we're the ones assaulting, moving through their fire lanes and onto their stationary soldiers.

While we're here though, what's the point in not working on the M113? Jordan, as stated, is not the greatest of infantryman, however is a damn fine driver and not bad mechanic. He is best used in those roles, even while the bullets are flying.
Robert Mitchell:
I think that Helmut raises two very good points here that I agree with fully.

See my points above.
Robert Mitchell:
You obviously know a lot more about explosives than I do but what would 3 kilos of C4 do if detonated inside the M113? I would have thought that it would have destroyed most of the gear left inside the M113? If we then plant the remaining 1 kilo of C4 in the engine of the M113 then I don’t think that repairing it will be something that the enemy can do in the scope of this battle.

Not terribly much to be honest. Movies and TV make out explosives to be much more powerful than they really are. A single kilogram of C4 type explosives would be lucky to cut down a tree, if it was carefully laid and tamped.

Radios, and other relatively fragile equipment is likely to be destroyed though, or at least damaged to the point where replacement would be much easier than repair.
There is next to no chance of destroying any significant percentage of any ammunition, at least not of the types we have (AT rounds and the like might be a different matter).
A single kilo in the engine would damage it, but not destroy it. Engines are TOUGH! This is one of the reasons the Isrealis placed the engine in the front of the Merkava tank. Given a few parts and a couple of hours, it'd be back up and purring again.

Given our current resources, destruction of the M113 is simply not possible unless we want to waste a TOW on it.
Robert Mitchell
player, 215 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 16:46
  • msg #288

Re: Command Decision

Personally I think that this discussion is going round and round in circles and we need to move on with the game.  For example I could mention the fact that a replacement wheel is being found for the BTR and so that will soon be up to normal speed but I think that people are starting to get bored with this discussion.

My vote is still the same - from a tactical perspective I think that we should abandon the M113 and move on.  Turning it into some kind of ambush to draw out enemy reserves before leaving also sounds like a good idea to me but whatever the group decision is I think that we need to make one and move on with the game.

If the decision is to stay and repair the M113 then I'll accept that as the majority decision and continue playing.  The key here is to continue playing!

At present I think that the votes are as follows (if I've made a mistake please yell):

Stay and repair the M113:
Ben
Kaminshi
Frank

Abandon the M113 and move on:
JJM
Oskar (first taking the opportunity to draw the enemy reserves into an ambush)
Mitch (first taking the opportunity to draw the enemy reserves into an ambush)
Helmut
Varis

Happy either way:
Doc Catchings

No vote cast so far:
George
Weiss

Please can people confirm that their vote above is correct or yell and I'll amend so that we can make a decision.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 580 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Mon 28 Dec 2009
at 17:21
  • msg #289

Re: Command Decision

Thanks for the summary. JJ will issue orders and get the game moving soon.
Robert Mitchell
player, 218 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 10:31
  • msg #291

Re: Command Decision

Ben Jagelis:
In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #281):

"Sir! STOP!"
"You are overlooking a number of vital considerations."

"Firstly, as I've already told you, we don't have the capacity to carry all our people, let alone vital stores, and that doesn't even take into acount any stretcher cases we have!"

"Secondly, this unit is unable to continue effective offensive actions in it's current condition. We are down to one worn out Bradley and a BTR with a tyre shot to peices, not to mention a number of casualties which should not be carried into an assault."


It seemed that everyone was focused on moving, continually moving onward and never stopping to assess what opportunities were being lost. Yes, they'd been given a mission, but that had assumed they's still have three working AFVs after the first phase.

"Our mission brief allows us another 50 minutes until we need to move on Nowe Ogrody. We have the opportunity to inflict enough damage on the enemy forces in this area that they are unable to continue offensive action. The defenders this frees up can then be used elsewhere to reinforce other sectors."

"Instead of running out now and allowing the enemy to reorganise their forces in this area, I propose that we stand firm and let them batter themselves against us for a while. If the situation threatens to become untenable, then we can leave in good order adn knowing we've inflicted a defeat upon the enemy."
"Work would continue when possible on the M113 and with a little luck we could be driving all three AFVs out of here."


Basically he was proposing they'd use themselves as bait for a ambush.

"Regardless, it is my intention to stay here with the M113 along with any volunteers as a covering force and to attempt to recover the vehicle."

Ben's voice dropped down so only the Major could hear.


Ben - just to be clear in case it becomes relevant later how much of this was said quietly?  You mention at the end that Ben dropped his voice down so only the Major could hear but was that just for the last comment about Ben staying with the M113 or was that for more of his comments?

I'm just trying to work out what Mitch would have heard.
Fusilier
GM, 1201 posts
Your Guide
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 11:12
  • msg #292

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #291):

You could hear all what was visible to you. What was said in private, you're unable to read (hidden text).

Post up in 2 or 3 hours.
Ben Jagelis
player, 964 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 11:28
  • msg #293

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Fusilier (msg #292):

Only as long as you've got super hearing that can filter out the rather loud sounds of the Bradley and (to a lesser extent) BTR engines...
Robert Mitchell
player, 219 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 11:31
  • msg #294

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #293):

You're right about the idling Bradley - I'd forgotten about that.
Fusilier
GM, 1203 posts
Your Guide
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 13:51
  • msg #295

Re: Command Decision

Ok, now I see there's been a couple posts done while I wrote the turn.

Look fellas. We need to move on. People are getting turned off and are tuning out. I'm sorry, but I want the M113 situation dropped so we can get back to everyone being involved and carrying on. I'm losing motivation myself and want to get back to the game. I'm sorry.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:52, Tue 29 Dec 2009.
Ben Jagelis
player, 966 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 13:56
  • msg #296

Re: Command Decision

A decision on the M113 has been made and a compromise plan formulated. Discussion is over on that front and action has begun.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:07, Tue 29 Dec 2009.
Helmut Meyer
player, 507 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 15:02
  • msg #297

Re: Command Decision

No time.

Play on and recuperate the loss with the BMP.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 512 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 16:01
  • msg #298

Re: Command Decision

This is why Shadowrun and Ars Magica games fall apart in PbP, and also why I am terrible at predicting the tipping point for those collapses: I was loving the chitchat, but agree that once everyone's said their piece its time to go forward.  Fusilier is a good enough GM to respect the "game" portion of what we're doing and any reasonable decision we make is good enough to maintain the gentlemans agreement that defines GM and player responsibilities.

Let's get on with whatever, knowing it'll be interesting and the stakes and game are about the PCs, not Gdansk or squad-level sims.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 513 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 16:03
  • msg #299

Re: Command Decision

...Also, I just returned from crosscountry holiday-ing with the kids, and am taking the scenic route to work.  :)

Posting to resume regularly in about an hour.
Robert Mitchell
player, 220 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 16:22
  • msg #300

Re: Command Decision

I think that the GM has been forced to make a difficult call but has done so and so we should respect that decision and move on, irrespective of whether you agree with it or not.

Otherwise we're going to continue debating things for ever and not actually play.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 156 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 20:24
  • msg #301

Re: Command Decision

I was going to wait until Oskar posted.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 514 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 20:55
  • msg #302

Re: Command Decision

I'm unclear on our position - Fus, can you drop an icon onto a map for me please?
Mike Catchings
player, 61 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 29 Dec 2009
at 21:50
  • msg #303

Re: Command Decision

John Jameson McCarthy:
JJ looked around and continued, "You'll be too exposed out here. Once we have everyone gathered the Bradley will tow you to a position where you only have to look to your front. Then we'll leave you Jordan and a medic to look after the casualties we shouldn't transport. I'll only take the troops that we can carry under armour."

The wounded have all been treated (except Fox, whose wound must not be bad)and  are capable of being transported, but Catchings can still stay with Jordan to provide security.  He's not a bad infantryman.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 516 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 00:08
  • msg #304

Re: Command Decision

I will be traveling from Sunday, Jan 3 to Thursday, Jan 7, with regular posting to perhaps resume Friday, Jan 8 if possible.
Fusilier
GM, 1205 posts
Your Guide
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 09:56
  • msg #305

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #304):
Thanks.

The turretless BMP-2 requires crew of two: Driver and KPV Gunner/Commander (who has minimal protection).
Passenger capacity is 8 dismounts.
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:59, Thu 31 Dec 2009.
Mike Catchings
player, 62 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 10:02
  • msg #306

Re: Command Decision

Is the passenger compartment of the BMP still protected?
Fusilier
GM, 1206 posts
Your Guide
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 10:19
  • msg #307

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #306):

Yes, for the most part*. The passengers can either fight from within (under cover) using the firing ports, or could open the roof hatches and fight (which is easier - but more exposing). There isn't enough space for everyone to fit through the 2 passenger roof hatches though.

*The missing turret only really increase the danger of molotovs and explosives thrown into the vehicle, or if infantry boarded it they could fire into the passenger compartment.

Like the M113, the gunshield only protects to the front (not sides or rear).
This message was last edited by the GM at 10:42, Thu 31 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 223 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 13:50
  • msg #308

Re: Command Decision

What is the radio situation with the BMP?  I'm assuming that it doesn't have a working radio and we therefore need to set up a backpack radio for the commander.

Is that correct?
Fusilier
GM, 1207 posts
Your Guide
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 15:32
  • msg #309

Re: Command Decision

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #308):

Correct. There is no radio. There's 225 rounds of KPV in the BMP.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:07, Thu 31 Dec 2009.
Robert Mitchell
player, 224 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 16:42
  • msg #310

Re: Command Decision

Fusilier:
In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #308):

Correct. There is no radio. There's 225 rounds of KPV in the BMP.


Thanks for confirming this.

We have 3 manpack radios I believe.  One is with the mortar team, Young has a second as a FO and there is a third listed as being in the BTR.  The BTR is listed as having its own vehicle radio though so I think that that means that there is a manpack radio spare that can be used for the BMP.

If Voldoya's team were using it however then they could switch to the Soviet short range radio that is spare (I think).

Does that make sense?
Mike Catchings
player, 64 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 21:13
  • msg #311

Re: Radios

Fusilier msg #127 in OOC:
I made an error with keeping track of the gang members, so you actually get one more extra rifleman.

2 Squad
#1 Volodya BG15 (Leg Slight)
#2 Goon RPD (Leg Slight)

#3 Goon RPK-74
#4 Goon RPK-74
#5 Goon RPG-7+3
#7 Goon AK
#8 Goon RPK-74 (KIA - headshot)
#10 Goon AK (KIA - chestwound)

#11 Goon AK (Fled)


John Jameson McCarthy:
Suggested Dispositions:
BTR
Commander: Kaminski
Gunner: Weiss
Driver: Otto

Platoon Command Section (Riding in the BTR)
Platoon Commander: Jagelis
Platoon Sgt/FO: Young
Medic/Signals: Catchings

Section Two (Riding in BTR)
Section Commander: Voldya
2IC: RPG gunner
Machine Gunner: RPD
Automatic Rifleman: RPK

JJ, according to Fus' post, we still have another RPK gunner, as well as the two AK Riflemen (the one who fled has returned to the unit) unaccounted for in your suggested lineup.  Factor them in and assuming Section two remains undivided, we now have 10 people riding in the BTR, in addition to the crew.  From my understanding, the BTR can only hold 7 people.  Maybe we could all cram in their very uncomfortably, but their are other options and considerations.

1) According to Ben's order in post #290 in the IC thread, Young is now attached to Section 1, leaving just Mike and Ben in the HQ section.  This change would have 9 people in the BTR, with the BMP at 6/8 people.
2) Assuming we follow step 1 by attaching Young to Section 1, we can now transfer HQ to the BMP, leaving the BTR at 7/7 and the BMP at 8/8, and the Bradley with 2 passengers (Anna and Pearce) + the gear from the M113, similar to when we first rolled out.
3) I'm unsure how much space the gear transfer is going to occupy, but another option would be to transfer the HQ section to the Bradley, and some gear to the BMP, but that might require some metagaming, and would leave all of our command elements in the same basket.  Not my call, but a consideration.

Anyway, based off of what I suggested in 1 & 2, I think we can change up our loadout while accounting for everyone, and not breaking up any sections.  Also, Catchings might notice Fox's wound, and could work on that as they travel.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 587 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 21:19
  • msg #312

Re: Radios

Thanks for the info, it's going to help a lot.

One issue is that Weiss has speciffically requested that there are more NATO troops to help him balance out the feral nature of the indigs.

So, if we send back the man with the injured leg with the wounded and attach Young to Section two that should still do it. I'll get on to it now.
Mike Catchings
player, 65 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 21:23
  • msg #313

Re: Radios

Ah, forgot about that.

Another option is to switch Section 2 to the BMP (assuming Mitch/Jordan don't mind, or you don't care if they mind.) and Section 1 + Young to the BTR.  We'd have to split up the HQ unit that way though.

Although your suggestion has merit, as it seems as if the auxiliaries don't mind being split up too much, however communication issues could arise.
Mike Catchings
player, 66 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 22:12
  • msg #314

Re: Radios

JJ, Varis, think you guys are posting in the wrong thread...
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 590 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 22:15
  • msg #315

Re: Radios

Done that twice today, don't know what's wrong with me.


Remember that Varis has a little experience leading some of Volodya's men from the raid on the battery. He loves operating with Oskar (and Frank) but if you need a PC to reign in the Baltic Badasses, Varis could help.



] | msg #308
Re: Ch.5 Gdansk - Call To Arms
That's a good idea, OK, Varis, you get to go with the indigs and that lets the Command Section go in the BMP.



msg #309
Re: Ch.5 Gdansk - Call To Arms
In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #308):

Just so I'm clear, are the indigs still with the BTR?

And, Varis has to get across the street first.

Fuse, was Varis able to spot the sniper?

And what's this about Oskar passing up a chance to shoot someone in the back? Did Oskar have a "Christmas Carol"-type enlightenment experience?msg #310
Re: Ch.5 Gdansk - Call To Arms
Yeah, the indigs will be in the BTR, and I know it'll be a while before you can talk to JJ IC that's why I put Pearce on it, as soon as you're free to speak we can assume the message got to you.
Varis Babicevs
player, 397 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 22:36
  • msg #316

Re: Radios

Mike Catchings:
JJ, Varis, think you guys are posting in the wrong thread...


It's Mark's fault!

; )
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 591 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 31 Dec 2009
at 22:40
  • msg #317

Re: Radios

I resemble that comment!!
Robert Mitchell
player, 225 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 01:58
  • msg #318

Re: Radios

Firstly happy new year to you all!

Secondly, remember with the indigs that I don't think that any of them can speak English and that Mitch and Jordan can't speak Polish!
Varis Babicevs
player, 398 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 02:20
  • msg #319

Re: Radios

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #318):

Varis can speak Russian and some Polish which is another reason to make him their squad leader. ; )
Oskar Friedmann
player, 518 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 03:05
  • msg #320

Re: Radios

I'm operating under the assumption that we're hidden and ready to open up in case of crisis, and one retreating irregular isn't worth the effort.

If he's wearing a officer's uniform, well... I thought that would've been mentioned with the original post.  Opening up as-is just didn't seem worth it.

Also, although Oskar may be a ruthless bastard, I'm not and sometimes that creeps downstream into Oskar.  :)
Mike Catchings
player, 67 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 03:27
  • msg #321

Re: Radios

In other news, Happy New Years folks!


Also, 7000 posts!
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 159 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 03:57
  • msg #322

Re: Radios

Happy New Years to all!
Fusilier
GM, 1209 posts
Your Guide
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 07:54
  • msg #323

Re: Radios

Happy New Years everyone.

I put a map up, but I'm purposely not giving out too much info on this one. I've got a couple surprises ready too, so it won't be a simple old shoot em up.

Are we set with the seating and everything?

@Mitch - I've split up the KPV ammo like you wanted. There's now 273 in each of the 2 vehicles. Since you'll be firing it, you can keep track of how much is available by checking the Vehicle thread (now updated).
This message was last edited by the GM at 09:18, Fri 01 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 226 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 17:17
  • msg #324

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
Earlier, while the stores were being cross-loaded, 2ndLt. Pearce busied himself by marking one of his maps. Finished, he approaches those in charge and says, "This is a rough layout of the Nowe Ogrody community. They're one of our closer allies, an' get along pretty good with the Marian Faction and anyone else who's willing to be civil."

Tracing a line he sketched to represent the community's perimeter he says, "They've fortified themselves around the former parkland, which they now cultivate. They also raise poultry... chickens, ducks, that sort of thing. They were one of the first organized communities that arose after the nukes. They were up and running before the Marians came ashore."

Getting to the point, he says, "We will be coming in from the north. The last radio message indicated a breach in their perimeter in the far southwest, and somewhere along the south. Counterattacks have failed with heavy casualties. That 2nd column of enemy troops we were supposed to stop are now pushing in from the northwest. I don't actually know the exact positions of the militia or the enemy. So, we're going in kind of blind."

Continuing, Pearce says, "Our mission is pretty vague... I hate to say it, but I think command doesn't really have much of an idea of whats going on there. Comms has been a problem. We need to somehow secure an exit for some of the militia... just those holding out in the eastern section will be likely the only ones able to breakout. The ones in the west are pretty much trapped and considered lost. So it looks like we'll need to facilitate a breakout either at the workshops, refugee housing, or the government buildings... and escape east. No matter how it's done, we need to save as many as possible."

Tapping a spot to the north he explains, "This here is a high elevation feature. Second highest in the city I think. There's old Napoleonic ruins there. Command believes it's been secured by enemy troops who now have an OP and fire support group up there."

"We're on the clock and time is running out. Ammo is nearly gone, the perimeter is collapsing, and leadership wants to call for a cease fire and surrender before heavy fighting reaches the living quarters."




Do we want to try and take out the observation/fire support point in the Napoleonic fort on our way into the militia's area?  That sounds to me to be a key point in helping those militia who want to continue fighting to escape.

Fusilier - when you say that we're likely to approach from the north do you mean through the old parkland or somewhere else?
Robert Mitchell
player, 227 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 17:20
  • msg #325

Re: Radios

Fusilier:
@Mitch - I've split up the KPV ammo like you wanted. There's now 273 in each of the 2 vehicles. Since you'll be firing it, you can keep track of how much is available by checking the Vehicle thread (now updated).


Thanks for this.  Is the KPV mounted on a fixed point and therefore suffers from a limited arc of fire?  If it does then Mitch will also have his SAW with him so that he can cover the rear and flanks with it.
Fusilier
GM, 1210 posts
Your Guide
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 18:07
  • msg #326

Re: Radios

Robert Mitchell:
Fusilier - when you say that we're likely to approach from the north do you mean through the old parkland or somewhere else?


The quickest, most unimpeded route, brings you down from the north on the road that is - west of the Napoleanic fort and north of the top most militia roadblock (indicated by a green "X"). If you still don't see the road I'm referring to, I'll mark it on the map.

Robert Mitchell:
Is the KPV mounted on a fixed point and therefore suffers from a limited arc of fire?  If it does then Mitch will also have his SAW with him so that he can cover the rear and flanks with it.


It rotates on its stationary mount. It can fire forward and 90 degrees to either side (left or right), without penalty. Beyond that, it gets kind of difficult. The gunshield protects the gunner only in the direction the KPV is aimed.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 592 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 20:01
  • msg #327

Plan of attack (possibly)



OK, I'll open up the suggestions:

1) The unit approaches the area of operation as fast as safely possible.
2) The unit makes an assault on the Napoleonic Fort, ideally I'd like this to be mounted and rely on speed and overwhelming firepower.
3) If the vantage point on the Napoleonic Fort is as good as it looks, the M2 will remain here in overwatch. It can pretty much command out to 500m in all directions except for the main part of Nowe Ogrody which blocks view.
4) The BMP moves on to the carpark behind the Work shop and dismounts its troops. HQ and Section One form a blocking line to prevent enemy forces to the North from overlapping the retreat.
5) The BTR takes up position at the crossroads flanked by two green x marks, the road over the railway and into Gdansk. Ideally it should stop on teh North side of the junction to avoid being exposed to initial fire. The second Section debuss here and hold this flank.
6) This gives the militia a 200m wide corridor to cross the railway and get into Gdansk, the map makes it look as if the railway isn't too deep here and certainly, if they can get down the embankment there are several ways up on teh other side marked on the map.
7) If we succeed in the operation we will retreat under cover of bombardment either across the railway (if it is feasible), the bridge (if it's up), or the best route that actually seeing the ground would suggest to us.

Ok, that's suggestion One, refinments or alternative plans are welcome. If the GM wishes to put a time limit on the discussion to keep the game moving, i'm fine with that.
Mike Catchings
player, 68 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 22:04
  • msg #328

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Let's do it.
Robert Mitchell
player, 228 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 22:25
  • msg #329

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #327):

This sounds like a good initial plan to me but I think that we should reappraise once we've assaulted the Napoleonic ruins and have an actual LOS across the battlefield from there.

There look to be some large buildings in the area and having that kind of distance between the BMP and the BTR might well be too much.

Also if we're helping members of the militia to retreat then we should hopefully be able to organise them into retreating in good order and helping control the escape route.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 593 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 1 Jan 2010
at 22:31
  • msg #330

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I agree that we'll need to reapprise once, and if, we take the vantage point. Things may be clearer then.
Robert Mitchell
player, 229 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 00:10
  • msg #331

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Just to say that I'm probably not going to have internet access for about 48 hrs but will catch up once I'm back.
Helmut Meyer
player, 508 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 08:32
  • msg #332

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Let's do it.


Agreed. I think we only need to set the order of vehicles. And this time, lets try not to dismount miles away from the objective.
Fusilier
GM, 1211 posts
Your Guide
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 09:13
  • msg #333

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Just to say that I'm probably not going to have internet access for about 48 hrs but will catch up once I'm back.

No problem. Thanks.

Helmut Meyer:
I think we only need to set the order of vehicles.

Please. I'm ready to get you on the move.
Robert Mitchell
player, 230 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 17:38
  • msg #334

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Did we resolve whether there is a spare manpack radio for Mitch to use as commander of the BMP?  (please see message 310 above).

(I've managed to get an internet connection!)
Varis Babicevs
player, 400 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 17:49
  • msg #335

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

OT:

Hey guys. Anyone interested in a little more T2K? I've got a couple of NPCs that need players over in my game. One's a Czech FFL guy and the other's a Tuvan, ex-Soviet commando. We're about to have a heck of a firefight so now's the time to join.

link to another game

I'm also always taking new PCs, but it will be a little while before I can add a new character.

Let me know if you're interested. Thanks to Fuse (who plays in my game, BTW) for allowing me to try to poach over here.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:50, Sat 02 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 231 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 18:19
  • msg #336

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #335):

I've looked at your game previously but not applied to join as I've refereed the entire Free City of Krakov, Pirates of the Vistula & Ruins of Warsaw campaign.

If you've got an NPC I could play where my knowledge of the campaign wouldn't be an issue (I obviously wouldn't use any out of character knowledge) then I'd certainly be interested.

Let me know.

Mahatatain.
Varis Babicevs
player, 401 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 2 Jan 2010
at 19:24
  • msg #337

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #336):

That would be awesome. I've PM'ed you.
Fusilier
GM, 1213 posts
Your Guide
Sun 3 Jan 2010
at 11:17
  • msg #338

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I didn't include the wrecks on the map, but they are west of the trucks, spread out over the open ground. I've left the post like I did as I'd like you to play out how you'll assault. Will the vehicles split into different directions? All go one way? Things like that. Please try to limit this to IC and not OOC chatter. At the moment all 3 vehicles are still on the move.

The ground is pretty flat here at the summit (the hilltop has been dug out and leveled with the dirt being used to create ramparts and walls. All but the N face is very steep (the gradient is much to sharp for vehicles to handle). The walls themselves limit much of the view to the city from the open center area (there are exceptions though). For example if you want the M2 to fire on Nowe Ogrody it'll need to go along that southern dirt road to get clear of the S walls.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:27, Tue 05 Jan 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 403 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Mon 4 Jan 2010
at 23:01
  • msg #339

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Is Volodya still being NPC'ed? If so, by whom?

Kaminski, where are you, bro?
This message was last edited by the player at 23:02, Mon 04 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1214 posts
Your Guide
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 00:48
  • msg #340

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
Kaminski, where are you, bro?

We seem to be missing a couple players. I only know of Oskar being on holiday. I'll be pushing on with the turn (later tonight) to get us moving again though.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:12, Tue 05 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1216 posts
Your Guide
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 16:28
  • msg #341

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Let me know if this map scale is too small. Is the enemy visible enough?

At the moment their are nine (eight now) enemy visible. Four positioned through the gaps in the rampart walls. And two next to the westernmost truck (one kneeling behind the wheel well and the other lying beneath the truck itself). A further two are in an S-60 gun pit.


This message was last edited by the GM at 16:44, Tue 05 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1216 posts
Your Guide
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 16:52
  • msg #342

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I've re-edited the map again to show some details I forgot to include.

Rooke's wound is slight. Note, I might be adopting some house rules to increase the lethality of wounds. More to follow at a later date.

The KPV fired 10 rounds.

Whoops... I seem to have accidentally edited out your post Mitch. I meant to quote it, but guess I clicked on edit and overwrote it.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:56, Tue 05 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 235 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 17:36
  • msg #343

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
I've re-edited the map again to show some details I forgot to include.

Rooke's wound is slight. Note, I might be adopting some house rules to increase the lethality of wounds. More to follow at a later date.

The KPV fired 10 rounds.

Whoops... I seem to have accidentally edited out your post Mitch. I meant to quote it, but guess I clicked on edit and overwrote it.


LOL - no worries.

Is Rooke's wound bad enough to require a bandage or can he tough it out and continue to fight?

Also who is in the BMP?  Oskar's squad now comprises Frank, Rooke and Fox doesn't it as Varis moved over the the BTR.  Are Jagelis, Doc Catchings and Young also in the BMP?  Or did they shift over to the Bradley?
Fusilier
GM, 1217 posts
Your Guide
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 17:43
  • msg #344

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #343):

He needs a field dressing (personal med kit).

I'm going by this - from the Major.

M2
Commander: JJM
Gunner: St. Gil
Driver: Handley
Security: Anna
Comms: Pearce

BMP
Commander/Gunner: Mitchell
Driver: Jordan
Platoon Command Section (Riding in the BMP)
Platoon Commander: Jagelis
Medic/Signals: Catchings
Section One (Riding in BMP)
Section Commander: Friedmann
2IC: Bennucci
Rifle 1: Fox
Rifle 2: Rooke
Rifle 3: Young

BTR
Commander: Kaminski
Gunner: Weiss
Driver: Otto
Section Two (Riding in BTR)
Advisor: Babicevs
Section Commander: Voldya
2IC: RPG gunner
Machine Gunner: RPD
Automatic Rifleman: RPK
Automatic Rifleman: AK (RPG Asst)
Automatic Rifleman: AK (RPD Asst)
Robert Mitchell
player, 236 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 5 Jan 2010
at 17:55
  • msg #345

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks for clarifying this - my brain is obviously a bit fuzzy today!

I'll post accordingly later tonight.
Varis Babicevs
player, 405 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 01:44
  • msg #346

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Fuse, is there any way to edit your very awesome tac-map to show the location of the good guys' vehicles?

I'm having trouble squaring what's in the narrative with what I see on the map. This brain fuzziness thing must be going around.
Fusilier
GM, 1218 posts
Your Guide
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 03:17
  • msg #347

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #346):

Those purple triangles are the vehicles and their facing. I guess I should have put tags on them. From left to right they are Bradley, BMP, and BTR. So Varis is right at the edge of the deep moat (dry), with the rear facing the visitor information center.
Varis Babicevs
player, 406 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 6 Jan 2010
at 03:21
  • msg #348

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #346):

Those purple triangles are the vehicles and their facing. I guess I should have put tags on them. From left to right they are Bradley, BMP, and BTR. So Varis is right at the edge of the deep moat (dry), with the rear facing the visitor information center.


I see them now! Thanks. My old eyes...
Fusilier
GM, 1220 posts
Your Guide
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 04:17
  • msg #349

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Post is up, but I won't be able to update the map until I get home later tonight.

Mike & Rooke, to clarify, you fellas are still in the BMP. There just wasn't time for you to expose and inspect the wound, apply a dressing, and exit (which itself is suppose to take a turn).

Frank, I've got you closing in on the enemy as the BMP pushes the truck. Nobody is spotted yet.

If anyone else has any questions you know what to do.
Helmut Meyer
player, 509 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 09:24
  • msg #350

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Arrgh. The next character I take over hopefully will have just a little more skill in small arms than Young does.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 38 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 11:13
  • msg #351

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - a couple of questions for you.

1. As Rooke is wearing webbing and has two belts of 7.62mm crossing him Mike has presumably had to tear off the sleeve of Rooke's jacket to apply the dressing rather than removing it entirely?  Or has Rooke stripped off all of his gear?

2. What is Fox armed with?  Is he carrying the M60?  If he is then Rooke will look to join him when he exits as Oskar seems to be staying on top of the BMP for the moment.

3. I've removed the field dressing from his equipment list as requested.

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1221 posts
Your Guide
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 11:28
  • msg #352

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #351):

#1 - I'll leave that to Mike to decide how he handles the casualty. Either way, I just wanted to highlight that even when dealing with a small wound, it may need a little time.

#2 - His sniper rifle - with pistol drawn at the moment until Frank & Young take care of things ahead. Then he'll provide precision fire support to Varis team.

Oskar is NPC'd until the 9th, so I'm hesitant to use him aggressively in combat. Considering his weapon (GPMG), having him backing up his team from the BMP seems a good idea anyways.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 39 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 11:33
  • msg #353

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
#1 - I'll leave that to Mike to decide how he handles the casualty. Either way, I just wanted to highlight that even when dealing with a small wound, it may need a little time.


That makes sense - is Rooke able to "act" this round then?  Or is he still being treated?

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1222 posts
Your Guide
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 12:57
  • msg #354

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #353):

Yes. He takes a slight drop in STR and initiative but can act.
Mike Catchings
player, 71 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:04
  • msg #355

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Sorry about jumping the gun in my post. Feel free to toss Mike up against the bulkhead as punishment.

As for the shirt issue, you can go ahead and play that part out (whether Mike ripped the sleeve or helped remove gear) as your decision, since it's kind of already passed. I won't let details like that pass again. Know your wound is bloody and painful, but nothing was really harmed. You could fit the shirt back over the bandage if you desire, Mike will have tied it on tight enough.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 40 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:07
  • msg #356

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #355):

I think that it makes sense that Mike has just ripped the sleeve off Rooke’s jacket so let’s go with that.

I'll post accordingly for Rooke.
Mike Catchings
player, 72 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:27
  • msg #357

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #356):
That is what we'd do IRL, but I was thinking Rooke would have some objections due to the inevitable mockings and rambo comparisons (with the MG belts).
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 41 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:29
  • msg #358

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think that someone should make a Rambo joke at Rooke's expense at some point.... <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1223 posts
Your Guide
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:38
  • msg #359

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #358):
That might be reserved for Oskar. The only other guy I could imaging running around with no sleeves.
Mike Catchings
player, 73 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 16:40
  • msg #360

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #358):

Oskar would probably get jealous. Next thing you know his shirt would be off and he'd have the rambo haircut
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 163 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 7 Jan 2010
at 19:59
  • msg #361

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #358):

Oskar would probably get jealous. Next thing you know his shirt would be off and he'd have the rambo haircut

LOL!  Frank was thinking of picking up the slack and doing just that!
Ben Jagelis
player, 967 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 04:11
  • msg #362

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #351):

#2 - His sniper rifle - with pistol drawn at the moment until Frank & Young take care of things ahead. Then he'll provide precision fire support to Varis team.

Standing orders are for Fox to carry either the RPG/MP5 or M60. His bolt action sniper rifle could be carried as an extra, however it was judged as totally inapproriate as a primary weapon in our current situation.
Robert Mitchell
player, 240 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 09:37
  • msg #363

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #362):

Ben - we could really do with you posting in character at the moment and bringing your SAW to play.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 521 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 18:30
  • msg #364

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Fusilier:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #351):

#2 - His sniper rifle - with pistol drawn at the moment until Frank & Young take care of things ahead. Then he'll provide precision fire support to Varis team.

Standing orders are for Fox to carry either the RPG/MP5 or M60. His bolt action sniper rifle could be carried as an extra, however it was judged as totally inapproriate as a primary weapon in our current situation.


Dude, that's nuts.  The range on the SMG is shit compared to the rifle.  That's for house clearing and ammo spraying, not the sort of long-range outdoor crap we keep running through.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 522 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 8 Jan 2010
at 18:36
  • msg #365

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The Fusilier-as-Oskar:
"Can't this thing go any faster... I need to kill something now."

NPC'd (sorry, I couldn't mimic Oskar's personality)



Apparently.  :p

He's not just a killing machine, he's made of Love as well!
Fusilier
GM, 1225 posts
Your Guide
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 07:42
  • msg #366

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
He's not just a killing machine, he's made of Love as well!

So very true. Welcome back.

Here's an update to the map. Not really the greatest map I know, but hopefully it'll do. Notice 2 of the BTR dismounts are wounded (Volodya + RPD gunner - different color). I'll add the fort to the main city map (the google map) next. Here... http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...00473233092ef9c905a6


This message was last edited by the GM at 07:43, Sat 09 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 241 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 08:22
  • msg #367

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - Doc Catchings was planning on exiting the BMP immediately behind Rooke - has he dismounted yet or is he still on board?

Thanks.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 188 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 08:58
  • msg #368

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Okeeee Im back and will post regularly again :)
Robert Mitchell
player, 242 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 9 Jan 2010
at 15:07
  • msg #369

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm not sure where the rest of you are based but we've got lots of snow here in Britain!  Well enough snow to cause lots of travel problems in the UK and to make my Canadian relatives laugh at how little snow is needed to cause chaos in the UK! <G>
Robert Mitchell
player, 244 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 16:13
  • msg #370

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
Tom watches and listens as the soldier pinned beneath the knocked aside S-60 responds, surprising him with his New York'ish accent. "Hey! Hey man! Don't shoot. I'm an American!" The American is similarly dressed in mixed Polish camouflage (as is his companion), but sports a black armband over his sleeve.


Oops - have we assaulted a unit of one of our allies?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 43 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 16:34
  • msg #371

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

If there is time in this round then Rooke will also check/loot the corpse at his feet - the one of the soldier who was practically cut in half by Mitch's KPV fire.

Thanks.
Helmut Meyer
player, 511 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 18:49
  • msg #372

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Oops - have we assaulted a unit of one of our allies?


Uh oh. Oops indeed if this happens to be correct. Good luck talking our way out of this.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 601 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Sun 10 Jan 2010
at 20:31
  • msg #373

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

It's always a possibility, but if it is, it's the IB's mistake. pearce said that there were hostiles in the fort.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 166 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 03:50
  • msg #374

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Just wanted to let everyone know that I will be going through M.O.I. (Methods of Instruction) from the 11th thru the 19th of January so I can complete getting my certificate to teach firearms for my department.  If you are waiting for me on a turn, please NPC me so the game can move on and I will get to posting as soon as I can.

Thanks,
John
Fusilier
GM, 1226 posts
Your Guide
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 05:47
  • msg #375

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #374):

Thanks for the heads up. Good luck.
Robert Mitchell
player, 245 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 07:33
  • msg #376

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #375):

Fuse - did you see message #367?

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1227 posts
Your Guide
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 07:50
  • msg #377

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #376):

Ah yes. I realized I forgot to mention him as exiting, and when I edited the post, forgot to get back to you.

So, everyone is dismounted from the BMP (minus Mitch and Henry). Fox and Frank are on the south side of the trucks, while everyone else is spread out along the north side.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 189 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 08:29
  • msg #378

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

apologies from my end. i have power back on in my flat. thus i can post :)
Ben Jagelis
player, 968 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 12:28
  • msg #379

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
Dude, that's nuts.  The range on the SMG is shit compared to the rifle.  That's for house clearing and ammo spraying, not the sort of long-range outdoor crap we keep running through.

Which is exactly why he's got the choice of RPG/MP-5 OR M60!

The RPG/MP-5 is for anti-armour / close terrain situations where tanks or APCs are in evidence, or house to house fighting is expected and something small and handy is more useful than a full sized weapon. If he wants to carry an AK or M16 instead of the MP-5 then that's fine too, although he might be a little loaded down.

The M60 is to be carried where there is no enemy armour expected, and the range is likely to be greater than a stones throw or two (say, 50 metres).

In all cases, a bolt action rifle is totally unsuitable for the high intensity operations our unit is likely to be involved in. The L42 might be his prefered weapon, however it simply doesn't have the firepower required for the tasks at hand.

If he was to be tasked for a recon mission where only limited, long range combat was likely, or required to actually snipe at important targets rather than operate as part of the team, then I'd be jumping up and down for him to take it.

Remember, muzzle loaders were replaced by bolt action magazine fed weapons, which were replaced by semiautomatic weapons which were in turn replaced by automatic assault rifles for a very good reason...
This message was last edited by the player at 12:34, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 246 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 13:21
  • msg #380

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #379):

It's quite possible that Fox just hasn't done as he was instructed....
Ben Jagelis
player, 970 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 13:40
  • msg #381

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The orders were clear...
So are the reasons behind them....

Was the BTR wheel replaced?
Helmut Meyer
player, 512 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 14:48
  • msg #382

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Was the BTR wheel replaced?

Yes it was.
Robert Mitchell
player, 247 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 15:08
  • msg #383

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - Mitch is about the closest person to the explosion.  Was there any indication whether the source was incoming artillery (like the sound of an approaching shell) or whether someone on the SW bastion has fired something in the direction of the BMP?

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1229 posts
Your Guide
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 15:19
  • msg #384

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #383):

No, nothing like that.

There was no weapon signature (noticed) that could have been from the originating weapon. At least nothing close by, but there's enough sporadic bombardment sounds coming from the city that it'd probably be impossible to tell if one of them was the one that hit the fort anyways.

Since it didn't come from the ramparts or ground level, it was unmistakeably high trajectory.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:20, Mon 11 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 248 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 15:30
  • msg #385

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #384):

OK - thanks
Robert Mitchell
player, 250 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 11 Jan 2010
at 23:34
  • msg #386

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Are we all on one radio network or are the vehicle commanders on one network and the infantry on another network (and JJ and Ben on both?).

I'm trying to work out whether Mitch would have heard the info about Fox across the radio?

Thanks.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 45 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 09:30
  • msg #387

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

What is the length of fuse (in terms of time) on a white phosphorous grenade?  And if Rooke sticks one next to the fuel tank of the undamaged truck am I correct in assuming that that would ignite the fuel inside (assuming that there is some)?
Fusilier
GM, 1230 posts
Your Guide
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 10:40
  • msg #388

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #387):

Just a little longer than a fragmentation grenade (which is usually 4-5 seconds). Almost anywhere you want to use WP grenade on the truck will mess it up.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 47 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 12 Jan 2010
at 10:56
  • msg #389

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1231 posts
Your Guide
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 13:15
  • msg #390

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Seems pretty much everyone already had their posts in yesterday and its me ya'll are waiting on. I'm working on it now and should have it up in a couple hours.
Robert Mitchell
player, 251 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 15:49
  • msg #391

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Just to confirm that I'm reading correctly, Mitch fired 20rds from his SAW and Rooke used two WP grenades.


Edit - I think that we also need an updated map if you have a sec....

Sorry to add to your workload! <S>
This message was last edited by the player at 15:51, Wed 13 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1233 posts
Your Guide
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 15:53
  • msg #392

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #391):

Correct.

No worries. I plan to get a map up. I figured you'd need an update to the Nowe Orgody one anyways. If I can't do it tonight, it be up during work tomorrow morning.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:56, Wed 13 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 252 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 15:59
  • msg #393

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #392):

Sounds good.
Fusilier
GM, 1234 posts
Your Guide
Wed 13 Jan 2010
at 16:09
  • msg #394

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
"Goddamn mechanics.  Why the fuck are they staffing this place's approach with mechanics?  Talk about a shitty post.  'Wait here and fix trucks while you possibly get assaulted.'  At least they're having manpower issues."


I don't want to give away too much, but just so you know, any enemy placement or type is not random. Working with the amount of enemy reported to be present in Gdansk versus the terrain and defenders - what you just witnessed might be a hint that yes, the enemy commander may in fact be having manpower issues.

Noon time (IG) I'll be rolling to see the progress of the assault on the city (using some macro rules JJM helped me put together). Pearce will update you then on how goes the opening phase of the battle.

What happened at the fort (prior to you showing up) might come up in later as well.

I don't think it ruins anything to mentioned that Meyer/Young and JJM were both correct also, in speculating the fort was preregistered as a target - being one of the more visible obstacles the city had. However, for whatever reason, the enemy never needed to resort to any bombardment to silence its defenders.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:09, Wed 13 Jan 2010.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 528 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 02:25
  • msg #395

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I cannot imagine anyone tolerating Oskar's bullshit in real life.  I get to live out my inner jackass through him.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 169 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 03:08
  • msg #396

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
I cannot imagine anyone tolerating Oskar's bullshit in real life.  I get to live out my inner jackass through him.

I've really grown to like Oskar!

I probably won't be able to post tomorrow night so my post is in!
Ben Jagelis
player, 971 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 03:48
  • msg #397

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar says what we're all thinking.

I've been trying to catch up but getting more and more confused about what's been going on lately. Seems to me like there's been a total breakdown in command resulting in (once again) infantry deploying too soon.
Ben Jagelis
player, 973 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 09:59
  • msg #398

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)



We've currently got 7 people plus crew in the BMP - it's about as full as it can get.
Add to that Fox is seriosuly wounded and Catchings is trying to work on him and it's more than a tight squeeze. Therefore, as much as Ben wants to hear what the medic has to say, I don't think it's going to be happening any time soon unless it's via intercom or radio.  :(

I've been considering shifting PltHQ into the Bradley because of this crowding but there's been two factors that's prevented it.
1. Fox's injury and Catchings need to treat him.
2. It's a BAD idea to put our two highest ranking characters in one place in case the Bradley is hit and destroyed.

1 Section could transfer into the Bradley, but as it's got a Wear Value of 10 it could break down at any time.

For those that are interested, a walkaround of a BMP-1 is here: http://svsm.org/gallery/BMP-1little
The hulls are basically the same in the 1 & 2.
Robert Mitchell
player, 253 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 10:55
  • msg #399

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Firstly remember that the BMP is minus it's turret and the KPV is mounted on a fixed mount at the front of the hole left by the removal of the turret.  I suspect therefore that there is space where the gunner and loaders seats should be as I think (Fuse - please confirm) that they are also missing.  If they are missing then there could be room for more people to stand up there.


Ben Jagelis:
I've been trying to catch up but getting more and more confused about what's been going on lately. Seems to me like there's been a total breakdown in command resulting in (once again) infantry deploying too soon.


I disagree with your comment.  The BMP deployed infantry right next to its objective (the trucks) as Mitch was instructed to do - in fact the BMP rammed one truck as an enemy "soldier" was using it as cover.
Fusilier
GM, 1235 posts
Your Guide
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 11:58
  • msg #400

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ok... let me try to give you as much information as you know (which isn't much). You're going into unknown territory with little intel to back you up. Therefore most of what you may want to know, you'll just have to find out for yourself. I've blown up the Nowe Orgody map for the area you're nearest.

You are the 3 light blue circles near the top of the map. Starting at the bottom, which is the lead vehicle, its BTR-70, BMP-Mod, and Bradley.

There are four potential routes marked out in the dotted white lines and labeled 1-4.

Route #1 - Cuts across the hill (only part of the way through tree cover) the long way and onto a road that divides the forested/farmed/parkland and an unrelated residential zone. It then leads to the SW where there is a checkpoint-bunker "X".

Route #2 - Also cuts across the hill, but only halfway before is follows a dirt path south to an access point that leads into the parkland. A BMP-1 was spotted racing around in there a moment ago.

Route #3 - takes a much more sheltered route. It leads into what looks like an light industrial section with some large multistory buildings. Its unknown if they are inhabited or anything. There is also no access point in this area. The border areas are marked with obstacles... ranging from simple wire to walls of busted masonry and other junk/rubble.

Route #4 - takes you the long way around, past the south end of the bus station onto one of the major roads. It'll lead you around the back to the southeast corner where there is a major access point next to the old police station and city hall/law courts.

So again, as far as the defensive works are concerned, its all pretty random. Obstacles are probably built using whatever resources are closest (example wooded palisades & trenches in the forests, and rubble walls around the more urban areas).

At last report, there was an uncontainable breach in the S and SW. You can also see smoke and tracers emitting from some buildings (marked on the map). Its likely that is from the 2nd column that arrived to put further pressure on the defiant community. You don't know where the enemy is (nor the militia for that matter).

As away and questions.





This message was last edited by the GM at 12:00, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 254 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:17
  • msg #401

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Route #3 - takes a much more sheltered route. It leads into what looks like an light industrial section with some large multistory buildings. Its unknown if they are inhabited or anything. There is also no access point in this area. The border areas are marked with obstacles... ranging from simple wire to walls of busted masonry and other junk/rubble.


Please can you clarify what you mean by "no access point in this area"?  Do you mean access points into the target area bound by the green border?

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1236 posts
Your Guide
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:21
  • msg #402

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Please can you clarify what you mean by "no access point in this area"?  Do you mean access points into the target area bound by the green border?


Yeah no problem. The access points marked with an "X"... are protected/defended openings in the perimeter obstacles. If you look around the workshops area all the way along the refugee housing area, you'll see that there are no "X" marked. This means there are no official entrances along this part of the perimeter. At least until you get to the SE corner at the police station.

You could probably climb over the walls/obstacles dismounted, but getting the vehicles into the actual Nowe Orgody territory this way may be a problem.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:23, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 255 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:40
  • msg #403

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks - that's what I thought.

One option then could be to follow route 3 and either blow a way through the walls/obstacles for the vehicles (assuming that we have sufficient explosives) or to put the vehicles hull down and create a corridor for the militia to escape though.

I think that the key question here is how spread out we want to get.
Krzysztof Kaminski
player, 190 posts
Many fingers in many pies
and none of them legal...
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 12:58
  • msg #404

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Guys I'm sorry I've been such a flake lately. This deadline is fast coming and any bit of creative writing I need to do should go to the script.

Please consider me out of posting until the end of the month. I AM still reading and keeping up to date with everything and may post now and again before the end of Jan.
Fusilier
GM, 1237 posts
Your Guide
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 13:08
  • msg #405

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Guys I'm sorry I've been such a flake lately. This deadline is fast coming and any bit of creative writing I need to do should go to the script.

Please consider me out of posting until the end of the month. I AM still reading and keeping up to date with everything and may post now and again before the end of Jan.


It's ok, real life gets to come first. I only ask that you mention any absence, which is exactly what you did - so no worries.

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Oskar Friedmann:
I cannot imagine anyone tolerating Oskar's bullshit in real life.

I've really grown to like Oskar!


Same. I don't know how I'd handle him IRL, but gamewise he's awesome.
Robert Mitchell
player, 256 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 13:11
  • msg #406

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
I cannot imagine anyone tolerating Oskar's bullshit in real life.  I get to live out my inner jackass through him.


Mitch still hasn't figured Oskar out yet!

I suspect that Rooke likes him though!
Ben Jagelis
player, 974 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 14:33
  • msg #407

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Firstly remember that the BMP is minus it's turret and the KPV is mounted on a fixed mount at the front of the hole left by the removal of the turret.  I suspect therefore that there is space where the gunner and loaders seats should be as I think (Fuse - please confirm) that they are also missing.  If they are missing then there could be room for more people to stand up there.

True, the turrent is missing, but we've never really ascertained how much of the internal part of it remains. If it's completely gone, mechanicals, ammo feed, electrics, the lot, then yes, there's probablu space for another two or three people in there. If it hasn't been removed by mechanics (possibly Kaminski's doing as he stripped it and sold the parts) but was blown off by enemy fire, it's probably a real mess of twisted metal etc.
I'm hoping for the former, but planning with the later in mind.
Perhaps the best option would be to transfer Fox and Catchings in to the Bradley where there's likely to be a bit more space?
Robert Mitchell
player, 257 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 15:31
  • msg #408

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Transferring Fox and Doc Catchings to the Bradley sounds like a good idea to me.
Robert Mitchell
player, 259 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 17:57
  • msg #409

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

John Jameson McCarthy:
JJ looked at the scene below him and was really none the wiser about what the hell was going on, he heard the crackle of Mitchell's voice over the ether and its sound jerked him into action, "Roger that Two Zero, The column will move through the cover to the bus station, then we'll head south until we reach the Police HQ. One Zero and Two Zero will take flanking positions just outside the perimeter whilst Four Zero will enter and liaise with the militia. Varis, find out what's going on and get the evacuation rolling."


JJ - is that effectively route 3 and then swinging to the East to head down to the Police HQ?

Sorry - just being a little confused here! <G>
This message was last edited by the player at 17:58, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 529 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 18:10
  • msg #410

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Route #1.  Enemy manpower is tight and they probably have a weak rearguard.  Roll right up their ass.  The militia is cornered somewhere, so presumably the enemy is pointing that way and away from their route of approach.

Plus it avoids the built-up areas.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:10, Thu 14 Jan 2010.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 605 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 19:31
  • msg #411

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That'd be route 4.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 530 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 19:50
  • msg #412

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Nope - enemy came from the west.  Route #4 takes us to the buildings, which is bad, and probably to the rear of the militia considering that they've been pushed back and presumably retreated into buildings and cover.

Route #1 is up the attacker's rear, past a neighborhood and right into the park.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 606 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 14 Jan 2010
at 21:35
  • msg #413

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Right, that's the confusion, I meant East not West, I'll alter now.
Mike Catchings
player, 77 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 01:57
  • msg #414

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:


We've currently got 7 people plus crew in the BMP - it's about as full as it can get.
Add to that Fox is seriosuly wounded and Catchings is trying to work on him and it's more than a tight squeeze. Therefore, as much as Ben wants to hear what the medic has to say, I don't think it's going to be happening any time soon unless it's via intercom or radio.  :(

I've been considering shifting PltHQ into the Bradley because of this crowding but there's been two factors that's prevented it.
1. Fox's injury and Catchings need to treat him.
2. It's a BAD idea to put our two highest ranking characters in one place in case the Bradley is hit and destroyed.

1 Section could transfer into the Bradley, but as it's got a Wear Value of 10 it could break down at any time.

For those that are interested, a walkaround of a BMP-1 is here: http://svsm.org/gallery/BMP-1little
The hulls are basically the same in the 1 & 2.

My mistake, I had thought Ben was seated right of the main gun in the picture, but now I see more clearly he's farther up.  I'll edit out that part of the post then.

In regards to transferring to the Bradley, that would be better both due to the space and security, however if our help is needed as seriously as it seems, then I wouldn't want to delay the assault and cost further militia lives.  I'll leave the decision to you, as I'd make the most of whatever.

It's interesting you reference the Littlefield Tank Museum.  I live about 30 minutes away from there, and it is easily one of the most interesting places I've ever visited, and I've been there several times.  For those that don't know, it's a wealthy and now deceased San Francisco man's private collection of 400+ working armored vehicles.  Best part is he lets guided tours check them all out for free.  He passed on last year, but his associates still give free tours.  If you guys are interested, I'll update the ~100 photos I have of the place when I get the chance and put the link up here.
Helmut Meyer
player, 513 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 02:09
  • msg #415

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
My mistake, I had thought Ben was seated right of the main gun in the picture, but now I see more clearly he's farther up.


Umm, I thought that too. Surely whoever is riding up front is inside the vehicle and not sticking out through the hatch with the KPV muzzle right next to their head.
Ben Jagelis
player, 975 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 02:35
  • msg #416

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben's head is most certainly up through the hatch - he's hoping Mitchell will have enough sense not to fire the KPV while it's pointed in his general direction. Also, it looks like the muzzle is in front of him. You can just see in the pic the "commanders" periscopes are roughly equal to the end of the barrel and the rear of the hatch is around halfway back along the barrel.
The greatest danger to Ben is probably being smacked in the head as the weapon is swung around!



LOVE to see the photos! Do you have any more of inside the BMP, particuarly the passenger seating and roof hatches?
I'm heading up past Puckapunyal in early March. I'm going to try and drop into the museum if I can. http://www.armytankmuseum.com.au/i-vd.htm
This message was last edited by the player at 02:40, Fri 15 Jan 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 78 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 05:09
  • msg #417

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I didn't get any interior pics, as most vehicles are secured.  But I did get a ton of external shots.  They're all on my PC at home, so when I head back this weekend I'll try and remember
Fusilier
GM, 1238 posts
Your Guide
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 07:30
  • msg #418

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Space and seating was partially explained to Mitch, but I'd forgotten to make it public.

With regards to the six men in the back...

-the rear two can utilize the roof hatches,
-the middle two are stuck with firing ports only,
-and for the front two, one of them can use the turret space (along with the gunner). (however depending on the actions, sitations, and rolls, a penalty might occur to the gunner and/or the dismount.) The other front riding fella is restricted to his firing port only.

The KPV can't engage 360 degrees, not without Mitch climbing up on top of the hull. So his effective arcs are restricted to a bit more than 270 degrees.
Ben Jagelis
player, 976 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 14:25
  • msg #419

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)



It looks to me that the old BMP-1 commanders hatch and periscopes have been retained in the BMP-2. Opening forward, it provides some protection from fire and is also equiped with a "slot" to rest a weapon in when open.
I've also found one reference stating the firing port in this position on the BMP-2 is capable to taking a machinegun, but I'm a but dubious about that due to the rather limited space between the port and engine bay to the right.
Therefore, is there any reason Ben can't use the hatch to fire a weapon out of? Yes he'll be in the way of the KPV while he's up, but the extra automatic weapon, as well as the infantry commander actually being able to see what's going on is probably a good thing.
Ben Jagelis
player, 977 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 14:37
  • msg #420

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Ben - just to double check that you realise that quite a lot of what you posted above is actually out of date.

Yes, it is out of date, but that's why it's titled "early morning orders". It's a reference point.
Msg No 6 in the SOP thread shows how it is now.
Robert Mitchell
player, 262 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 15:03
  • msg #421

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

My mental image is that the KPV is on a reasonably high mount and therefore Ben could fire while hunkered down in the hatch as Mitch fires the KPV over him.

The sound might be problematic though! <G>


Ben Jagelis:
Robert Mitchell:
Ben - just to double check that you realise that quite a lot of what you posted above is actually out of date.

Yes, it is out of date, but that's why it's titled "early morning orders". It's a reference point.
Msg No 6 in the SOP thread shows how it is now.


Ah - ok - as I said I was just double checking that you weren't confused as you've missed the last encounter but that obviously isn't the case.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 531 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 17:39
  • msg #422

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

So we're doing Route #4.  Damnit.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 607 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 15 Jan 2010
at 17:51
  • msg #423

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think there'll be enough action for Oskar once we get to the cop shop.
Fusilier
GM, 1240 posts
Your Guide
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 09:05
  • msg #424

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Unless the PC mentions it IC, I'll assume they are buttoned up inside the vehicle (and not exposed).


This message was last edited by the GM at 09:06, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 978 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 11:25
  • msg #425

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Unless the PC mentions it IC, I'll assume they are buttoned up inside the vehicle (and not exposed).

Ben certainly is up as per the IC post.
Young was also ordered to be up through a rear hatch with the M60 so he can keep an eye out for possible mortar targets.
I'm assuming Oskar would want to have his M240 out the other hatch.

With no turret, it's hardly worth closing the hatches on the BMP. I'd imagine Jordan's hatch would also be open so he can see better (most pics I've seen show the drivers chin about equal to the top of the hull - eye level about 2 inches above the periscopes).
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 609 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 11:40
  • msg #426

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Basically, the BMP holds to the south, maybe further to the south than the cart, somewhere with better cover, the BTR holds the north and the M2 will stay behind the bus.

Presumably, people will want to dismount and Ben can organise a scout party. Driving in all guns blazing when we'll find it difficult to tell friend from foe seems a little cavalier.
Fusilier
GM, 1241 posts
Your Guide
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 11:53
  • msg #427

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #425):

Alright, but I still need an IC post from the players concerned. Ben is the only one at the moment (same goes for the other 2 vehicles).
Ben Jagelis
player, 979 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 12:53
  • msg #428

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #426):

I was thinking that would be a good idea. With 2 Section watching the rear and supported by the three vehicles, the remnants of 1 section and Plt HQ would move through the perimeter (over/through the wall if possible rather than the open "gate") and work out what's happening / make contact with friendlies).

Fuse, is the overpass to the east of the crossroads still standing or have the nukes, etc knocked it down? If it's down it might make good cover for the Bradley to get behind, setting up on the east side and facing back towards the gate.

If not, then the three vehicles should take great care to protect their suspensions - we can't afford to loose another AFV like the last.
Helmut Meyer:
GM - whats the M60 belt at?

See SOP No Five.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:57, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Helmut Meyer
player, 515 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:09
  • msg #429

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
See SOP No Five.


That's all well and good, but just what character did SOP #5 on the M60 and when exactly? We rushed like mad out of the last position with no time to spare, Fox dumped the M60, and nobody mentioned doing anything SOP wise or not besides hauling gear and pulling out.

I don't think we can/should rely on a catchall SOP that everyone assumes will automatically happen all the time, without anyone mentioning it IC or OOC. It's too great of a safety net and taking too much for granted I would say.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 610 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:09
  • msg #430

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That sounds fine, call it in IC and we'll do it, if the vehicles need to move positions to support your infantry plan call that in too, it's all cool.
Ben Jagelis
player, 981 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 13:19
  • msg #431

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

There are two sets of webbing Fox was to use. One was set up for the M60 and the other for MP-5/RPG. He was supposed to swap depending on which role he needed to take (save a lot of time over changing out mags for belts, etc).
That webbing should be within arms reach of Young so it shouldn't take much of an effort, especially if he's assisted by those sitting down (Rooke and/or Frank), to add more rounds to the 60's belt.

I would suggest that Young does not carry the M60 when leaving the BMP though - he's already got a hell of a load with AT-4, radio, grenade launcher etc and his duties as FO don't mix well with those of a machinegunner.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 49 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 14:55
  • msg #432

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #431):

Ok - so that means that Rooke needs to stick with Oskar as he's carrying two 7.62mm belts for Oskar's M240.

Sounds fine to me.

Young - should it become relevant at any point I don't believe that Fox ever managed to fire the M60 so it should have a full 100 round belt.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:58, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 982 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 15:14
  • msg #433

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Should Oskar choose not to carry the M240 outside the BMP and go with his rifle and GL instead, that's a few kgs Rooke can leave behind.
However, he'd probably do well to add a few more grenades in that case...
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 50 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 15:26
  • msg #434

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #433):

I didn't think that it was possible to separate Oskar from the M240?
Varis Babicevs
player, 411 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 16:13
  • msg #435

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #425):

Alright, but I still need an IC post from the players concerned. Ben is the only one at the moment (same goes for the other 2 vehicles).


In my last IC message, Varis opened the roof hatch, stood up, started to look for threats, and ordered Volodya's men to do the same.* Do I need to repost this every turn?

*My rationale for this is that it will be much harder to detect threats buttoned up inside the BTR. I can't imagine that one can see all that much from tiny vision ports and periscopes. Also, if we get hit, it'd be a lot easier to bail out (or get blown out) through the roof hatches.

Also, I have no idea what Varis/Volodya's squad is called and the BTR guys on the radio are both NPCs ATM. Is Volodya a temp. PC?

I'll post when I have a better idea of what is going on.
This message was last edited by the player at 16:25, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1243 posts
Your Guide
Sat 16 Jan 2010
at 16:33
  • msg #436

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
Do I need to repost this every turn?


No sorry. I've overlooked your action when I posted that.

But yes, being inside will degrade any observation roles, which is why I'd like specifics on who's doing what.

Volodya is back to being an NPC.

I'll leave call signs for you guys to determine.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:41, Sat 16 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 983 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 17 Jan 2010
at 03:48
  • msg #437

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In my experience it's standard practise for all crew in AFVs to travel with hatches open until effective fire is recieved (more than a handful of bullets).
Even then, if the vehicle is capable, hatches are not completely closed, just far enough to give overhead cover. Only when the bullets and shrapnel is bouncing off the armour are the hatches finally closed completely.

It is my understanding that Soviet practise is to have hatches open and infantry exposed unless taking effective fire or in NBC conditions. As some of Volodya's men are ex Pact military, it could well be that this is second nature to them and riding closed up while not under fire would feel very strange. I'm guessing Varis would probably feel the same way.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 52 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 14:01
  • msg #438

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Has Rooke manage to "borrow" Fox's radio?
Fusilier
GM, 1245 posts
Your Guide
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 14:08
  • msg #439

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #438):

Yes, add it to your inventory so we don't get duplicates.

Its listed as...
Cougarnet (PRC6515) Hand (2km), radio


This message was last edited by the GM at 14:21, Mon 18 Jan 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 79 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 18 Jan 2010
at 23:42
  • msg #440

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #439):

Fus, your map shows 2 BTR's.  The BMP should be the south one, right?
Fusilier
GM, 1246 posts
Your Guide
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 00:07
  • msg #441

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #440):

Whoops. Correct.
Helmut Meyer
player, 516 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 08:10
  • msg #442

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Whats our plan JJ? You are Pearce aren't intending to head on in alone are you? I'm just not sure what's supposed to happen.
Robert Mitchell
player, 265 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 09:09
  • msg #443

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Helmut Meyer (msg #442):

That's a good point!  Should the Oskar's squad plus the HQ section escort JJM and Pearce inside while Voldoya's squad secures the area?
Helmut Meyer
player, 517 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 09:24
  • msg #444

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #443):

Yeah something like that. It just seems a much more safer bet than 2 unknown outsiders moving into a unknown situation with ongoing close combat with hostile forces nearby, no real comms, and having to do everything in 1 or 2 big buildings.

I am just wondering that's all.
Ben Jagelis
player, 985 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 11:08
  • msg #445

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

To summarise the IC post, 2 section supported by the vehicles is responsible to watch the north, south and east approaches.

Oskar, Young and Rooke are to position themselves in cover on or about the defensive wall facing generally west.

Frank and Ben will then enter the defended area and approach the police station using whatever cover is available (and desperately hoping not to be shot in the process.

Once they're at the building, Ben will probably call Oskar, Young and Rooke up to take a new position, possibly inside the building.

After initial contact is made, Ben, or somebody else with a radio can call for the Bradely to move through the gate and allow JJ and Pearce to debuss close to the doorway and hopefully avoid snipers...


I've a bad feeling about this drop situation...
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 54 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 11:36
  • msg #446

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
"Rooke, climb the barrier and keep watch over the southern building. Stay close enough to Oskar so you can toss the belts to him." Although the concertina topping the rubble might prove a little problematic, the rubble wall itself should provide him with a decent field of view and good cover.


Just to check that I understand the correct location here you mean one of the partial walls to the side of bus rather than climbing the bus itself?
Ben Jagelis
player, 987 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 11:49
  • msg #447

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That would be the preference as rubble stops bullets a lot better than an old bus.
It's up to you though.

I would have included Rooke in the entry team except he's carrying the extra MG ammo. If Oskar can manage the two belts in the short term, I've no problem with him making the suggestion...
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 55 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 12:09
  • msg #448

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

With the limited number of people we have I think that Rooke staying outside makes sense.

His SUSAT sight might help a little as well.
Varis Babicevs
player, 412 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 22:53
  • msg #449

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Hi guys. I'm not being lazy. I want to post. Varis isn't really in charge of his squad, though. Neither does he have a radio. I don't feel it would be appropriate for him to start issuing orders on his own initiative.

Kaminski (BTR commander?) is in and out of coms. I think he's being NPC'ed at the moment. Volodya is the dismount commander. I thought we was PC-controlled but I'm not sure. Varis is subordinate to both of them.

Fuse, is Volodya player controlled? Is he a full-on NPC?

I'm willing to wait for orders. On the other hand, if Varis was in charge, I could take more initiative. I'm cool either way but I don't want my lack of posting as I wait to be interpreted as a lack of interest/commitment on my part.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 57 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 19 Jan 2010
at 23:07
  • msg #450

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #449):

We'd need to resolve this in character but Rooke has "borrowed" Fox's radio and it might well be a better idea for Varis to have it as it gives JJM & Ben more control over the second squad.
Ben Jagelis
player, 988 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 01:15
  • msg #451

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

ALL vehicle crews have access to that vehicles intercom and radio system if fitted. I'm not sure if the BMP has a working radio though.

My guess is that Volodya and Varis would probably stick close together and therefore may be able to share the one radio.

2 Sections role at the moment is simply security of the north, east and south approaches. They're not required to do anything beyond stay in cover and shoot anything hostile that comes along.

If Varis REALLY needs a radio, he could borrow JJ's tactical set - he's unlikely to need it all that often as he's hooked in to the Bradely 90% of the time. Alternatively , Weiss has a personal radio he's not likely to use while acting as BTR gunner...
Fusilier
GM, 1247 posts
Your Guide
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 13:59
  • msg #452

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I won't be able to put up the turn post tonight as expected. Sorry about that. I'll be done tomorrow morning at work.

Until then, if there is a chance to clarify... Rooke and Young are to try to climb up on the wall going across the road (the blue line)? And Oskar at the opening? All covering/observing generally to the west?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 58 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 14:31
  • msg #453

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
I won't be able to put up the turn post tonight as expected. Sorry about that. I'll be done tomorrow morning at work.

Until then, if there is a chance to clarify... Rooke and Young are to try to climb up on the wall going across the road (the blue line)? And Oskar at the opening? All covering/observing generally to the west?


I think that that is right.  Young was ordered to climb the north side of the gap so Rooke has chosen to go to the south side.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 534 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Wed 20 Jan 2010
at 16:52
  • msg #454

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar is at the southern wall as well.  Nearer to the rubble.  :)
Ben Jagelis
player, 990 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 04:44
  • msg #455

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Behind Frank and Ben, following the dull clang of a hatch popping open, JJM emerges from his hatch and climbs down. At about the same time, Pearce and Anna exit out through the rear door and the three move to the sheltered side of the bus. The two fan out and follow behind the Major, with their weapons at the ready.

I thought they were sitting tight where they were and waiting for the all clear?
Ben Jagelis
player, 991 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 05:44
  • msg #456

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is there evidence of track marks on the ground around the bus? Coud we safely assume both the T-80 and BMP came from this direction?

Could the Bradley fire the TOW at the T-80 through the gap between rubble wall and bus without exposing itself too much? This seems to be a golden opportunity to take out one of the 4 heavy AFVs known to be in the enemy's hands...
This message was last edited by the player at 05:48, Thu 21 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1249 posts
Your Guide
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 11:28
  • msg #457

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
I thought they were sitting tight where they were and waiting for the all clear?

Yeah, it seems I got ahead of myself. JJM can ignore it and remain in the M2, or go with it. My mistake.

Ben Jagelis:
Is there evidence of track marks on the ground around the bus? Could we safely assume both the T-80 and BMP came from this direction?

Could the Bradley fire the TOW at the T-80 through the gap between rubble wall and bus without exposing itself too much? This seems to be a golden opportunity to take out one of the 4 heavy AFVs known to be in the enemy's hands...

There's "track" marks (of gore) from the dead militia's run over legs - which lead out of the gate. So by that, no... it's unlikely the 2 AFVs you can see now did it, since they're on the inside of the perimeter. To further support this, there's no track marks from the body leading back in either.

Yes, it could fire, exposing about half of the Bradley. Although there's added risk besides exposing itself - the enemy vehicles are side by side, and you can only engage one at a time. So that leaves you open to attack from the BMP, not only while you get into launch position, but the missile flight vs the MBT as well. To further complicate things, the T-80 hull is partially blocked by a van wreck, so unless you got a good turret hit, it won't be effective.

So doable, but not particularly with favorable odds. You might want to wait a bit or something.
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:31, Thu 21 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1250 posts
Your Guide
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 11:49
  • msg #458

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)



I also found an aerial shot to help illustrate the ground.


This message was last edited by the GM at 13:09, Thu 21 Jan 2010.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 615 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 21 Jan 2010
at 18:29
  • msg #459

Next step

I know that the GM would really appreciate all active players in one group for the next section. Could you do me a favour and list all active players so that Ben can take that into account in his infantry dispositions.

Thanks.
Mike Catchings
player, 82 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 04:36
  • msg #460

Re: Next step

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #459):

I'll be active.

JJ, do you think you should bring Mike along?  The Militia may will probably have wounded.  Or should I just wait on a radio command?
Ben Jagelis
player, 992 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 04:54
  • msg #461

Re: Next step

The general idea is to have the infantry scout out the area first, then bring in the commander and support elements. No point exposing more of us to danger than is actually needed.

I expect that the intial phase shouldn't take more than a minute or two IC although the T-80 and BMP could be a problem. Both are currently outside the effective range of all of our portable AT weapons - we're got the range, but accuracy at that distance is rubbish.

Hmm, the burning barrier of tyres could provide a little cover if the Bradley was to engage the tank. Also, it seems that attention is currently elsewhere so it's possible that the Bradley could get into position un-noticed...
Only one shot could probably be taken though before the BMP responded in kind. Hopefully the shot can be taken quickly from what is essentially a hull down position and if effective fire (ie Gun or missile) is returned, the Bradley can move quickly out of the way and back behind the rubble wall.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:05, Fri 22 Jan 2010.
Jonathan Young
NPC, 85 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 07:34
  • msg #462

Re: Next step

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #459):

Young is active.

With Fox in the APC and JJM on the ground, I think it's split now with only NPC's holding the fort.
Ben Jagelis
player, 994 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 11:20
  • msg #463

Re: Next step

So we're about to be attacked from the east then....
Robert Mitchell
player, 266 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 11:29
  • msg #464

Re: Next step

Jonathan Young:
In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #459):

Young is active.

With Fox in the APC and JJM on the ground, I think it's split now with only NPC's holding the fort.


I think that there are three PCs with the vehicles - Mitch, Weiss and Kaminski.

For the moment though I'm going to focus on Rooke as Mitch is effectively on watch until something happens to change that.
Fusilier
GM, 1251 posts
Your Guide
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 14:33
  • msg #465

Re: Next step

Robert Mitchell:
I think that there are three PCs with the vehicles - Mitch, Weiss and Kaminski.

Weiss and Kaminski's players are on extended "leave". If you are happy focusing on Rooke, that works out (until something happens and you want to switch back).
Robert Mitchell
player, 267 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 14:36
  • msg #466

Re: Next step

In reply to Fusilier (msg #465):

Focusing on Rooke is fine with me.

I suspect that something will manage to involve Mitch again at some point!  I somehow doubt that our vehicles will sit this out..... <G>
Ben Jagelis
player, 996 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 14:40
  • msg #467

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
There's "track" marks (of gore) from the dead militia's run over legs - which lead out of the gate. So by that, no... it's unlikely the 2 AFVs you can see now did it, since they're on the inside of the perimeter. To further support this, there's no track marks from the body leading back in either.

Tracks, particularly those on heavier vehicles such as tanks, tend to chew up bitumen or at the very lease gouge it a bit leaving distinctive marks. This is the main reason tanks are not usually allowed to travel on civilian roads in peacetime.
In softer ground, the marks are obviously more apparent, but even on solid concrete they should leave at least scuff marks.
Fusilier
GM, 1252 posts
Your Guide
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 14:41
  • msg #468

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Fusilier:
There's "track" marks (of gore) from the dead militia's run over legs - which lead out of the gate. So by that, no... it's unlikely the 2 AFVs you can see now did it, since they're on the inside of the perimeter. To further support this, there's no track marks from the body leading back in either.

Tracks, particularly those on heavier vehicles such as tanks, tend to chew up bitumen or at the very lease gouge it a bit leaving distinctive marks. This is the main reason tanks are not usually allowed to travel on civilian roads in peacetime.
In softer ground, the marks are obviously more apparent, but even on solid concrete they should leave at least scuff marks.


Yes I know. It doesn't change what's seen however.
Ben Jagelis
player, 997 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 22 Jan 2010
at 23:05
  • msg #469

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Hmmm, very interesting....
Varis Babicevs
player, 414 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 00:51
  • msg #470

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Do our TOWs have tandem warheads? If the T-80 has reactive armor, the TOW might be able to kill it, anyway.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 174 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 01:04
  • msg #471

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

what skill is for the LAW's rockets?
Ben Jagelis
player, 999 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 02:20
  • msg #472

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #471):

Grenade launcher for unguided and tac missile for guided such as the TOW.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 175 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 02:37
  • msg #473

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #471):

Grenade launcher for unguided and tac missile for guided such as the TOW.

OK, thanks... Frank has Grenade Launcher of 4... can anyone beat that for one of the LAW's rockets?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1000 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 03:05
  • msg #474

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Does that include Strength?
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 176 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 04:29
  • msg #475

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Does that include Strength?

Sorry, 12 with Strength
Ben Jagelis
player, 1001 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 07:58
  • msg #476

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

12 isn't bad. Varis though might be the better AT gunner as he's shown aboverage average GL skill in the cast thread.
Frank's still a decent backup option.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1002 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 11:07
  • msg #477

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Just to clarify, both 2 man elements are bounding up the south side amongst the rubble, with the rest of the squad to follow once we've gone far enough up?

Yes, Catchings, Frank, Varis and Ben will move up approximately 10 metres then take up firing positions. A signal will then be given for Rooke, Young and Oskar to leapfrog them by about the same distance. This will continue (taking care to stay out of the line of fire of the stationary component) until we're within about 100-125 metres of the T-80 and BMP.

The LAW-80 is the longest range AT weapon we have besides the TOW so I'd like to save it unless we simply can't get to 100 metres. If however there's no usable cover that close, then the 125 metre range of the LAW-80 will just have to do.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1004 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 11:58
  • msg #478

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I've temporarily rearranged assignments in the SOP thread for the 7 moving forward as follows:
Current "assault teams"
Team 1:   Lieutenant Jagelis (C7 + M72A4)
          Sergeant Benucci (M16/M203 + 2x M72A4)
          Corspman Catchings (M16/M203 + AT-4)
          Varis Babicevs (AK-74/BG-15 + RPG-22)

Team 2:   Sergeant Young (manpack radio, FAL, M79 + AT-4)
          Staff Sergeant Freidman (M240) - not sure if he's carrying the AK/BG
          Corporal Rooke (L85, LAW 80 + 200 7.62mmN belted)
Note the colour coding to indicate who needs to stick with who. If the shit hits the fan, these pairings should operate as indepentant units to either move forward and win the battle, or cover each other and get our arses out of trouble.

Both Young and Oskar are pretty good shots with the AT rockets so Rooke should be prepared to hand over the LAW to either one as needed.

Varis is a pretty decent shot also, with Frank not all that far behind. Ben can handle a rocket (as seen in his taking out of a BTR a few IC days before), but shouldn't be first option to take a shot.
Fusilier
GM, 1254 posts
Your Guide
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 14:14
  • msg #479

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Varis Babicevs
player, 416 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 17:31
  • msg #480

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
12 isn't bad. Varis though might be the better AT gunner as he's shown aboverage average GL skill in the cast thread.
Frank's still a decent backup option.


Varis is a 12 too. 4 GL + 8 strength. He fancies himself an above average shot, though.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 62 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 22:13
  • msg #481

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - did Rooke see anything while observing prior to the squad moving forward?

He would have had a little while and was looking for:
 - Anyone issuing orders
 - Any heavy weapons besides the tank and BMP
 - Any unit insignia
 - A count of how many infantry he could see

Initially he was using his binoculars and then switched to his SUSAT sight.

Thanks,

Mahatatain.
Fusilier
GM, 1256 posts
Your Guide
Sat 23 Jan 2010
at 22:22
  • msg #482

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #481):

No, sorry. No real details. A count of maybe 5-6, but again its sketchy.
Fusilier
GM, 1257 posts
Your Guide
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 17:59
  • msg #483

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'll pass on putting up the turn tonight to give a couple people some more time to put in a turn/decision (such as Oscar for one who doesn't post on weekends).

It'll be up tomorrow morning (8 hours) while I'm at work. Hope I'm not losing anyone's interest - things are about to heat up so hopefully that gets things rolling again.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 536 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 18:15
  • msg #484

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
12 isn't bad. Varis though might be the better AT gunner as he's shown aboverage average GL skill in the cast thread.
Frank's still a decent backup option.


Oskar's at 16.

GO ON ASK ME WHAT HIS UNARMED MARTIAL ARTS IS PLEASE DO IT I WANT TO TELL YOU


This message was last edited by the player at 18:18, Mon 25 Jan 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 268 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 18:24
  • msg #485

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #484):

I don't want to know!
Mike Catchings
player, 84 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 18:34
  • msg #486

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #484):

That's funny, cause I seem to remember Varis doing all the damage with grenades in the last engagement...
Oskar Friedmann
player, 538 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 25 Jan 2010
at 18:45
  • msg #487

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar's job is all in making sure the vernacular is spectacular, and choking people.

Grenade-launching is totally a side gig.  I can give that up to Varis.  Dude has fucked-up commie teeth.  How the fuck can I take grenade launching from a dude with fucked up teeth?  He'd have nothing left.  That's just cruel.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 178 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 02:35
  • msg #488

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #484):

OK Oskar...

"Hey Oskar!  What's your Unarmed Combat score?"
Oskar Friedmann
player, 539 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 02:49
  • msg #489

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'M GLAD YOU ASKED



Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 179 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 03:16
  • msg #490

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

LOL!  NICE...
Jonathan Young
NPC, 87 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 04:18
  • msg #491

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Haha (although I'm probably missing some of the joke here)

Also. I don't its been decided among any of us which direction we're taking. If no one says anything we'll ignore the blood and keep going West.
Mike Catchings
player, 85 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 05:57
  • msg #492

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

WHAT 9000!?

I support the decision to keep going West, or at least avoid the street to the north. That's If Ben doesn't post something soon.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:59, Tue 26 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1005 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 11:28
  • msg #493

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That looks suspiciously like less than 9000 to me. Could be, what, 3 for all we know....

:D

Been waiting to give everyone else a chance to chime in before posting - Ben does prefer to listen to advice before making decisions after all...
Oskar Friedmann
player, 540 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 13:41
  • msg #494

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar's advice is to ignore the blood and get to tank-cracking.

We can hobnob with the locals afterwards.  What good has talking with beaten-down irregulars done us to this point?  We've been shot at in Chelm and run across unsavory jackasses.  No one helps us.  No one.
Fusilier
GM, 1259 posts
Your Guide
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 14:01
  • msg #495

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Post is up. Several events were rolled for (including some hidden rolls like Observation with incidentally everyone actually failed) with mixed results... the result of the mine included.

Map soon. If you think I missed something that your PC might have noticed, ask as usual and I'll fill you in.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 66 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 14:32
  • msg #496

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - it looks like mayhem could be about to break out!

A couple of questions first though.

Who appears to be exposed and has been seen by the soldiers in the dinner?

Also do the soldiers in the dinner appear to be Soviet soldiers or could they be militia?
Fusilier
GM, 1260 posts
Your Guide
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 14:39
  • msg #497

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #496):

The first half of the dismounts... ahh Team 1. Maybe not all though, but you can't be certain at this point. He's definitely calling over to you though.

Soviet cammo with webbing, helmet, flak jacket and AKSU. Not militia. The guys in the diner, you can only see their heads bobbing around as they watch the tank show.
Mike Catchings
player, 87 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 26 Jan 2010
at 21:01
  • msg #498

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Do we have any smoke rounds for the mortar? Even if it doesn't hit between us, the impact could cause them to put their heads down. Or open fire on us.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1007 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 01:28
  • msg #499

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

We have 6 WP mortar bombs and the possibility of calling in the heavier mortars if absolutely vital (Young is using the same frequency to communicate with Meyer).

Are both AFV's rear on to us? Does the T-80 appear to have any reactive armour fitted?
Can the whole unit quickly find cover sufficiently far apart to avoid being taken out with one blast while also providing good fields of fire over all enemy positions so far detected?

The plan is to have Young and Oskar line up the T-80 and BMP with Franks M72's (not the AT-4 and LAW-80 they're carrying - they're to be saved for more deserving targets), while Varis and Frank launch 40mm HE at the infantry nearby before switching to rifle fire.
The rest of the unit will take out those not near the vehicles, hopefully one shooter per target with an exlosive first shot from those with GLs.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:29, Wed 27 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1261 posts
Your Guide
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 03:41
  • msg #500

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #499):

You're facing an angle that shows mostly the front/right corner of the vehicles.

With North being 12 o'clock - they're facing 3 o'clock with their turrets at about 1 o'clock. So a hit on the hull might be either front or side and a hit on turret at this point will be a side shot.

Rooke was correct, the T80 is fitted with reactive armor.

The PCs up front (group 1) are basically at a large opening where part of the wall collapsed. You could fit about 4 guys into the gap to fire (almost shoulder to shoulder but without restrictions). The other 2-3 will have to search out another opening (window/door/broken wall) or come outside and position themselves on the pancaked building's roof. The hole is just not big enough to accommodate seven guys and a couple heavy weapons.

I know its a little hard to picture without a map, but I'll get it updated after work (no photoshop on my laptop). I try to create a little tactical map too.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:42, Wed 27 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1008 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 03:57
  • msg #501

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

A sketch of the general layout of our position would definately be helpful.
Is the tank fully equipped with the reactive blocks or if not, roughly what percentage is covered? Is it only the turret as seems to be implied in the quote below? This will greatly effect the plan as I doubt any of our AT weapons could deal with them from this angle.

Fusilier:
...a Soviet T-80 tank positioned a few hundred meters away. The armored beast sits motionless in the middle the road, with its hull concealed behind a wrecked blue van. From out of the boxy, reactive armor covered turret, the tank's long gun barrel is pointed upwards, and off towards the NW somewhere.

Parked side by side to the T-80, is a BMP-2. Its armament is facing upwards towards the NW as well.


Are the turrets still facing NW? (I'm imagining we're almost directly east of them).
Is the van still an obstacle from our current position or are we able to shoot over/around it effectively?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 68 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 10:21
  • msg #502

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - a couple of other questions.

Are the T-80 and BMP-2 buttoned up or are the commanders exposed?

Is anyone directing/coordinating the infantry's fire?

Ben - my suggestion is that Rooke focus on shooting someone who's in command.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1009 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 10:53
  • msg #503

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That works for me. Rooke I think is the only one armed with only a rifle. Everyone else has an automatic weapon, or a grenade launcher.
Rooke as I understand it is also a pretty good shot so team sharpshooter/scout is a good fit.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 69 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 12:13
  • msg #504

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Rooke is a marksman so if we spot a specific individual to target then Rooke could be a good option (unless a 40mm would be better!).

He is certainly a sharpshooter/scout and that's why he bitches about carrying extra weight for other people (though you may have seen in an IC post that he's now glad he was ordered to bring the LAW-80 along).
Ben Jagelis
player, 1010 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 12:16
  • msg #505

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Yeah, I noticed that...
This sort of situation is exactly why Ben ordered AT weapons to be routinely carried, even by those with little to no skill.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 70 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 12:21
  • msg #506

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Soldiers like to moan though! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1262 posts
Your Guide
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 13:26
  • msg #507

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)





Ok here is an updated map. I've also thrown together something that looks like my 5 year old son made with crayons. Its not to scale, but I added some confirmed distances to help illustrate.

If I could get a confirmation on the order the dismounts were traveling it would help me place the PCs. The two nearest the opening are Varis and Rooke. Ben and Oskar are directly behind. Then Team 2.

The opening can only really accommodate 4 shooters.

The pancaked building next to you is barely above ground level but it has a few concrete and metal pillars sticking up which can offer cover in the direction of the known enemy (but not really good concealment).

Ben Jagelis:
Is the tank fully equipped with the reactive blocks or if not, roughly what percentage is covered? Is it only the turret as seems to be implied in the quote below?

Are the turrets still facing NW?

Is the van still an obstacle from our current position or are we able to shoot over/around it effectively?


No. Only the turret (most of it) has blocks. The hull is uncovered.

Yes. Northwest.

Not really. If it is a front hit, I'll roll for a low chance the van is hit first. Otherwise you're pretty much clear.

Andrew Rooke:
Are the T-80 and BMP-2 buttoned up or are the commanders exposed?

Is anyone directing/coordinating the infantry's fire?

Buttoned up at this time.

No, the infantry fire is limited to the odd riflemen standing up and firing a couple shots. It's really too difficult to determine leadership so soon. I'm not trying to make it annoying impossible, but with the short amount of time you've had to observe, the distance to the enemy, how several of the enemy are actually not in view, and their limited activity - you haven't identified any leadership yet.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1011 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 13:54
  • msg #508

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Order of march is in my last IC post.
At this time then, we're likely to hit the hull front or possibly right side, or if the shot is high, the turret rear?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 71 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 14:05
  • msg #509

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
No, the infantry fire is limited to the odd riflemen standing up and firing a couple shots. It's really too difficult to determine leadership so soon. I'm not trying to make it annoying impossible, but with the short amount of time you've had to observe, the distance to the enemy, how several of the enemy are actually not in view, and their limited activity - you haven't identified any leadership yet.


Don't worry - you're not making it annoyingly impossible - just realistic!

I also assume that from the quick glance we've had there aren't any we can see who either have a radio or don't have a rifle?
Fusilier
GM, 1263 posts
Your Guide
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 14:08
  • msg #510

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #508):

Ah thank you. Got it.

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #509):

Correct. No heavy weapons spotted either.
Mike Catchings
player, 88 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 15:08
  • msg #511

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #507):

In your description of who's up front in window, you say Rooke and Oskar, even though they are part of Team 2 and were supposed to be in back. So has Mike not been spotted then?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 72 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 15:15
  • msg #512

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike - I think that you've missed part of Ben's last post:

Ben Jagelis:
Ben
Adjusting orders to move single file
Rooke-Oskar-Varis-Catchings-Young-Ben-Frank a good 5-10 metres apart

Mike Catchings
player, 89 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Wed 27 Jan 2010
at 15:31
  • msg #513

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #512):
You're right I did miss that. However shouldn't Mike still be exposed instead of Ben? Not that I'm really complaining though. Mike is allergic to 125mm HE.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1012 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 02:39
  • msg #514

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Just so everyone knows my reasoning, I set Oskar and Rooke in front as they have the best Observation. Frank is third in skill so should be good to watch out for enemy sneaking up behind.

There's no real chance of sneaking around for a flank or rear shot on the AFVs is there? (living in hope here).
This message was last edited by the player at 03:51, Thu 28 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1264 posts
Your Guide
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 03:14
  • msg #515

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

If any got confused, ignore what has been said before and go with the order or march that Ben posted in his last IC message.

Thats... Rooke-Oskar-Varis-Catchings-Young-Ben-Frank

Rooke and Varis you can assume are spotted for certain.
Oskar is stepping away from the opening and may not have been seen.
Catchings is far enough back that its unlikely he's been seen.
Young, Ben, and Frank are out of LOS (but can post this turn that they've moved up to observe if they want - although that means they also might have been seen).

If I hadn't been absentminded I would have detailed this out a little better in the turn post. Sorry for any confusion.

It doesn't look promising for a flanking move. At least not from this position/at this time. There's other enemy out there you haven't seen yet as well.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:28, Thu 28 Jan 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 420 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 03:25
  • msg #516

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Don't worry, guys. Varis' Oscar-winning performance has deflected all enemy interest in our group. We're golden! Let's go kill us a T-80! WHOOT!
Ben Jagelis
player, 1013 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 03:59
  • msg #517

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

This will be fun...

Hitting the T-80 in the turret means dealing with reactive and composite armour ie. it's a wasted shot.
Hitting in the hull is the better option, bit will be a very difficult shot.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 182 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 28 Jan 2010
at 22:08
  • msg #518

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Those three Russian uniforms I got are sitting around would've come in handy now... Lesson learned for next time I guess...
Ben Jagelis
player, 1014 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 13:42
  • msg #519

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:


Using http://www.easycalculation.com.../triangle-angles.php I've calculated that we're about 38.94 degrees off the centreline of the tank - that's roughly a 42% chance (if the front and sides were the same length) of a side hit.

Now, given that the side is approximately twice as long as the front (7.01m and 3.6m), I'd say we have about a 50/50 of a side hit on any given shot.

Ok, so that means we've got a 1 in 2 chance of doing nothing more than either hitting the wrecked van, heavily armoured hull front, or the reactive armoured turret.

But wait, there's more!

On page 22 of the Special Operations book, it states "Aimed shots can be aimed at specific target areas" "at one level of difficulty greater."
"This option may also be used for antivehiclular fire, assuming that the aiming action indicates that the firer is bracing and carefully aiming for a specific point on the target. If sucessful, the firer may choose the area hit, which determines the armour coverage and the appropriate subtable".

In other words the range of 90 metres or so is close (just), an aim action makes the task of hitting equal to Average (a sure hit for both Oskar and Young), and targeting the shot against the hull side makes it Difficult. As Oskar's skill is 16 (the better of the pair) he should probably fire at the T-80 for an end result of an 80% chance of at the very least inflicting SERIOUS damage upon it!

I think we have a plan!
This message was last edited by the player at 13:45, Fri 29 Jan 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 421 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 15:38
  • msg #520

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


I think everyone with a LAW should fire, regardless of skill. Even Oskar can roll a miss. The more the merrier. At least two or three people should target the T-80. And one or two should go for the BMP. That's just my humble opinion.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1016 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 15:54
  • msg #521

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

With an aimed shot, Young has near enough to a 100% chance of a hit (besides the automatic miss).
Oskar, even with a called shot still has a VERY high chance of sucess.

I do understand and appreciate why backups are a good idea, but with two more tanks and numerous APCs still out there, I don't think we can afford to blow all our portable AT weapons in one go.
Fusilier
GM, 1266 posts
Your Guide
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 16:48
  • msg #522

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In the next turn, everyone please post exactly where you are. Thanks.

*At the moment there are 2 firing positions available. The hole in the wall that can accommodate at most 4 people. And in the next office down at the window... room for about 2 shooters (although this room is small and may not a good idea to fire rockets due to backblast).
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:51, Fri 29 Jan 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 423 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 16:52
  • msg #523

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Fuse, I thought that Pierce or someone had already called in a mortar fire mission (WP). Am I way off?
Fusilier
GM, 1267 posts
Your Guide
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 16:56
  • msg #524

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #523):

Young registered the tank/bmp position and Meyer's has it plotted and ready to go. Nothing's been fired though. Just standby.
Varis Babicevs
player, 425 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 19:51
  • msg #525

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In the next turn, everyone please post exactly where you are. Thanks.

*At the moment there are 2 firing positions available. The hole in the wall that can accommodate at most 4 people. And in the next office down at the window... room for about 2 shooters (although this room is small and may not a good idea to fire rockets due to backblast).


In deference to the LAW shooters, Varis will go to the small room if he is to use his GL.

Just waiting on an IC response by Ben. If we don't hit it now, the BMP could either get away or shoot the crap out of us.
Mike Catchings
player, 91 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 29 Jan 2010
at 20:15
  • msg #526

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is the plan to fallback after we pop the AFV's, or are we gonna hold this little corner?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 75 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 00:30
  • msg #527

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - Just so you know I'm probably not going to be near a computer from now until Sunday evening UK time.  Please NPC me if necessary.
Mike Catchings
player, 92 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 02:27
  • msg #528

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In regards to this office, Mike and Varis have already stated they are moving off into it. Rooke, are you still gonna move in there and we'll rotate the 2 slots? Or what? I was planning on dropping a 203 in the diner as well, and covering it and the SW.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1018 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 03:46
  • msg #529

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
"What about the BMP, sir?"

Umm, Ben ordered Young to take that out. It's on the same line as the order to Oskar to aim at the T-80.

The M72A4's we have are guarrenteed at least one major hull hit on the T-80 resulting in damage to either the engine, ammo or fuel (two of which could result in immediate destruction), and there's a chance of a second major damage hit.

The LAW-80 would yeild 3 major hits and probably blow out the far side! It's a bit like firing a shotgun at tissue paper...
This message was last edited by the player at 04:12, Sat 30 Jan 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1268 posts
Your Guide
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 06:51
  • msg #530

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
In regards to this office, Mike and Varis have already stated they are moving off into it. Rooke, are you still gonna move in there and we'll rotate the 2 slots? Or what?


This is a good question as very important to how the next turn is worked out. Because of this I'm hesitant to post until I'm 100% sure where everyone is (as indicated by player IG posts - not OOC).

In Rooke's case, he'll be NPC'd for the turn so Mike ought to get priority. He's not firing anti-armor anyways. For the others though, I need to know please.
This message was last edited by the GM at 07:09, Sat 30 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1020 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 07:03
  • msg #531

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Obviously Young and Oskar get first pick of firing positions followed by Varis so he can get a grenade into the diner.
Everyone elses positions are secondary with the aim only to inflict casualties if possible on infantry.
Once both vehicles are toast, we get the hell out of there and hopefully avoid the counterattack.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1021 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 07:59
  • msg #532

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Now it's just a matter waiting for Oskar and Young to initiate hostilities by firing at the AFVs...
Jonathan Young
NPC, 90 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 09:28
  • msg #533

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Aimed shots...


I really don't think we can fire aimed shots without risk. It's been specified that they're looking at us/the opening. We pop out and start aiming and we're going to take fire right away. So I'd like a confirmation on the plan - aim or shoot.

I'm posting now, but will state that Young will aim or not depending on the answer for my question.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:30, Sat 30 Jan 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1022 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 09:51
  • msg #534

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Aiming only takes a few seconds and we currently can't see very many people. I'd say the risk is minimal when compared with the benifit of an almost certain first round hit on the AFVs.
We were always going to face risk. I honestly believe the current level is about as low as it ever will be.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 76 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 10:04
  • msg #535

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Sorry - managed to get to a computer briefly and have realised that I've misunderstood Mike's post slightly.  If Mike is firing a M203 Rooke will get out of the way.

Fuse - I suggest that Rooke covers the rear at present as he has the least offensive weapon and there is a danger that some troops are on their way up to intercept us.  Just to be clear by rear I mean the way they entered these rooms as that is also our primary route out.  Is that ok?
Fusilier
GM, 1270 posts
Your Guide
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 10:07
  • msg #536

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #535):

Ok. Understood. If you can't post this IG, I'll NPC Rooke to do it.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1023 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 30 Jan 2010
at 10:27
  • msg #537

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben will only take up a firing position if there's one left after those with explosive weapons have done so. Armed with "only" a light machinegun, he's probably a little less effective in the current siutation than the grenadiers.
Besides, he's the commander. He needs to co-ordinate the action.

:)
Ben Jagelis
player, 1024 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 31 Jan 2010
at 06:34
  • msg #538

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

So why is Oskar ignoring yet another direct order and continuing to aim the LAW-80 rather than the more appropriate M-72A4?
Firing (and wasting) the LAW-80 will mean we have NO weapons capable of taking on the remaining tanks with any real chance of success from the front.
It may even doom members of the unit as they are forced to move around the battlefield to attempt flank shots which would be unnecessary if we still had the LAW-80.

I simply can't see the logic in wasting out best AT weapon against such a soft target especially since we're only in the area to facilitate a withdrawal and not launch a general counterattack.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 546 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sun 31 Jan 2010
at 13:46
  • msg #539

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I was actually under the impression that we'd split up - Oskar pulled back early on in order to start siting.  If he has a LAW-72 at hand he'll use it, but I didn't think he did.

EDIT - Plus I don't read a lot of your orders.  :)
This message was last edited by the player at 13:47, Sun 31 Jan 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 427 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sun 31 Jan 2010
at 15:37
  • msg #540

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think someone has an AT-4. I saw it someone's combat tag. That's arguably a better AT weapon than the LAW-80. And before you get all uptight about how American stuff isn't better, the AT-4 was designed by Sweden.
Mike Catchings
player, 94 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 31 Jan 2010
at 18:43
  • msg #541

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #540):

Mike has an AT4 he is supposed to give up to one of the shooters.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1025 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 1 Feb 2010
at 01:43
  • msg #542

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The reason Ben wants the M72's uses is precisely because they're the worst we've got. The BMP barely warrants more than a sharp stick thrown at it, and from side on the T-80 isn't much better.

The LAW-80, stat wise, is the best AT weapon we've got both in penetration and range. The RPG-22 is on a par with the M72's but I'd rather Vairs continued to carry something he's familiar with than one of those capitalist pig inventions. ;)

If we'd thought to bring along an RPG-7 or 16, they might have been an option also. For that matter, if we'd managed to get within throwing range, Ben's carrying about an AT grenade which might have been sufficent for the BMP...
Fusilier
GM, 1272 posts
Your Guide
Mon 1 Feb 2010
at 17:33
  • msg #543

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ok post is up. It took me a long time to write it and also to fairly work out who fired when and at what opportunity the quickest enemy got to respond. As a result, its now pretty late at night and the map I planned will have to wait until tomorrow some time.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:34, Mon 01 Feb 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 95 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 1 Feb 2010
at 20:57
  • msg #544

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #543):
Thanks for your work Fus, it was definitely a good read.

One quick question though: did the round that hit Frank travel through his vest to hit the base of the clavicle, or did it get stopped by the jacket and just knock him down?  Basically, is their penetration of soft tissue?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 79 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Feb 2010
at 22:30
  • msg #545

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Ok post is up. It took me a long time to write it and also to fairly work out who fired when and at what opportunity the quickest enemy got to respond. As a result, its now pretty late at night and the map I planned will have to wait until tomorrow some time.


No worries Fuse - mayhem has broken out! <G>

One request though - when you update the tactical map please can you place the crossroads type junction on it where we spotted the blood trail.  We might decide to take the northern passage and use some smoke grenades to cross the road into the northern building, depending on where that will put us on the northern side in relation to the Police HQ.
Fusilier
GM, 1273 posts
Your Guide
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 01:15
  • msg #546

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Thanks for your work Fus. One quick question though: did the round that hit Frank travel through his vest to hit the base of the clavicle, or did it get stopped by the jacket and just knock him down?  Basically, is their penetration of soft tissue?


Thank you. Unknown. I left it vague as that can't be determined at this point. Until either Frank or somebody looks, all anyone knows is that he's been struck in the shoulder. He's fully conscious, has good arm mobility (although painful) and there is no blood visible yet.

Young's wound on the other hand was hidden beneath body armor and easily noticed.

Andrew Rooke:
One request though - when you update the tactical map please can you place the crossroads type junction on it where we spotted the blood trail.


Yeah no problem.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 185 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 2 Feb 2010
at 20:50
  • msg #547

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Got your PM Fus and think i stayed where you wanted me to as far as actions for this turn
Fusilier
GM, 1275 posts
Your Guide
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 15:37
  • msg #548

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Sorry guys. Its the last 2 weeks of the school year and I'm swamped with making exams and getting everything corrected. I won't be able to get up the post tonight or get that map updated like I wanted to. I hope this doesn't discourage anyone. I'll make time tomorrow for sure.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:38, Wed 03 Feb 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 269 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 16:20
  • msg #549

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

No worries Fuse - work has to come first unfortunately!
Varis Babicevs
player, 429 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 3 Feb 2010
at 23:37
  • msg #550

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Hang in there, Fuse. I know the feeling all too well. I hope you've got a nice long break waiting at the end of the tunnel.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 186 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 01:02
  • msg #551

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think you've got all of our attention Fus.  Hate when real life gets in the way of fun!!!
Mike Catchings
player, 99 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 02:34
  • msg #552

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

How is your year almost over? My semester started just 2 weeks ago.
Fusilier
GM, 1276 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 03:33
  • msg #553

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #552):

I teach in Asia and we're on Thailand's schedule.
Fusilier
GM, 1278 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 16:10
  • msg #554

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think you guy's need a map. One that shows a bit of interior detail. I don't think my descriptions are the greatest, and a layout would probably clear up things.

I tried to make one on my PC. but after a few tries I gave up in defeat. What I'll do is draw it up by hand and scan it tomorrow in the office.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 80 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 16:42
  • msg #555

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks Fuse - the post is great by the way.  Mayhem is breaking out and that's always good fun to play though!

This might be answered by the map but is there an angle for Rooke to throw a grenade onto the floor above (in the rough direction of where the enemy soldier is and where he can hear talking)?
Fusilier
GM, 1279 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 16:56
  • msg #556

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #555):

At the moment Rooke is in the hallway, partway into a side office that lines the corridor (so he's in cover). Inside the office are filing cabinets, desks and that sort of thing.

The doorway he's in is a few meters from the opening above with debris and crap on beneath it.

To throw it from here would be done at a very poor angle and there's a high chance it won't make it through and will end up glancing off the ceiling and falling back down. The closer you get, the more area of the hole is visible and easier to toss a grenade up into. Do you know what I mean? It'd would be like shooting basketball up through the bottom of the hoop... the further back you are the more likely it'll hit the rim. The closer you are, such as directly below would should the opening at its fullest.

I can draw a simple diagram to help out tomorrow.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:57, Thu 04 Feb 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 81 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 16:59
  • msg #557

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #555):

At the moment Rooke is in the hallway, partway into a side office that lines the corridor (so he's in cover). Inside the office are filing cabinets, desks and that sort of thing.

The doorway he's in is a few meters from the opening above with debris and crap on beneath it.

To throw it from here would be done at a very poor angle and there's a high chance it won't make it through and will end up glancing off the ceiling and falling back down. The closer you get, the more area of the hole is visible and easier to toss a grenade up into. Do you know what I mean? It'd would be like shooting basketball up through the hoop... the further back you are the more likely it'll hit the rim. The closer you are, such as directly below would should the opening at its fullest.

I can draw a simple diagram to help out tomorrow.


That makes sense and means that the bigger danger is a grenade being thrown down the hole.  Trying to throw one up through the hole sounds like a bad idea!
Fusilier
GM, 1280 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 17:04
  • msg #558

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Rooke... This is pretty vague, but the best I can do at the moment.

-Lets say the throuwing from here will be Formidable. but you are "safe" in cover.

-Get halfway closer down the hall and its a Difficult or average roll as per normal, but if you need to evade back to the cover of the doorway I'll have to roll vs. success on that.

-Move right up to the opening and it's an easy roll, but you'll be susceptible to whatever might come your way.

On the bright side, they can't see anything that you are doing unless they poke their heads down and look.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:05, Thu 04 Feb 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 82 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 17:11
  • msg #559

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Don't worry - I have another plan! <G>
Mike Catchings
player, 101 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 4 Feb 2010
at 21:41
  • msg #560

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is "point Oskar and say 'sic'" a viable strategy? If so, is it permitted by the Geneva convention.

When Oskar is asked to give blood, he doesn't give an arm for a needle. He asks for a gun and a bucket.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1026 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 05:42
  • msg #561

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

ARGH! WORK!!!!

Will......post.....tonight....
Mike Catchings
player, 102 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 06:58
  • msg #562

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

How many combat turns does it take to apply a field dressing?
Fusilier
GM, 1281 posts
Your Guide
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 08:50
  • msg #563

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #562):

Two for Young's wound, with an outstanding success reducing it to one. If Young helps, it might assist making it easier and quicker.

---

Here is a general layout of the office building. I'll try to get up a description for each room/area to help make some sense of it.

I hate to mention it again, but free time is something I don't have today or Satuday (my timezone). I expect to be fully up to speed after the weekend though, as school won't be an interference. Sorry about this and just want to point out that it's temporary.
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:04, Wed 10 Feb 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1282 posts
Your Guide
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 09:05
  • msg #564

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I apologize for this rushed and weak description.

1) Big office - with a blast hole facing the west. There's also a busted out window to the north. The office door is missing. Additional damage and rubble is piled up in the SE corner of the room. You can climb over part of it (like Catching's last post indicated) to access the small office to the south.

2) Small office - has a window with a good view of the diner and a partial view of the AFVs. There's rubble on the opposite side of the room which blocks access to the southbound hallway. As in location #1, you can however climb over part of the wall to get access the big office.

3) Hallway - this dark corridor is blocked to the south by rubble (effectively putting you at a dead end). Back the way you came leads to a T junction where there is a hole in the roof and enemy... and beyond that the way you came.

4) North office - where Rooke is in the doorway. Blown out windows face the north.

5) The mousehole in the ceiling where enemy were attempting to descend down to your level.

6) The hallway continues on to another T junction where blood was discovered (that leads off somewhere to the south) Or you can follow the other path and continue on back the way you came.

Team positions...
Rooke in the doorway of location #4
Oscar entering hallway, location #3.
Ben/Frank/Young in the big office #1.
Varis/Catchings climbing over the rubble between small office #2 and big office #1.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 84 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 5 Feb 2010
at 09:17
  • msg #565

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - thanks for the map.  Does Rooke have any idea where the voices are coming from or can he just tell that it's from up the hole?

Thanks.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 188 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 00:21
  • msg #566

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is anyone getting Young out of there besides Catchings?  Want to make sure before I go off and leaving...
Ben Jagelis
player, 1028 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 00:51
  • msg #567

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Well, Rooke is leading the way and Oskar and Ben are rearguard.
That leaves just Varis and Frank to assist....
Mike Catchings
player, 103 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 06:28
  • msg #568

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Do you want Catchings to bandage Young now which will take 1-2 turns, or carry him back to the friendly Armor? The risks if we stay should be obvious, but just be aware that if we carry him back, there's the risk of leaving his wounds untreated for too long (As Mike hasn't yet diagnosed Young yet, I can't testify <I>how<\I> big of a risk that is, but consciousness is a good sign). Worst case is he's in serious trouble within 10 minutes, so we can't get bogged down if I don't heal him now.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1029 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 06:43
  • msg #569

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Our initial objective is just to get the hell out of the target building. Hopefully we can displace to somewhere a little more safe within a minute or two where we can pause and reassess.
Fusilier
GM, 1283 posts
Your Guide
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 08:40
  • msg #570

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #565):

Just up and around the hole.

Ok I just got back and like I thought, I didn't have access to the internet over the weekend. I'll get the post up tonight and as far as it looks, I ought to be in the clear (no more big disruptions on my part).
This message was last edited by the GM at 08:41, Sun 07 Feb 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1285 posts
Your Guide
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 15:31
  • msg #571

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

JJ I went ahead and had you go on down the hallway. I figured that was your next step once you'd found the right corridor to be safe. Stealth roll passed anyways...
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 86 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 16:45
  • msg #572

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Just to check - am I correct that Rooke fired 15 rounds?
Fusilier
GM, 1286 posts
Your Guide
Sun 7 Feb 2010
at 16:56
  • msg #573

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #572):

15 + 5 while advancing.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1030 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 01:44
  • msg #574

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
“SOMEONE KEEP SUPPRESSING THE GUYS ABOVE US!” he screamed as he moved forward, flicking the selector switch on his rifle back to single shot.

That would have to be Varis I think. Everyone else is otherwise occupied.
Fusilier
GM, 1287 posts
Your Guide
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 08:45
  • msg #575

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #574):

Varis is in the main office and will need to enter the hallway next turn before he can fire. Don't shoot Rooke in the back of the head either.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 88 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 09:11
  • msg #576

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Andrew Rooke:
“SOMEONE KEEP SUPPRESSING THE GUYS ABOVE US!” he screamed as he moved forward, flicking the selector switch on his rifle back to single shot.

That would have to be Varis I think. Everyone else is otherwise occupied.


I'd actually thought that the person who would be available to fire into the roof would be Ben.....

Oskar was closest but he'd been ordered to take up a rear guard position.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1031 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 09:17
  • msg #577

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben is also rear guard.
So that leaves Young, Mike or Frank.... Good thing Young's arms still work.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 89 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 09:26
  • msg #578

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Ben is also rear guard.
So that leaves Young, Mike or Frank.... Good thing Young's arms still work.


Um - why are both machineguns covering the rear?

Also why isn't Varis the rear guard as he has to scramble over the rubble out of the small office into the big office and will naturally be last?
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 191 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 10:10
  • msg #579

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Ben is also rear guard.
So that leaves Young, Mike or Frank.... Good thing Young's arms still work.

Frtank is assisting Mile & Young to move
Ben Jagelis
player, 1032 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 10:16
  • msg #580

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Because the hope was we'd move fast enough to clear the area before they surrounded us. Therefore the greatest threat would be from the rear where our greatest firepower was concentrated.
Where people are naturally has nothing to do with it. A rearguard in this sort of close terrain probably won't have time to reload very often so belt fed weapons are the preference.
Grenade launchers are likely to be rather useless indoors also as the grenade won't have time to arm.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 90 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 10:32
  • msg #581

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Because the hope was we'd move fast enough to clear the area before they surrounded us. Therefore the greatest threat would be from the rear where our greatest firepower was concentrated.
Where people are naturally has nothing to do with it. A rearguard in this sort of close terrain probably won't have time to reload very often so belt fed weapons are the preference.
Grenade launchers are likely to be rather useless indoors also as the grenade won't have time to arm.


I disagree with your logic of placing both machineguns at the rear but fair enough.

We could be about to add Rooke to the casualty list!

EDIT: Additionally someone might use some initiative and ignore the orders as they are now defunct due to the enemy soldiers above us.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:01, Mon 08 Feb 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1033 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 11:00
  • msg #582

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Very doubtful Rooke is in any greater danger than anyone else. He's only a few metres ahead of the next person and everyone is moving towards him.
I'd say we're currently in great danger of a grenade or two dropped amongst us because we're so close together.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 91 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 11:02
  • msg #583

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Very doubtful Rooke is in any greater danger than anyone else. He's only a few metres ahead of the next person and everyone is moving towards him.
I'd say we're currently in great danger of a grenade or two dropped amongst us because we're so close together.


Exactly - which is why Rooke is calling on someone to fire into the ceiling to suppress the soldiers up there so that they're thinking about the bullets coming through the floor rather than throwing grenades down the hole.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 192 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Mon 8 Feb 2010
at 23:38
  • msg #584

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
Ben Jagelis:
Very doubtful Rooke is in any greater danger than anyone else. He's only a few metres ahead of the next person and everyone is moving towards him.
I'd say we're currently in great danger of a grenade or two dropped amongst us because we're so close together.


Exactly - which is why Rooke is calling on someone to fire into the ceiling to suppress the soldiers up there so that they're thinking about the bullets coming through the floor rather than throwing grenades down the hole.

Frank's in no position to do any firing with his wound and with Young on his other side.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 193 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 9 Feb 2010
at 22:46
  • msg #585

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Will post tonight.

FYI, NJ is expecting another 7-18 inches of snow again starting tonight.  Might be stuck at work tomorrow so, in case you need to move a post along, NPC my PC until I can get back to a computer.

John
Fusilier
GM, 1288 posts
Your Guide
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 12:05
  • msg #586

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #585):

Ok thanks for the heads up.

Doing up the turn now.
Fusilier
GM, 1290 posts
Your Guide
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 17:05
  • msg #587

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ignore the previous map. This is more accurate. The scale isn't really 100% but hopefully can help illustrate the situation.

I apologize if things seem to be going slow and confusing in the office. I'm not sure if thats the case or not... but once we get a good idea how we're all going to bypass the hole in the roof, things should pick up.


This message was last edited by the GM at 17:11, Wed 10 Feb 2010.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 195 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Wed 10 Feb 2010
at 22:16
  • msg #588

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

No apologies needed.  It's going as expected with wounded and us beginning to bge surrounded!

I was under the impression that we were under Young's arms and carrying him that way.  If we have to carry him out how Catchings described (by arms and legs) that is fine with me, especially if that's the best way with Oskar hammering the ceiling with his GPMG.
Mike Catchings
player, 107 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 00:21
  • msg #589

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #588):

I'm asking for us to switch around, as I figure it would be easier to keep low that way, instead of hunching over while still having to support his weight.  It may be possible for him to go the 4-5 steps on his own, hopping of sorts if he has to.  I'm really trying to avoid having to keep Oskar from firing.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 197 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 00:29
  • msg #590

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #589):

OK, posted that we go with what you suggested
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 93 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 13:18
  • msg #591

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Just to say that the area of the ceiling around the hole must be fairly peppered by now <G>.

 - 20 rounds from Rooke plus another 10 this turn
 - 10 rounds from Oskar
 - 20 rounds from Varis this turn
 - 20 to 30 rounds from Ben this turn

If I was up there I'd certainly be keeping out of the way for the moment.  Though throwing a grenade down the hole while suppressed does sound like a good idea!
Oskar Friedmann
player, 550 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 16:20
  • msg #592

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

What are the walls made out of?  Drywall?
This message was last edited by the player at 16:20, Thu 11 Feb 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 94 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 16:25
  • msg #593

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
What are the walls made out of?  Drywall?


Fuse has already said that the internal walls aren't very thick (if that helps?).
This message was last edited by the player at 16:26, Thu 11 Feb 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1291 posts
Your Guide
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 16:37
  • msg #594

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
Oskar Friedmann:
What are the walls made out of?  Drywall?
Fuse has already said that the internal walls aren't very thick (if that helps?).


Yeah, the outer walls will stop assault rifle rounds (at the minimum) but the inner walls are aren't going to seriously affect penetration (especially from the GPMG).

I'm not entirely sure about building materials used in Europe, but I guess drywall or something like that would be accurate in most places. So I pretty much just came up with a AV that I thought would be appropriate.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:38, Thu 11 Feb 2010.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 551 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Thu 11 Feb 2010
at 16:43
  • msg #595

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Does that help?  OH YEAH!

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cZeUepy9LrU
Ben Jagelis
player, 1036 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 12 Feb 2010
at 03:43
  • msg #596

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:

Umm, not much, no....
Ben Jagelis
player, 1038 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 12:31
  • msg #597

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

How many rounds did Ben chew through while supressing the ceiling?

Any chance for a sketch of the rest of the path back through the buildings?
Fusilier
GM, 1294 posts
Your Guide
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 13:17
  • msg #598

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #597):

3x10 rounds. Two for your posted turn, and well say one when Ben rushed past (my doing to speed up the turn).

I'll try to get a map up tomorrow. I like making maps, but interior plans are much harder for me. I'll give it a go though.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1039 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 13 Feb 2010
at 13:55
  • msg #599

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That's tripled his total ammo consumption since falling behind the 8th ID!
He'd only fired a total of 16 rounds out of his rifle up until now.
Fusilier
GM, 1296 posts
Your Guide
Mon 15 Feb 2010
at 14:11
  • msg #600

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ok, I just finished editing it for errors and such, and will try to get a floor plan up soon like I mentioned.
This message was last edited by the GM at 14:12, Mon 15 Feb 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1297 posts
Your Guide
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 14:33
  • msg #601

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Hope this will do. What is in the green box is actually just off to the right (east) of the map and not actually below it. I cut it and put it in the bottom to keep things compact.

The enemy at the corner has been hit, but there is more heard out of view.

At the end of the hall it can go 3 directions...

South - in the unexplored direction of the blood.
North - through the firedoor and out onto the street
East - back the way you came, through the gap in the wall and into the next building over

I didn't add the enemy at the "Opening In The Wall" but after fragging the office and spraying it with gunfire, there just outside.

I fear things might be going too slow in the building (gamewise) so I'll inflate the players actions a bit to try to push things on more quickly. To help me out, have your posts detailed please.


This message was last edited by the GM at 14:35, Tue 16 Feb 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 96 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 14:51
  • msg #602

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #601):

Thanks for the map - it's good and clear but I have a quick question for you.  What is the distance from Rooke to the corner the enemy soldier was behind?  It looks to be about 5 or 6 meters but I wanted to double check.  In reality my real question is if Rooke throws a grenade round the corner will Varis and Rooke be out of the blast radius?
Fusilier
GM, 1298 posts
Your Guide
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 15:38
  • msg #603

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #602):

The distance is probably about double that... as its 2 average size rooms away. So an (on target throw) plus diving/stepping away or something that like looks like you'll be safe.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 97 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 16 Feb 2010
at 16:06
  • msg #604

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #603):

Thanks for the info.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1041 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 00:57
  • msg #605

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

We're now in the order of movement Ben wanted with Rooke and Varis in the lead, and Benand Oskar covering the rear.
Provided we keep going and follow our path in, not stopping more than a second or two to spray enemy with fire, I think we can skip ahead a bit.
Ideally we'd be running, but now Frank has left Mike to assist Young alone, thats really going to impact our speed.
I think we also want to stay indoors rather than head out onto the street. At least inside we have concealment - out there we're in a firelane.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 199 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 01:26
  • msg #606

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Frank can still help out with Young if you want to make better speed?  LMK before I post...
Ben Jagelis
player, 1042 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 02:12
  • msg #607

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

As has been posted many times, speed is ESSENTIAL...
Jonathan Young
NPC, 95 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 03:24
  • msg #608

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks for the map, it's appreciated.

It might seem like its dragging out because it is dragging out... in the sense that we're hauling our wounded and fighting through two hostile roadblocks. No complaints here.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 99 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 17 Feb 2010
at 08:03
  • msg #609

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm very happy with the pace of things and don't feel the need to skip ahead at all.

It's not dragging at all from my perspective but then Rooke is at the front and engaged in combat! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1300 posts
Your Guide
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 03:11
  • msg #610

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks. I did skip ahead just a little, but I don't think it wasn't in line with what I had planned anyways. I also called off the mortar fire after another 2 rounds as I figured you didn't want to keep bombarding the same spot too many times.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1043 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 10:32
  • msg #611

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm happy.
The only alteration I'd make is to have Meyer drop the point of aim another 50m and hold fire. Best to save ammo if at all possible, but I've a feeling the mortar has been effective in making the enemy think twice about exposing themselves.

Now if only somebody had a few metres of string or thin wire....
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 100 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 13:33
  • msg #612

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - good post!

Just a quick question.  Are we now back in the building opposite the entrance to the Police HQ?
Fusilier
GM, 1301 posts
Your Guide
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 14:46
  • msg #613

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #612):

Thank you.

Yes. The first building.

Apologies to JJM. I didn't forget you. Something came up as I was writing the post and I just got free now. Will be up in a couple hours.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:17, Thu 18 Feb 2010.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 629 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Thu 18 Feb 2010
at 15:22
  • msg #614

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

No rush mate! Perfection takes time.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1046 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 05:51
  • msg #615

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Young's manpack radio (currently carried by either Mike or Frank - can't remember which) is tuned to the IB frequency. Unless the mortars and atillery (what there is of it) is on a seperate frequency, we may have heard the change in orders Pearce passed on to JJ.
Jonathan Young
NPC, 97 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 06:13
  • msg #616

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Isn't the manpack tuned into Meyer?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1047 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 06:52
  • msg #617

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Yes, and no.
quote:
Young will need the AN/PRCU-70 secure manpack for his FO duties and it should allow him to tie into the IB artillery net.

Meyer is also on the IB artillery frequency.

All three vehicles and their crews, plus Mike are on the "company" net.

Ben, Oskar, Frank, and Rooke (with Fox's radio) are on the "plattoon" frequency along with any radios in 2 Section (Volodya's group).

Ben switches back and forth between the company and plattoon nets as required, however is on the plattoon by default.

Mike is on the company net as he needs to respond quickly to casualties and also lets Ben know if there's a communication on company net he needs to hear.

The only question really is if the city defenders are using just one frequency for all comms and fire support, or they've split it up to minimise conjestion.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:11, Sun 21 Feb 2010.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 202 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 14:53
  • msg #618

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Young's manpack radio (currently carried by either Mike or Frank - can't remember which) is tuned to the IB frequency. Unless the mortars and atillery (what there is of it) is on a seperate frequency, we may have heard the change in orders Pearce passed on to JJ.

Frank currently is carrying the manpack.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1048 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 15:07
  • msg #619

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I hope Frank put some points into FO skill recently then. Looks like he just volunteered for the job until Young is fit and well again.

:P
Fusilier
GM, 1304 posts
Your Guide
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 15:57
  • msg #620

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Post is up. I left it where I did to give you room to make some decisions (possible changes to where your going) before being committed to something. For the main squad please be detailed in how you plan on exiting the building - either to go to the vehicles or to JJM's position... with indications to spacing for example.

For radios, Ben is correct that Meyer is on the mortar platoon's net, but it isn't Pearce's usual frequency (which is for between faction command post's only... not their subunits).
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:58, Sat 20 Feb 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 103 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 20 Feb 2010
at 23:10
  • msg #621

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Ben, Oskar, Frank, and whoever picked up Fox's radio are on the "plattoon" frequency along with any radios in 2 Section (Volodya's group).


That would be Rooke, as stated previously he's borrowed Fox's radio.
Fusilier
GM, 1305 posts
Your Guide
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 16:59
  • msg #622

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Things are a little quiet - I'm assuming its the usual weekend slump and hopefully not the game or anything. I'll hold off posting and give it another day.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 105 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 22 Feb 2010
at 17:21
  • msg #623

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Personally, I'm not sure whether we should be returning to the vehicles or securing the local area, hence why Rooke asked for orders.
Fusilier
GM, 1306 posts
Your Guide
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 01:53
  • msg #624

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Please welcome Jarodemo (brother of Mahatatain/Mitch+Rooke) to the game. He's new to Twilight2000 and will be starting off taking over Tom Handley.
Varis Babicevs
player, 436 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 02:08
  • msg #625

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Please welcome Jarodemo (brother of Mahatatain/Mitch+Rooke) to the game. He's new to Twilight2000 and will be starting off taking over Tom Handley.


Great! Varis was missing teasing Tom.
; )
Ben Jagelis
player, 1050 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 05:52
  • msg #626

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Shame Tom is stuck in the Bradley for the moment though. :(

A decision on returning to the vehicles, joining JJ or staying put should be made shortly.
Tom Handley
NPC, 242 posts
Spec4
Infantry (US)
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 08:31
  • msg #627

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
Great! Varis was missing teasing Tom.


I'm sure the feeling is mutual!

Hi to all.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1052 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 12:14
  • msg #628

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
Tom Handley was bored. Sitting atop his vehicle he scanned the surrounding area, seeing, as usual, no sign of a threat. He sighed and jumped down to the ground, heading towards the coffee pot to grab a quick brew.

That's a really bad idea!

Handley is the Bradley driver and should remain at the controls just in case the shit hits the fan. St Gil is located in the gunners seat in the turrent and there's seven infantrymen scattered about for local protection.
Nearby is a BTR-70 crewed by Weiss (gunner/commander), Kaminski (observer) and Otto (Driver). Also nearby is a turretless BMP with a KPV rigged on top and crewed by Jordan (Driver), Mitchell (gunner/commander), and Fox (seriously wounded passenger).

Note that a tank and BMP have been spotted just a few hundred metres away on the other side of a makeshift barrier. If 1 Section and PHQ haven't been able to neutralise both of them, there's a chance they could come barrelling along at any moment and shoot up our AFVs (That's Handley's position!)
Tom Handley
NPC, 245 posts
Spec4
Infantry (US)
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 15:45
  • msg #629

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Am I able to teach another member of the team to drive the Bradley? I have driven an APC in real life and it really isn't difficult. You just have 2 levers to pull or push, and if you hit anything they tend to move out of the way!
Fusilier
GM, 1308 posts
Your Guide
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 15:58
  • msg #630

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #629):

Teaching skills in the game takes a little time. Kurt has enough familiarity that he can drive it.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 106 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 23 Feb 2010
at 19:02
  • msg #631

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
"Rooke, grab Young's AT-4 off Mike and poke your head out to see what happened to the targets."
"Varis, back him up."


Um, Rooke was already carrying Young's AT-4 but it all works out in the same in the end.....
Ben Jagelis
player, 1053 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 01:42
  • msg #632

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think Rooke handed the AT-4 he was carrying over to Oskar (who ended up firing the M72A4 Frank had been carrying). Young's was a totally seperate unit.

Kurt is unavailable as a driver - he's required as BTR gunner/tactical commander (Kaminski is occupying the commanders seat, although only as an observer).

Even though Handley is a reasonbly good infantryman, he's the best we've currently got to drive the Bradley (Besides Jordan, but he's driving the BMP).
Some very tough choices had to be made to adequately crew our vehicles.
Fusilier:
lease update your character sheets...
Young remove 1x AN/PRCU-70 secure manpack [FO Radio]
Mike add 1x AN/PRCU-70 secure manpack [FO Radio]
Young remove 1x AT4
Mike remove 1x AT4
Frank add 1x AT4
Rooke add 1x AT4

Message No 6 of the SOP thread shows how Ben wants the equipment spread around.
Essentially the aim of the reshuffle is to prevent any AT weapons going back to the vehicles and replace the two M72A4s fired.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:49, Wed 24 Feb 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1309 posts
Your Guide
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 03:48
  • msg #633

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #632):

*** I hope everyone has been adding and deleting the changes to their inventories as it happens ***

Someone in the gang can take up the gunner's seat or even Young - but until something happens I'm not leaving PC's sitting things out. I'm doing this for gameplay.
This message was last edited by the GM at 03:49, Wed 24 Feb 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1054 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 05:51
  • msg #634

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Does Young have Autogun skill?
Jonathan Young
NPC, 100 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 06:01
  • msg #635

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #634):

Yes, weak, but with his high strength he ends up being a fairly good shot. Nothing like Mitch, but as good as the average gunners.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1055 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 06:07
  • msg #636

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Well in that case, have at it!
Weiss will probably have to take over the FO duties from the Bradley drivers position though since the BTR turret doesn't have a hatch to look out of.
Mike Catchings
player, 113 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 07:01
  • msg #637

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm a little confused about the radio situation (Young's).  While we were evacuating, Frank started to take it from Young, but Jagelis told the casualty team to keep moving.  Should I assume that Young still has the radio, and Mike will take it from him in the BMP?  Or did Frank take it?  I'm going to play it like Young has it, and that's how I'll post, but if that's not true I will edit my post.

Also, I'm assuming Mike's heard the discussion between Jagelis and the Major [Pearce] over the radio, right?  Not that I would want to interrupt it, just getting a feel on what Mike knows.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:15, Wed 24 Feb 2010.
Tom Handley
NPC, 247 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 08:50
  • msg #638

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Query - what is current time of day in game? Is it day or night time?
Jonathan Young
NPC, 101 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 09:18
  • msg #639

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #638):

Approaching noon time.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 108 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 10:24
  • msg #640

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
I think Rooke handed the AT-4 he was carrying over to Oskar (who ended up firing the M72A4 Frank had been carrying). Young's was a totally seperate unit.


Sorry but you are misremembering.  Rooke handed over the LAW-80 he was carrying to Oskar (who I believe is still carrying it) and Rooke has been carrying Young's AT-4 since shortly after Young was hit.

Anyway as I said previously it doesn't really matter as Rooke has ended up carrying an AT-4.
Robert Mitchell
player, 271 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 10:35
  • msg #641

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Please welcome Jarodemo (brother of Mahatatain/Mitch+Rooke) to the game. He's new to Twilight2000 and will be starting off taking over Tom Handley.


Sorry - I missed this first time!

I was showing RPOL to my brother over the weekend and it appears to have had some results!

Jarodemo, welcome to the game but remember to play nicely otherwise everyone will blame me! <G>
Ben Jagelis
player, 1056 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 10:55
  • msg #642

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike and Young have been virtually attached at the hip I think since he was wounded. Even if Mike wasn't carrying the radio Frank hasn't been more than a couple of paces away so it's very likely all three (at least) would have heard whatever's been sent on the artillery frequency.
Mike however is tied directly into the company freq so any chatter between vehicles or JJ and Ben has been heard.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1058 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:08
  • msg #643

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is there an armband or something else all allied troops are wearing? i.e. can they quickly and easily identify friendlies in the midst of combat?

I'm thinking of having 2 Section (Volodya) sweep west from the BTR into the Police Station while the BMP, Plt HQ and 1 Section provide fire support from the south with sustained machinegun and 40 mm grenades.

Meanwhile, and depending on strength and position, Four One Alpha may move into the Police Station from another direction. As can be seen, there is a high risk of the two units shooting each other up, or the fire support units firing upon friendlies.

There will be a need for Plt HQ and 1 Section to protect against the known infantry threat moving through the buildings to our west and possibly south and we may be forced to move back to and through our vehicles and join the assault on the Police station.

The BMP and possibly Bradley would need to withdraw at that point towards the north east to increase range for enemy attacking with AT weapons and hopefully find cover.

What's everyone's thoughts on this?
Robert Mitchell
player, 272 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:14
  • msg #644

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm not sure if this is a good idea or not but is it worth bringing the BMP (as our least important vehicle) to the gateway, just past the bus, so that we have some serious MG firepower support?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1059 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:29
  • msg #645

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Looking at the map, I think we can use the BMP from roughly where it is now. I'd like to keep it back out of the line of fire down the road, just in case either enemy AFV is still a threat.
With a little careful placement, I think Mitchell should be able to play the KPV over most of the southern face of the police station although ammo is a little limited so he might be better using the M60 and /or his own M249...  :S

At least with the M60, we've still got over 2000 rounds in the Bradley (assigned to it's coax machinegun).

Hmm, perhaps using the Bradley instead would be the better option? More machinegun ammo available and it's got the 25mm and plenty of ammo for it...
Tom Handley
NPC, 249 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:36
  • msg #646

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Any chance of an updated SitRep map so I can get my bearings?
Robert Mitchell
player, 273 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:42
  • msg #647

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I need to check the map but doesn't the bus block LOS a lot leaving a very narrow angle to fire on the police station?

I think that who fires and what with depends a lot on what the purpose of the fire is.  Are we trying to suppress enemy soldiers in the police station or provoke them into revealing their positions?

It may be best for Mitch to fire something and to keep the Bradley in reserve.  Alternatively it may be best to just let St.Gil loose with the 25mm Autocannon and to make a mess of the police station.  Personally I'm not sure but if it ends up as a coin toss then I'd vote for Mitch doing it as he's a PC and St.Gil's an NPC.

Irrespective of this I think that our major unknown at present is south west of our position.  The ruined buildings that Jagelis' squad are in the NE corner of have enemy troops infiltrating through further SW of us.  As a result I think that the BMP is a little exposed to a similar attack to the one we're just accomplished.  As Fuse hasn't posed anything I'm assuming that Mitch and Jordan haven't seen anything in that direction but it's our major vulnerable spot at present I think.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1060 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:45
  • msg #648

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

We're just west of the BMP and blue barrier, currently occupying the building southwest of the intersection.
JJ, Anna and Pearce have moved westward into the Town Hall and look to be cut off.
2 Section and the vehicles should be where they're shown.

We know there's is enemy infantry moving through the buildings and rubble to our west and possibly south. We also know there is enemy to our north in the Police Station. Unfortunately we have no idea how many there are or their exact location.


Fusilier
GM, 1311 posts
Your Guide
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:51
  • msg #649

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'll update the map and give a brief overview so everyone is on the same page... say sometime in the next 2-3 hours hopefully.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1061 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 12:59
  • msg #650

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Might be worth putting it in the Map thread so it doesn't get lost again.
Details of the area we're in could be useful too so we can see how many fire positions are available and where enemy infantry might attack from.
It would be nice to see if we can climb up onto the roof too.
Robert Mitchell
player, 274 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 13:12
  • msg #651

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Presumably another issue is that we don't know where in the Police HQ is held by enemy troops?
Tom Handley
NPC, 250 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 13:23
  • msg #652

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks for update. Suggest we move someone to high ground (pref. with sniper rifle and radio) to see if they can gain more intel.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1062 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 13:24
  • msg #653

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Exactly right. The more of our own people we can pour in there the better though. Unfortunately we don't really have enough to so much as ring the doorbell.

:(
Fusilier
GM, 1312 posts
Your Guide
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 16:35
  • msg #654

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Situation

**Maps have been reposted and updated***

Friendly Forces

- HQ Group is made up of Major McCarthy, 2nd Lt.Pearce (liaison officer from International Brigade), and Anna (a local). They are located in the Town Hall & Law Courts building. HQ Group is presently in the company of the mission's primary target (town leader Adamowicz) and his 20+ party of aides, family members, and bodyguards.

- First Squad is currently composed of Lt.Jagelis, Oskar, Frank, Mike, Rooke, Tom, and Varis. They are located in the north side of ruined office building near one of the town's fortified gates.

- Second Squad is made up of Volodya and five of his irregulars. Two of them (including Volodya are slightly wounded). They're armed with AK74s plus 1 RPD, 2 RPK-74, and 1 RPG-7. The squad is currently in cover behind the BTR-70, and are acting as platoon reserve and rear security.

- Platoon Transport is arranged into an all-around defense outside of the makeshift checkpoint. The arrows on the map indicate each vehicle's facing. The Bradley is crewed by Weiss/St.Gil, the BMP-Mod is crewed by Mitchel/Henry, and the BTR-70 is crewed by Kaminski/Young/Otto. Fox is located in the Bradley as a passenger (WIA).

Known & Suspected Enemy

- 275m to the West of First Squad is a T-80 MBT and a BMP-1. Both AFVs have been hit with anti-armor weapons, however their conditions are unknown.

- One infantry squad is active somewhere in the rubble also to the West of First Squad. They were last known to be sweeping East through the ruins.

- One infantry det was last observed in a building directly South of the AFVs.

- HQ Group observed one(?) infantry squad fighting through the Police HQ. The squad was last seen on the 2nd floor and probably the 3rd as well. An enemy WIA was attended to in the first floor lobby by JJM and is probably still alive.

- Sporadic small arms fire indicates enemy activity in the West and Northwest which is from where the main push into the town is coming from.

- Considering this was one of the primary axis of advance into Gdansk, there should be an understrength battalion operating in this area. Since you've got the locations down for only about a platoon's worth, there's a lot more that you are not aware of.

Allied Forces

- Most of Nowe Ogrody's militia are believed to have surrendered or been overwhelmed. Only the Town Hall & Law Courts building remains in militia hands. Gunfire elsewhere in the town suggests small pockets of militia may be holding out despite the order given to surrender.

- Of the handful of militia holding the courthouse, their strength is unknown. Ammunition is reported to be nearly gone. Most of the (limited) outgoing fire is simple harassment in an attempt to keep the Soviets at bay. A group of militia and civilians are currently threatening the Adamowicz (and the Major) regarding his intention on escaping.

- An IB team of Navy SEAL snipers, c/s Four One Bravo, are operating on the rooftop of the courthouse. Communications with them have just been established. They're extraction is your secondary mission objection.

I seem to have written more than I expected. I'll have to continue with the building's description tomorrow morning at work.
This message was last edited by the GM at 16:41, Wed 24 Feb 2010.
Tom Handley
NPC, 252 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 16:57
  • msg #655

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #654):

Thanks for this update. VERY useful for a newbie, and I expect for some established players as well. I feel that I am pretty much up to speed now.
Robert Mitchell
player, 275 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 17:56
  • msg #656

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - thanks for the summary and maps.  Very useful!

I, for one, had misunderstood where JJ was - I thought that he was in the Police HQ and not in the Town Hall and Courts.  Do we know this in character though?

I also therefore hadn't realised that the enemy were as close to us as they are - from the top of the Police HQ I think that it's fairly certain that our vehicles have been spotted.  It's just a question of whether the enemy have radio communications to pass along that information and whether they have anything to attack us with, either AT weapons or the ability to call in an artillery strike.  We were shot at with artillery while in the Fort though so we know that artillery is a possibility.

If we can regain control of the Police HQ then we could quite possibly extract large numbers of civilians through the buildings and across the overpass to the East.  Regaining control of the Police HQ sounds like a nightmare however.  Could we just attempt to retain control of the bottom floors while the civilians make a run for it?

Ben - returning to the discussion about vehicle weapons being used my whole LOS issue is irrelevant as I was talking about the Town Hall and Courts.  From where we are currently all three vehicles can fire on different parts of the Police HQ and it might well be a good idea to start doing that.  At present however I'm not sure if anyone is even observing the upper levels of the Police HQ.....

Anyone got any other thoughts to throw into this discussion?
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 635 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Wed 24 Feb 2010
at 18:03
  • msg #657

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

JJ would be happy with a spoiling or diversionary attack on thePolice HQ rather than taking the place, but he's put the operation in Ben's hands, it's his call in consultaion with you in-game or, out of it.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1063 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 00:13
  • msg #658

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Fox is located in the Bradley as a passenger (WIA).

The intention was for Fox to be moved into the Bradley, however Mike judged this to be unwise due to his injury.
Unless he's recovered enough to move across on his own, I think he's still in the back of the BMP.
Fusilier:
- An IB team of Navy SEAL snipers, c/s Four One Bravo...

I thought they were Four One Alpha?
Robert Mitchell:
I, for one, had misunderstood where JJ was - I thought that he was in the Police HQ and not in the Town Hall and Courts.  Do we know this in character though?
Not as far as I am aware.
Robert Mitchell:
We were shot at with artillery while in the Fort though so we know that artillery is a possibility.

Possibility, yes but thanks to our actions the previous day (or night, or whatever), we can be fairly sure they're short on ammo. Unfortunately it's the big guns and mortars still in action - we only took out the smaller guns with the most ammo.
Robert Mitchell:
Could we just attempt to retain control of the bottom floors while the civilians make a run for it?

Possible, but like you say, it's going to be a nightmare no matter which way you look at it. At this stage I don't think anyone but those on the spot know just how many people we may have to shift. At the first sign of movement, we can assume the enemy are going to act.
Robert Mitchell:
Ben - returning to the discussion about vehicle weapons being used my whole LOS issue is irrelevant as I was talking about the Town Hall and Courts.  From where we are currently all three vehicles can fire on different parts of the Police HQ and it might well be a good idea to start doing that.  At present however I'm not sure if anyone is even observing the upper levels of the Police HQ.....

Ben, Rooke, Oskar and Varis at a minimum should be observing both this building and / or down the street.
The rest of our small unit is in my mind at least watching our rear.

You are correct that all three vehicles should be able to fire at the building, but my thoughts are the southern side is where we need to focus our efforts.
1 Section plus a vehicle or two provide fire support through windows and doors while 2 Section and maybe the snipers provide close range pressure on the enemy occupants. With a little luck they can open a safe corridor to extract the civilians.
Fusilier
GM, 1313 posts
Your Guide
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 01:19
  • msg #659

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Snipers are Four One Alpha. Correct - thanks.

Fox is in the Bradley now. He can't really move around much though.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1064 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 02:28
  • msg #660

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is he able to fill in as vehicle commander? Just the observation duties I would think.
Oskar Friedmann:
Oskar checked up on Fox once it was apparent that they had some time to reorganize.

I don't think all that much time has passed. Mike has had just enough time to escort Young back to the vehicles, briefly check his and Fox's dressings and radio back.
Everyone else should have been occupied with reorganising the AT weapons and keeping watch for the enemy.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:59, Thu 25 Feb 2010.
Jonathan Young
NPC, 102 posts
Sergeant
Infantry (US)
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 06:42
  • msg #661

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
If we can regain control of the Police HQ then we could quite possibly extract large numbers of civilians through the buildings and across the overpass to the East.  Regaining control of the Police HQ sounds like a nightmare however.  Could we just attempt to retain control of the bottom floors while the civilians make a run for it?

Anyone got any other thoughts to throw into this discussion?


I don't think so. We've been given evidence upon our arrival that making a break for it across the open ground to the east resulted in casualties. There are civilian bodies near Volodya's squad where they were cut down.

Other hints that the enemy has infiltrated the area east of us is the bus being pushed outwards from the inside. Since we don't know where they might be, I think there is a good chance we'd be getting hit and have to fight through them while towing our human baggage. And with an enemy to the rear, we'd probably have nowhere to fall back on if things went poorly.

Despite the indication that it's dangerous, I think the extraction should be through the sewers and underground tunnels.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1065 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 08:33
  • msg #662

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I agree, if the option comes up underground is probably the better way to go.
Until then though we need to assume through the buildings is the only real possibility.
Robert Mitchell
player, 276 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 25 Feb 2010
at 17:38
  • msg #663

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Jonathan Young:
Other hints that the enemy has infiltrated the area east of us is the bus being pushed outwards from the inside. Since we don't know where they might be, I think there is a good chance we'd be getting hit and have to fight through them while towing our human baggage. And with an enemy to the rear, we'd probably have nowhere to fall back on if things went poorly.

Despite the indication that it's dangerous, I think the extraction should be through the sewers and underground tunnels.


I think that you're right about their probably being enemy to the East of our position.

Fuse - can we hear any gunfire to the East, particularly any that is close to us?

Also what does the overpass lead to?  From memory it is one of the main routes into the city

Lastly if we end up escorting civilians through the sewers then that is obviously going to split the unit into at least two parts.  Is escorting the civilians through the tunnels something that we could delegate to Volodya and his squad?  Or do we not trust them enough for something as responsible as that?  Or are we just going to send the civilians off through the sewers with their own militia as security while we move onto something else?
Fusilier
GM, 1315 posts
Your Guide
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 08:11
  • msg #664

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Fuse - can we hear any gunfire to the East, particularly any that is close to us?

Also what does the overpass lead to?  From memory it is one of the main routes into the city


No. But you are inside a pretty solid building... well, a partially collapsed and burnt out one, but still thick nevertheless. There are four other main routes that the enemy are pushing on too, so there's lots of fighting elsewhere, making it difficult to narrow down where what little you can hear is coming from. But there are no signs that the immediate area to the east is an active combat zone. I don't want to give it away, but you've got solutions to lack of information.

The overpass is part of "Spade Route" which is one of four enemy main axis of advance into the city. It leads into a neighborhood of the "old city" held by a small (almost insignificant) civil defense militia... and then to the IB's western perimeter near St.Mary's Cathedral.

You can use this link. Nowe Ogrody and a few other place marks are noted.
http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...00473233092ef9c905a6
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:04, Fri 26 Feb 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 277 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 09:38
  • msg #665

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - thanks for the info.  I think that the link might be broken btw.
Fusilier
GM, 1316 posts
Your Guide
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 11:05
  • msg #666

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Link fixed.
Tom Handley
NPC, 254 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 13:21
  • msg #667

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #666):

Link working fine - thanks for that. Very helpful...
Oskar Friedmann
player, 558 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 14:05
  • msg #668

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Tom Handley
NPC, 255 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 18:46
  • msg #669

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Is Tom aware of the Major's current location? Also, from where we are would we have heard the burst of gunfire from Pearce?
Fusilier
GM, 1317 posts
Your Guide
Fri 26 Feb 2010
at 19:15
  • msg #670

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #669):

1 Tom was in the vehicles so he'd heard whatever came over the radio like the rest.

2 Not heard. Or if anything it would just sound muffled and mixed in with the other sporadic gunfire (there's the odd shot coming from the courthouse to harass the Soviets outside as well)... and wouldn't peek your interest.
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:15, Fri 26 Feb 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 116 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 00:16
  • msg #671

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm probably going to be out of contact, or limited until at least Sunday night PST.  NPC as necessary.

In other, unrelated news, I have been accepted to the United States Military Academy at West Point!  While I'm sure most of you distrust Officers, this is a big accomplishment for me, and I've been working very hard in my studies to make sure I had this chance.  Just wanted to share.
Varis Babicevs
player, 438 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 01:16
  • msg #672

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #671):

Congrats, man! That's not easy to do.
Tom Handley
NPC, 256 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 05:24
  • msg #673

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #671):

Congrats mate!
Fusilier
GM, 1318 posts
Your Guide
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 05:49
  • msg #674

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #671):

Awesome! Congratulations.
Fusilier
GM, 1319 posts
Your Guide
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 06:24
  • msg #675

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

This is a list of rockets and radios listed in the PC's sheets...

Rooke (L85A2):
Cougarnet (PRC6515) Hand (2km), radio ("borrowed" from Fox)

Ben (SAW):
Individual Tac radio
M72A4

Frank M16A2/M203:
.5km Hand Radio
AT-4

Mike M-16A2/M-203:
SEM 52-S Short Range Hand Radio

Oskar MAG GPMG:
Hand Radio (AN/PRC-68)
LAW 80

Tom M16A2/M203:
Soviet short-range radio
AT-4

Varis AK74/BG-15:
RPG-18 Disposable AT Rocket
RPG-22 Disposable AT Rocket
Robert Mitchell
player, 278 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 13:07
  • msg #676

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
In other, unrelated news, I have been accepted to the United States Military Academy at West Point!  While I'm sure most of you distrust Officers, this is a big accomplishment for me, and I've been working very hard in my studies to make sure I had this chance.  Just wanted to share.


Congratulations!

As long as Officers listen to their NCOs then they're ususally trusted more! <G>
Tom Handley
NPC, 258 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 13:25
  • msg #677

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Regarding item weights, do they have an impact on gameplay, especially in combat?

Can someone confirm weight of individual 40mm HEDP and ILLUM grenades so I can update my character sheet accordingly.

Thanks.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 206 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 20:10
  • msg #678

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm a bit backed up by personal obligations and work this week.  I will try and post tonight or tomorrow (Sunday 2/28)
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 207 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 27 Feb 2010
at 20:11
  • msg #679

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #671):

Good for you!  Congratulations!
Robert Mitchell
player, 279 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 28 Feb 2010
at 18:02
  • msg #680

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

John Jameson McCarthy:
"Pearce, get Slingshot ready for the fire mission on the Police HQ and ask the SEALs how they intend to exfiltrate to our troops, unless they need nannying too."


Great final comment - I think that it conveys just how pissed off JJM is at present! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1320 posts
Your Guide
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 09:12
  • msg #681

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I know we usually slow down a bit on weekends, and are missing some PC posts, but I'm going to have to put up the turn later today.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1067 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 10:24
  • msg #682

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
Regarding item weights, do they have an impact on gameplay, especially in combat?

They damn well should! Under your characters Load you shouldn't have any problems.
Go over the characters Load and you tire a lot faster and can't run (this is a BAD thing).
Tom Handley:
Can someone confirm weight of individual 40mm HEDP and ILLUM grenades so I can update my character sheet accordingly.

http://www.pmulcahy.com/ is about the best place you can go for weights.
An HEDP is 0.3kg and ILLUM 0.2kg.
Tom Handley
NPC, 259 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 11:46
  • msg #683

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #682):

Thanks Ben!

FYI - I am now 5kg over my Load stat, due to carrying the AT-4. If this is going to make a big difference to me in combat I will try to dump the AT-4 onto another PC. Any volunteers?
This message was last edited by unknown at 11:51, Mon 01 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1321 posts
Your Guide
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 12:00
  • msg #684

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #683):

Are you counting what is in your rucksack towards the total weight you are carrying? I'm assuming everyone left their packs in the carriers. Normally in situations like we have here, only the webbing is carried.

Webbing and rucksack = marching order
Just webbing = fighting order
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:00, Mon 01 Mar 2010.
Tom Handley
NPC, 260 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 12:16
  • msg #685

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #684):

My pack is in the truck, so just including carried & webbing. Total is 34.55kg, compared to my Load stat of 30. Please feel free to check my character sheet to make sure I have my weights right...
This message was last edited by unknown at 12:16, Mon 01 Mar 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 113 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 12:31
  • msg #686

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think that I need to check encumbrance with Rooke as he's loaded down with two 7.62mmN belts.  He'd bitched about it in character but I haven't actually done the maths to check whether he's over his load stat.

What's the weight of a 7.62mmN belt?
Fusilier
GM, 1322 posts
Your Guide
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 12:40
  • msg #687

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #686):

Are they 100 round belts? I'm assuming so... 2.5kg each.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1069 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 12:56
  • msg #688

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

If only a kilo or two over load, I don't think there's a great need to worry about it at the moment. Chances are we'll burn through a kilo or two of ammo each in the next 5 minutes or so.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 114 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 13:22
  • msg #689

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #686):

Are they 100 round belts? I'm assuming so... 2.5kg each.


They are - thanks.

Ben Jagelis:
If only a kilo or two over load, I don't think there's a great need to worry about it at the moment. Chances are we'll burn through a kilo or two of ammo each in the next 5 minutes or so.


Personally I'm worried that we've been sitting still for too long and that we're about to get counter attacked.

Fuse - how long have we been dismounted from the vehicles?  I'm assuming that it's something like about 20mins?
Fusilier
GM, 1324 posts
Your Guide
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 13:27
  • msg #690

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #689):

Yeah that's about right... about 20 minutes.

I posted this a couple days ago - Considering this was one of the primary axis of advance into Gdansk, there should be an understrength battalion operating in this area. Since you've got the locations down for only about a platoon's worth, there's a lot more that you are not aware of.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:30, Mon 01 Mar 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 280 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 13:40
  • msg #691

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Maybe "counter attacked" should have been "assaulted in strength"! <G>
Ben Jagelis
player, 1071 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 13:55
  • msg #692

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'd thought it had only been a few minutes - one or two to move Young over to the vehicles, another minute or two to inspect wounds and two or three to grab some spare ammo and come back.
Robert Mitchell
player, 281 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 13:59
  • msg #693

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben - I think that you've misread the comment above - it's been 20 mins since we first disembarked from the vehicles and then discovered the AFVs.

Not 20 mins static where we are.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 115 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 14:07
  • msg #694

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
"Four one. You are to assault westward into the police station staying in the southern section of the building as much as possible. You are to clear a path through the building and link up with Sunray in the next building."

"Remaining units to provide fire support to Four One as required."


Sorry, I might be being a bit dopey but is Four One: Oskar, Rooke and Handley?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1072 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 14:08
  • msg #695

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ah, well I put that misinterpretation down to it being 1am and several hours past bed time.
There's more to the orders yet but that's a start. The PC group isn't to move from it's current location - yet. If Volodya's men get into too much trouble, THEN we may move to reinforce them.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 116 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 19:10
  • msg #696

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I've just realised that Voldoya's squad is callsign "Four One" isn't it?
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 637 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 19:35
  • msg #697

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Sending Voldya's squad into teh Police HQ means the Soviet injured soldier is a dead man. Oh well, yet more for JJ to feel sorry about...the guy's going to have to develop a conscience.
Fusilier
GM, 1326 posts
Your Guide
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 19:42
  • msg #698

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #696):

Correct.

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #697):

Likely correct as well.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 560 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 20:50
  • msg #699

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

:(

I'm a little lost.  Where's the fire coming from?  Which building are the gang infiltrating?
Robert Mitchell
player, 282 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 21:37
  • msg #700

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #699):

I think that the gang have travelled a little way down the road that runs West from where our vehicles are to where the T-80 was and have then entered the Police HQ on its southern side.  If that's right then it means that the fire has come from the direction of the T-80.

Fuse - has any fire come from the upper levels of the Police HQ?  If so can any of the vehicle gunners engage and can any members of 1st squad see any targets in the Police HQ?

Fusilier:
The southern drawl of the SEAL radioman then comes over the net, "Four One Alpha. We've got fire from the BMP and infantry in the building next to you... and ahh... we've got some serious movement between the reservoir and the tool shops. Here they come. Over."


From looking at the larger area map I think that this means that the enemy are approaching the town hall and courts from the North West.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 117 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 22:08
  • msg #701

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
FYI - I am now 5kg over my Load stat, due to carrying the AT-4. If this is going to make a big difference to me in combat I will try to dump the AT-4 onto another PC. Any volunteers?


Having done the maths now Rooke will be over his load stat if he takes the AT-4 back.  In retrospect he was overloaded the whole time he was on point while we made our way through the buildings to shoot at the AFVs.

I suggest that you have a look through his equipment and work out what he will actually be carrying as his fighting load.  When I took over Rooke he was carrying a set of thermal fatigues as well as wearing a normal set (rather than having the thermal ones in his pack).
Ben Jagelis
player, 1073 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 1 Mar 2010
at 23:59
  • msg #702

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

John Jameson McCarthy:
...the Soviet injured soldier is a dead man.

What injured Soviet was that?   ;)

Definately want to leave the thermals in the vehicles, if not all the way back with the softskins.

The weight of the AT weapons shouldn't be too much of a concern either. At this stage the PC group is stationary and unlikely to move anywhere in the immediate future. Of course we all know we're almost certainly going to have to go in to support Volodya and 2 Section, but hopefully we'll have burnt off a few mags of ammo first in fire support and dropped our loads down a bit.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:58, Tue 02 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1327 posts
Your Guide
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 01:15
  • msg #703

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #699):

Me too. I had difficulty typing out my thoughts coherently.

I'll try to get an update up to the map to show it, but Mitch is correct. They went SW from their position marked on the map to the gate/checkpoint on the road, through that and then NE into the Police HQ (their path shaped like a V).

Half of the squad made it into the HQ when fire came from the left.

The PCs are directly across the street with no direct view to where the fire is coming from. The tracers are streaking across your front, from left to right down the length of the road. The SEALs confirmed that this is coming from the BMP, he also reported infantry firing from the building adjoined to the one you're currently in.

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #700):

No. Nobody is spotted on the roof of the HQ by you or the vehicles.

Yes, coming in from the NW.
This message was last edited by the GM at 01:18, Tue 02 Mar 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 118 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 03:31
  • msg #704

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

How many entrances are there to the building we just came out of?  Is it a mixed office building like the one we shot rockets from, or is it kind of hollowed out?  I assumed the latter, with only 1-2 entrances to worry about, but I'll adjust my post if different.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1075 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 03:41
  • msg #705

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Must be time for a new map I think showing windows, doorways, mouse holes, etc.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1076 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 05:48
  • msg #707

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
"Hey LT, do you want some smoke to cover Four-One? They're getting their asses shot off out there and we can't return fire from this position."

They're already all in cover. I had thought they'd enter through the eastern side of the building somewhere rather than through the south. Obviously that wasn't possible or the barrier across the road wouldn't have been located where it is.
Fusilier
GM, 1328 posts
Your Guide
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 15:50
  • msg #708

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Sorry, I don't have any time tonight to put together a map or a worthwhile post about the building. I'll try tomorrow at work.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:50, Tue 02 Mar 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 439 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 22:42
  • msg #709

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Sorry guys, I want to post IC as Varis but I'm not really sure where he is or what he's supposed to be doing, ATM.
Robert Mitchell
player, 283 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 2 Mar 2010
at 23:44
  • msg #710

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think that Varis is with Oskar, Handley and Rooke looking northwards from the ruined building while Mike and Frank cover the western and southern sides.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 561 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 00:05
  • msg #711

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
Sorry guys, I want to post IC as Varis but I'm not really sure where he is or what he's supposed to be doing, ATM.


Ditto.
Fusilier
GM, 1329 posts
Your Guide
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 00:11
  • msg #712

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ok, give me a few hours and I'll get something up to clarify things before doing up the turn post. Apologies.
Robert Mitchell
player, 285 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 00:14
  • msg #713

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I've posted general "keeping watch" posts for both Mitch and Rooke but I'll amend if there is something that they should be doing.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1077 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 01:17
  • msg #714

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Everyone except Frank and Mike are watching across the street and should be ready to provide Volodya with fire support and also (if possible) watch for enemy approaching down the street and across the rooftops.

JJ, Anna and Pearce are of course in the Law court while the vehicles are doing their own thing east of the bus.

Don't be afraid to use ammo even if it's just suppressive in nature - that's our task for the moment.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 562 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 02:08
  • msg #715

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

"Fire support" = shoot at nothing and hope you don't hit the gang?  That's a shit plan.  Oskar is going in.  This whole place is about to be running with Soviets and the vehicles are either going to be gone or smoking hulks.
Varis Babicevs
player, 440 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 02:21
  • msg #716

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


In my last IC post, Varis was already supposed to be plinking away at 2nd story police HQ windows so...

I guess Varis will have to decide what to do when a.) he's issued orders and b.) when Oskar takes off on his own. Varis may be tempted to join him.

I'm not impatient or anything- I just don't folks to think I'm dissinterested.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:23, Wed 03 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1079 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 03:54
  • msg #717

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fire support is VITAL to success!

We are appoximately 90 degrees from the axis of their advance and in a perfect position to put automatic fire and 40mm grenades into windows and doors of the rooms Volodya's group are just about to enter.

The M240 is absolutely NOT suitable for close combat. It IS designed for fire support as is the bulk of our weaponry on hand.

Going in alone is at least gross insubordination and at worst will get Oskar and others killed. From our current location he would have to cross in front of the BMP to enter the building AND expose himself to what appears to be increasingly heavy enemy fire. If we move, which is likely to happen, we move as a unit.

The approach of the Soviets is yet another reason to stay where we are. By bunching up in one location we a) reduce our ability to know what's going on in the local area and b) allow the enemy to destroy us all in one go.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1080 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 05:45
  • msg #718

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm on the road for the next week but will have my blackberry with me. I'll be able (I hope) to keep up but don't expect any long posts.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 119 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 09:38
  • msg #719

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Going in alone is at least gross insubordination and at worst will get Oskar and others killed.


Isn't gross insubordination an essential part of Oskar's personality? <G>
Oskar Friedmann
player, 563 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 15:49
  • msg #720

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

What makes you think he'd be going in through the front door?  The Bradley should've rammed that building already and made it's own hole.  I don't know why you ordered the gang to walk through the middle of an open field of fire rather than look for any other entrance but Oskar's a PC, he can make his own decisions.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 120 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 3 Mar 2010
at 16:56
  • msg #721

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #720):

What else is Oskar armed with besides the M240?

Fuse - What weapon is lying in the road next to the member of Voldoya's squad who died?
This message was last edited by the player at 16:57, Wed 03 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1330 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 02:01
  • msg #722

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Hey all,

I spent all yesterday at home with an internet connection that has stopped working. So I wasn't able to put up the map I updated or a description of the buildings and positions. I'm calling for tech support after work today and hopefully will get things sorted out so we can get on with this final stage of the umm... battle/mission. Please be patient - I know some of you are hesitant to make a move not really having a clear idea of things.

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #721):

AK74 (it was the feral looking kid with the cigarrete burns on his cheek).
Tom Handley
NPC, 264 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 07:42
  • msg #723

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #721):

AK74 (it was the feral looking kid with the cigarrete burns on his cheek).


I feel bad now for abusing the kid in my first post... Oh well, hey ho!
Ben Jagelis
player, 1082 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 08:33
  • msg #724

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The order was to enter the building. How they did that was left up to them. The fact they choose to move through a fire lane and attract attention was completely out of the PCs hands.
The three vehicles were not used in such a manner as the Bradely is a) under crewed, b) has a wear value of 10 and therefore could break down at the worst possible time, c) the building wasn't and still isn't believed to he strongly held.

Additionally, it was beleived wise to leave ourselves with some sort of a concealed reserve - this is what the vehicles represented but now the BMP has been revealed as still dangerous, the Bradely "card" needs to be played.
Fusilier
GM, 1331 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 11:00
  • msg #725

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)



So as you can see (if it isn't too faint) is a dotted line showing the route Squad 2 took to get to the Police HQ. Its basically the same route HQ took - and while being the only way possible (although they've learned their lesson and will smoke next time).

In the Police HQ, Volodya's five remaining men have just entered the bottom floor. The last bit of information you have (actually only JJM knows this I think) is that a Soviet squad +/- sized unit was clearing the upper floors. They were last seen on the second floor. It is four floors in total with the roof connecting onto the roof of the Courthouse (there's also secret access points like through the elevator shafts but its likely the enemy are unaware of this).

JJM's team & the mission objective is on the 3rd floor of the town hall. They are heading to the basement where there is access to gain entry to the sewers. The large arrows on the map indicate the presence of a significant enemy assault.

The gunfire that hit volodya's fire is indicated on the map. The sources are not in view. All you can see are the tracers zipping past from left to right down the length of the road... your guess & and from what the SEAL told you is what is marked on the map.

The vehicle team has been on the lookout, but nothing has been seen at this point.

The First Squad are in the lobby of an office/government administration building. Its basically a large open room with a centrally located information desk/island. The wide entrance is where the windows and glass doors were busted out. Your field of view here stretches down as far as the courthouse. Too see further or see the rooftops, you need to move closer out to the entrance or beyond into the street.

Here is a similar layout to where the squad is. The differences are the desk isn't like a office desk, but more like an enclosed island with a pair of chair behind it. Like a semi circle angled away from the entrance.

The entrance is twice as big... two double glass doors (smashed out) + two full length glass windows (also smashed out).

Firing positions further back mean you have less field of view (example the behind the desk won't be able to the see higher than the 2nd floor of the police station because its too far back. Up in the corners where those two plants are pictured means you can... but only one guy can fit in each spot and is more exposed.

To make it more clear I'll label six simple firing positions...

1/2 can see up to the roof and as far down to the left as the courts (more if you venture out). The walls here also has full stopping protection from small arms rounds.

3/8 behind the corner can see up to the 2nd floor of the Police HQ

4/5/6/7 same as above... but you can squeeze in 4 shooters. Its bunched up but the protection is slightly better than the walls for 3/8.

There's other positions elsewhere in the building, but by the time you explore them out you might have run out of time... or into a mine.



Also. For gameplay, I just want to say that enemy have been on the move in one way or another since you've shot up the AFVs (or earlier). If someone/thing suddenly shows up quite close, please don't think I magically teleported them over to screw you or your plans.

If there is anything else I can do to help explain, ask away.
This message was last edited by the GM at 11:01, Thu 04 Mar 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 121 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 11:19
  • msg #726

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks for this.  Very useful!

I reckon that Rooke is probably in position 2 unless he's been pushed out of it by Oskar, Varis or Handley.
This message was last edited by the player at 11:20, Thu 04 Mar 2010.
Tom Handley
NPC, 265 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 11:57
  • msg #727

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Are we assuming that Mike & Frank are still in this area, and so taking up 2 of the 8 slots? If so, can I propose the following (not a command, just for ease of future action):

1 - Oskar
2 - Rooke
3 - Mike
4 - Tom
5 - Ben
6 - Varis
7 - (empty)
8 - Frank


If, however, Mike and Frank are not included, as they are further back in the building in unmarked positions, the we could adjust as follows:

1 - Oskar
2 - Rooke
3 - Tom
4 - (empty)
5 - Ben
6 - (empty)
7 - (empty)
8 - Varis


What does everyone think - any objections? As I said, I am not dictating, this is just a suggestion...
Fusilier
GM, 1332 posts
Your Guide
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 13:43
  • msg #728

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

What I'll do is hold off the turn post until tomorrow night, thus giving everyone a chance to post any changes they want to do before the next roll of the dice.
Helmut Meyer
player, 520 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 15:26
  • msg #729

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
If, however, Mike and Frank are not included, as they are further back in the building in unmarked positions...


That might be the wisest if the squad isn't moving. The enemy is bound to show up here in order to help secure the checkpoint (and continue looking for us).
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 211 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 20:53
  • msg #730

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Wow!  WE're in a world of shit coming up!
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 122 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 4 Mar 2010
at 21:55
  • msg #731

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #730):

I think that you're right.

1. We're trying to provide covering fire (presumably with the intention of suppressing the enemy) against a position to the north of us that has a higher elevation than we do.  Ok we've got loads of GLs but I can't see us winning that exchange unless the enemy if truly incompetent or very small in number.

2. The enemy is able to approach quite close to us on our southern and western sides without being seen as we're on the ground floor of the north eastern corner of a very large building.  In particular because we're on the bottom level of a several story building there is already a danger that there are some enemy above us.

Essentially I think that we're in the wrong place.  I'm not sure what the right place is but it certainly isn't where we currently are.

If the Major's group wasn't separated from us I'd suggest that we pull back to the area round the vehicles and try to set up defensive positions amongst the walls and rubble around the overpass or in the houses on the other side of the overpass if the trees are bare/destroyed.  Even that would be vulnerable to fire from elevated positions in the Police HQ but I think that it would be better than where we are.

I think that we're about to pay the price for dithering for too long!

I'm half expecting an RPG round to come flying at either the BMP or the BTR from an enemy advance unit that's infiltrated round the militia's HQ.
Fusilier
GM, 1334 posts
Your Guide
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 17:13
  • msg #732

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ok. A lot of things happened roughly at the same time in this turn, so it might be a little hard to follow. I'm doing a map now to try to add some clarity.
Fusilier
GM, 1335 posts
Your Guide
Fri 5 Mar 2010
at 17:59
  • msg #733

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Summary...

Big explosion on NW side of courthouse then Russians reported entering the building... indicating a forced breach (mouseholing and not using the doors).

JJM and Anna are on the 3rd floor, along with 1 one the SEALS (the spotter) and their wounded PFL guide. The other SEAL (shooter) radioed that the enemy were taking the police roof next door and he was on his way down.

Pearce and everyone else were last seen heading down the stairs, going on to the basement which has the sewer access.

An explosion on the roof of the Police HQ marked where the Soviets blasted their way through the access door. They are not currently in view (too far back to be seen from the ground).

There's no info regarding Volodya's crew.

Blasts of different sizes (including a big one) and gunfire are hitting the vehicles. AFVs have been reported. No further info is available.


This message was last edited by the GM at 18:01, Fri 05 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1083 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 03:41
  • msg #734

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Note: Ben is not against moving about to find a better position. He IS against leaving the current general locatio (ie the building), crossing the street and bunching up with everyone else in the police station.
I'm currently in a bit of a blackspot and will be for the next 24 to 48 hours. Posts are likely to be short at best.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 566 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 05:45
  • msg #735

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben's IC brings up a good point - its not entirely clear what IC knowledge the characters have.  Fus, you've dropped a lot of off-camera stuff about the Soviet advance, so I'm unsure of where to draw the line.

However, those AFVs moving north are a bigass hint, aren't they?


...posted from the afterparty.  :p.  Anyone can carve a little time to get their dork on.   :)
Fusilier
GM, 1336 posts
Your Guide
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 06:17
  • msg #736

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #735):

Yeah, I guess I did. But the section for your PC (East Ruin) should be all that you "know"... and nothing in the rest of the narrative.

That's why I sometimes repeat describing events but offer different amounts of detail. For example - for Oskar's group all I wrote was that there was a large explosion behind the courthouse. But for JJM it was an explosion against the courthouse followed by shooting, and a comment about a breach. The amount that you know is what's in your section only (unless it was a radio broadcast),

So yes, IG Ben's post is correct. He's going by what I posted for him.

The off camera stuff at the top was just something different I've never done before, and just wanted to throw it in. Its not meant to be information to the PCs. For days I've been spending a lot of time rolling dice and keeping track of lots of movements, actions and events. So in a way it was just to reflect on that.

I hope I'm making sense here and answering your question adequately.
Fusilier
GM, 1337 posts
Your Guide
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 06:58
  • msg #737

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Unaware of the situation to their east...

As far as anyone but Mike knew...

So this is correct. Mitch's report of AFV's would have only been picked up by Mike who is carrying the AN/PRCU-70 secure manpack [FO Radio] which is tuned to the carriers' freq.

This means until Mike relays the message all you know is there is a loud shitstorm going on out where the vehicles are parked.
This message was last edited by the GM at 07:00, Sat 06 Mar 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 287 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 09:12
  • msg #738

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Ben Jagelis:
Unaware of the situation to their east...

As far as anyone but Mike knew...

So this is correct. Mitch's report of AFV's would have only been picked up by Mike who is carrying the AN/PRCU-70 secure manpack [FO Radio] which is tuned to the carriers' freq.

This means until Mike relays the message all you know is there is a loud shitstorm going on out where the vehicles are parked.


Personally I think that it's a fairly large shitstorm! <G>

Fuse - I reckon that all PCs can hear a lot of firing from the area of the vehicles as that is about 40m away looking at the scale on the map!  Certainly the sound of Mitch firing the KPV.
This message was last edited by the player at 09:16, Sat 06 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1338 posts
Your Guide
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 09:34
  • msg #739

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #738):

Yes they can.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 212 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 14:57
  • msg #740

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Can Frank hear the message come across since he's near Mike?
Fusilier
GM, 1339 posts
Your Guide
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 15:50
  • msg #741

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #740):

He is right next to him isn't he. Ok then.
Robert Mitchell
player, 288 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 16:10
  • msg #742

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
Can Frank hear the message come across since he's near Mike?


Fusilier:
He is right next to him isn't he. Ok then.


Mitch is yelling into the radio! <G>

Not for Mike's benefit but he is yelling!
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 213 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Sat 6 Mar 2010
at 18:40
  • msg #743

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #740):

He is right next to him isn't he. Ok then.

Yes he is, just wanted to make sure before I posted without thinking...
Fusilier
GM, 1341 posts
Your Guide
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 09:00
  • msg #744

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Hello everyone. I've just gotten back online from having no internet service for 3 days. Tech support just left my house. I'll get everything going again tonight.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1085 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 09:07
  • msg #745

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

No rush, I won't be near a real computer for about another 12 hours. Then add reading time.
Robert Mitchell
player, 289 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 9 Mar 2010
at 14:48
  • msg #746

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #744):

Superb - I'm looking forward to mayhem breaking out! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1343 posts
Your Guide
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 15:12
  • msg #747

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Varis & Tom are at the end of a dark hallway (lined with offices - some doors open and some closed). At the end of the hall towards the west, about 20 meters is another intersection. There are two riflemen (one at each corner).

Ben & Oscar are covering north from the small reception/foyer.

Rooke is down the hall to the east which leads into a documents storage room.

Mike and Frank (I'm not exactly sure where they are positioned, other than covering the squad's rear). I put them in the lobby with Oskar/Ben otherwise they won't be able to talk/see them.





Robert Mitchell
player, 290 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 15:34
  • msg #748

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Superb turn!

Mayhem is breaking out!

And mayhem = great role playing opportunity! <S>
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 125 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 17:51
  • msg #749

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - How did the squad enter the building we're currently in initially?

Is my memory correct and we sneaked down the main East-West road a little way and then entered into the lobby where Ben and Oskar currently are?
Fusilier
GM, 1344 posts
Your Guide
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 17:53
  • msg #750

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #749):

Yes. You're in the same entrance you came in through.
Mike Catchings
player, 120 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 18:22
  • msg #751

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Did the rounds from the two hostiles Varis and Handley are engaging come anywhere near Frank and Mike?  Also, is Ben on the Platoon net again, or am I going to have to relay the Major's message?  Also, was their any indication of what caused the scream? Like a grenade trap or something?
Fusilier
GM, 1345 posts
Your Guide
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 19:00
  • msg #752

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #751):

No, most of the rounds went into the ceiling. Mike and Frank heard the shooting around the corner and down the hall, and that's it.

I believe Ben is on the platoon net. I don't think you need to relay it.

No indication on the scream. There was no explosions or gunshots heard within the building, although there is a shitstorm going on outside. It was just a shriek of pain and then it went quiet.
This message was last edited by the GM at 19:01, Wed 10 Mar 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 291 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 20:19
  • msg #753

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #752):

Ben Jagelis:
Unaware of the situation to their east (he's on the infantry not vehicle net) Ben reacted as best he could to the little they did know.


Sorry to butt in but this is from message #608 on the Ch.5 Gdansk - Call To Arms thread and suggests that, though Ben has been switching between the two radio nets, he's currently not on the same net as the Major or any of the vehicle commanders so Mike will need to relay messages.

Ben will obviously confirm but I thought I would mention this now just in case Mike is writing an IC post.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 643 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 21:52
  • msg #754

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That's why I issued directions on both nets.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 126 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 10 Mar 2010
at 22:11
  • msg #755

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #754):

Good point - that means that most of the unit heard the instructions to Ben from the Major.  To be exact:

John Jameson McCarthy:
JJ heard the call come in from the vehicles that they were taking fire he frowned and switched to the vehicle net and said, "St. Gil, get ready to bug out, advise me of an RV point ASAP."

He switched to the Infantry net and said, "Seagull, this is Sunray, will exfiltrate without support. Your priority is to keep the unit together as a fighting force. No Alamos here. Good luck, son."

He resumed his wait for the SEAL.

Mike Catchings
player, 121 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 00:35
  • msg #756

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #755):
Regardless, Mike is close enough to relay it if Ben confirms OOC he's off the net.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 215 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 02:56
  • msg #757

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #756):

Sorry, been in limbo the past couple of days.  My Mom had surgery and I've been going back and forth between work and the hospital.  Will try to keep up the best I can the next ferw days.
Tom Handley
NPC, 269 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 15:07
  • msg #758

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Kaminski's hysterical voice breaks the static, "Fuckin' RPG on da roof! We're on fuckin' FIRE!"


Kaminski is new to me - I'm guessing you are in one of the vehicles. Is this correct?
Robert Mitchell
player, 293 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 15:33
  • msg #759

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think that Kaminski is currently being NPCd.

Have a read of his background on the cast list for more detail but I believe that he is Polish Jew, native to Gdansk and is a figure of some importance in the local criminal underworld.  He owns a brothel, has a driver called Otto (who's not on the cast list) who he shouts at a lot and is an ex soldier (I think).

He's currently the commander of our BTR, call sign Four Zero.  We also have a M2 Bradley (One Zero), which JJM normally commands but he's currently dismounted, and a BMP minus its turret (Two Zero) which Mitch is commanding.

Kaminski's player is also a great writer and it's worth going back to some old posts of his for a read if you've got the time.

-------------------------------------------------------------------

Fuse - it's probably a good idea to clarify who is in which vehicle as far as people know.

Mitch and Jordan are in the BMP.

Weiss and St. Gil are in the Bradley.

Kaminski and Otto are in the BTR.

Where are Fox and Young though?  I think that they're both in the Bradley but I've lost track to be honest.
Fusilier
GM, 1346 posts
Your Guide
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 15:38
  • msg #760

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Where are Fox and Young though?  I think that they're both in the Bradley but I've lost track to be honest.


That's correct. They are both in the passenger compartment.

Kaminski is being NPC'd. The player is took a break from the game because of other commitments, but hopefully he'll be back soon - he is a good writer.
Robert Mitchell
player, 295 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 16:10
  • msg #761

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Krzysztof Kaminski:
Robert Mitchell:
"Which fucking roof?  What direction?" replied Mitch across the vehicle radio net.


"The polizei!" Kaminski screams back over the radio. "Smoke! Can't see anything... we're getting the fuck out of here before they get another shot into us!"


Superb - but does he mean the Police HQ or the Police Academy? <G>

Mitch doesn't have enough time to ask him another question this round unfortunately! <G>

I'm sure that we'll find out soon enough though!
Fusilier
GM, 1347 posts
Your Guide
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 16:13
  • msg #762

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #761):

Edited. The rooftop of the Police HQ.

I don't think it was transmitted over the radio that it was seized by Soviet infantry either.
Robert Mitchell
player, 296 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 11 Mar 2010
at 16:30
  • msg #763

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #761):

Edited. The rooftop of the Police HQ.

I don't think it was transmitted over the radio that it was seized by Soviet infantry either.


Ah - so that's the first that Mitch has heard IC that there are enemy in the Police HQ?  I hadn't actually realised that but I don't think that I've made any mistakes based on that OOC knowledge.
Fusilier
GM, 1349 posts
Your Guide
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 16:16
  • msg #764

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #763):

I believe so. With the different channels I might be mistaken, but either way he knows now the rooftop is a threat.
Mike Catchings
player, 123 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 20:40
  • msg #765

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #633):
If Mike were to just relay what Oskar said, would it count for Oskar's FO skill?
Mike Catchings
player, 124 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 20:54
  • msg #766

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Edited my IC post ending about Rooke, since I didn't notice that he posted that he was there in the lobby too.

Mike worked with the Marians in the hospital frequently, as he is one of the few medically trained personnel in the IB. Coupled with his IB duties, he's had a busy and draining time since his platoon from  2nd LAR was abandoned. Assuming they're not overrun, Mike could find them and get them in.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 130 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 12 Mar 2010
at 21:07
  • msg #767

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #766):

A small piece of good news! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1350 posts
Your Guide
Sun 14 Mar 2010
at 12:08
  • msg #768

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #765):

Its probably the best you can do. I roll it.

I'm working on the turn now. Just a reminder - if you haven't done so, everyone please ensure any ammo/grenade expenditures have been deducted.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 131 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 14 Mar 2010
at 20:51
  • msg #769

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - a couple of questions for you.

1. Am I correct that the member of Voldoya's squad is firing at the ruined building to our West?

2. Can Rooke still see the body of the feral kid with the cigarette burns on his face?  I think that he died just outside the door we're heading for?  If Rooke can see his body can he also see either of his WP grenades?  Essentially I'm thinking about having Rooke grab one or two of them off his body as he crosses the road.

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1353 posts
Your Guide
Sun 14 Mar 2010
at 21:47
  • msg #770

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #769):

1. Yeah, likely to where they took fire from when they first entered the building and one of them got killed. Or it could be on the west side of the building where Varis and Tom discovered enemy.

...so yes, in that area.

2. He can see the body, at the foot of a couple stairs that go to the open door. Can't see any particular details like WP grenades, but he has a small nylon backpack on. It'll take a couple seconds to either go through it or remove it.

3. I actually got interrupted doing the vehicle portion. I'm afraid it'll have to wait until tomorrow sometime. Also, I'll be out of town for a couple days - I expect to have internet access, but it might be limited. I'll do my best to get the vehicle turn up (as well as the next game turn).
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 132 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 14 Mar 2010
at 22:15
  • msg #771

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #770):

Thanks for the info and no worries about the details of the vehicle portion of the turn.

EDIT - does the feral kid have any AK-74 mags visible, possibly in webbing?  Varis might need some extra ammo....
This message was last edited by the player at 22:24, Sun 14 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1086 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 11:49
  • msg #772

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Been a bit busy this pass week and only just now able to catch up.
From what I can see, up until JJ's order to withdraw there was little need to panic at all.
Yes, the vehicles were under attack, but from what I can see from the infantry point of view, we had one person (Kaminski) panicking, and the Bradley basically doing exactly as it was supposed to - firing.

Inside our southern building we had a contact on the upper floor which has resulted in little effect (Varis and Handley had held them off easily).
Downstairs there was still no contact with our rearguard and the rest of the unit where still seeking targets of ANY type, infantry or vehicular.

Information provided by JJ was minimal at best.

Information from one sniper was useful, but nothing to immediately worry about (give it a few more minutes...)

Reports from the vehicles were worrying, but not much we could really do without being cut to shreds.

If I'd been able to post, it would probably have been words to stop the panic. Up until Fuse's post (msg #641) all was fine (although deteriorating steadily).
This message was last edited by the player at 11:50, Mon 15 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1087 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 11:55
  • msg #773

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
From the rooftop of the police station, you hear the blasts as the first two 60mm HE rounds from Meyer arrive.

I thought the order had been for smoke....? (see msg #640)
Tom Handley
NPC, 272 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 12:28
  • msg #774

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Inside our southern building we had a contact on the upper floor which has resulted in little effect (Varis and Handley had held them off easily).


As I understand it Tom & Varis were still on the ground floor when contact was made, as the enemy was at the bottom of the stairwell they were approaching.

In our building we have threats from the west (where Tom & Varis were) and the south (where Frank & Mike were). Exact nature of current threat unknown due to exchange of fire and grenades, but I think we can assume that if we don't move very soon it will get very messy in the reception area where Oskar & Ben were located. Also, Volodya's team (we assume) are currently firing upon an unknown threat to our west, suggesting that there is probably a sizeable force moving through the ruins there to engage us. Tom & Varis hit the vanguard of this, but there is more to follow.

As posted IC, Tom had decided to move following an anticipated move by Oskar. What other PCs choose to do is up to them.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1088 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 12:43
  • msg #775

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #774):

Ah, yes, you're right. Contact was made at the bottom of the stairs.
Mike Catchings
player, 127 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 14:07
  • msg #776

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #773):
JJ/Pearce called in HE on rooftops from Meyer. Mike called in Smoke from slingshot
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 134 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 14:21
  • msg #777

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
More than slightly annoyed at the growing panic around him, Ben struggled to come up with a plan.
Apparently their vehicles were under attack by enemy armour and possibly infantry. East didn't seem like a great place to go.
Heading west was pure suicide with half a Soviet Battalion crawling through the buildings.
North entailed running across a fire lane which heavy machineguns were tearing up. However, that direction was filled with smoke from a number of white phos grenades, but smoke had a rough time stopping fast moving lead.

Which left south and the complete unknown...
Not an option he wanted to take, especially now Frank was shot in the leg and Handley down to one good eye.

Tom Handley:
"Yo, Sarge, you're in charge, let's get the fuck outta here."

"Get your shit together specialist! We move when we're not going to get ripped apart!"

Ben
Desperately trying to come up with a plan that DOESN'T involve running across fire lanes or getting everyone killed...
C9 Minimi (170/200) + 3x200 rnd belt
M72A4 x1
Grenade, Frag, M67 x5
Grenade, antitank, x1
Personal Medikit, x1

More to come....


Ben - people aren't panicking - they are reacting to the current situation in the lack of leadership from their current squad leader.

Also the situation has evolved beyond Ben coming up with a plan now - Rooke has already followed Oskar's orders and set off across the road so it's probably best to just follow that plan than try to call him back across the road.  Unless Ben knows something that the rest of us don't North is the most viable option to withdraw.
Robert Mitchell
player, 298 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 14:27
  • msg #778

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The person who's actually close to panic is Mitch! <G>
Oskar Friedmann
player, 571 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 16:37
  • msg #779

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Been a bit busy this pass week and only just now able to catch up.
From what I can see, up until JJ's order to withdraw there was little need to panic at all.


Yes, and until a bomb actually EXPLODES, it's just a hunk of metal.  So why panic?

Relying on a divorce from reason and initiative as a refuge from criticism is not tenable.
Tom Handley
NPC, 274 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 17:26
  • msg #780

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
If there was a Latvian Olympic men's track team, Varis could qualify for it easily with this run.


FYI - The Latvian national 100m record is 10.28 seconds, set by Sergejs Inšakovs in 1997. I reckon Varis could kick his butt in the current circumstances...! :)
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 135 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 17:33
  • msg #781

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
OOC - In the next turn please be specific how you intend on crossing. For example all at once? One at a time? Pairs? And in what order. Any staying behind to shoot/cover? This will be very helpful for when I roll. Its a 50 meter dash and will be done in one turn.


Fuse - I think that the answer to this question is a large scale mad dash across the road! <G>
This message was last edited by the player at 17:33, Mon 15 Mar 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 129 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 17:38
  • msg #782

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
Fusilier:
OOC - In the next turn please be specific how you intend on crossing. For example all at once? One at a time? Pairs? And in what order. Any staying behind to shoot/cover? This will be very helpful for when I roll. Its a 50 meter dash and will be done in one turn.


Fuse - I think that the answer to this question is a large scale mad dash across the road! <G>

Or a mad hobble in some cases.

Ben we could use covering fire, since it seems everyone else has already posted that they're in on the dash.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:43, Mon 15 Mar 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 299 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 17:42
  • msg #783

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - a question that might come up soon is whether the Police HQ has thick enough walls to block the 1km radios from communicating with the vehicles.

The dismounts don't have a manpack radio any more so that might be an issue at some point.
Mike Catchings
player, 130 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 17:46
  • msg #784

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Fuse - a question that might come up soon is whether the Police HQ has thick enough walls to block the 1km radios from communicating with the vehicles.

The dismounts don't have a manpack radio any more so that might be an issue at some point.

Mike ended up taking the manpack, so this isn't an issue.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:49, Mon 15 Mar 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 300 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 18:21
  • msg #785

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #784):

Ah - ok - I'd missed that.

Thanks.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1090 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 21:45
  • msg #786

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Reading over the last week of posts there was clearly panic from several people.there was also definate disintergration of unit cohesion.
Now point the finger all you like, but is me missing two turns of posts really cause for any of that?

Besides the possibilty of finding Volodya's section (or what's left of it) why go north in preference to anywhere else? It seems as cut off from withdrawal as anywhere else...  :(
Robert Mitchell
player, 301 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 22:12
  • msg #787

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Reading over the last week of posts there was clearly panic from several people.there was also definate disintergration of unit cohesion.


I disagree with your assessment quite strongly and feel that it is quite insulting but I think that we're just going to have to agree to disagree on this.  Arguing over it serves no purpose.

Ben Jagelis:
Besides the possibilty of finding Volodya's section (or what's left of it) why go north in preference to anywhere else? It seems as cut off from withdrawal as anywhere else...  :(


Firstly writing off Voldoya's section seems a little brutal and morally wrong.  From my reading of the characters (and I stress that this is my opinion) it's something that I can imagine Oskar and Varis doing (and possibly Rooke) but it doesn't seem like something that Mike, Frank or Tom would do and I would have put Ben in the same category.  Maybe I'm wrong about Ben though......

Secondly if we abandon Voldoya and he survives do you really want to contend with him?

Thirdly there have been reports of enemy South, South East and East from Mitch over the vehicle radio net that were then relayed via Mike/Frank to Ben (messages #607, #610 & #611).  We know that there are enemy troops to our West, therefore our least worst option is to the North, where there are friendly troops as well as enemy ones.

Fourthly do you have another suggestion?  When you posted you didn't seem to have an alternative suggestion but if there is one then please say.
Varis Babicevs
player, 447 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 22:15
  • msg #788

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Hey now. Varis has paternalistic feelings towards Volodya and his men. They are part of the same criminal gang enforcer brotherhood.
Robert Mitchell
player, 302 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 22:20
  • msg #789

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #788):

LOL - But if Oskar and Varis end up working for Kaminski won't you become rivals of Gang Anjo?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1091 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 22:31
  • msg #790

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #789):

Yes, I do have an alternative, however I'm waiting on Fuse to reply to a PM.
That's why my last IC post had "more to come" at the bottom - a vain attempt to get people to wait before charging off and doing their own thing (again).

My alternative is dangerous, but not less so than running across a fire lane and towards the centre of the enemy advance.
Robert Mitchell
player, 303 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 15 Mar 2010
at 22:33
  • msg #791

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Why don't you outline that plan for us now?
Varis Babicevs
player, 448 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 02:05
  • msg #792

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #788):

LOL - But if Oskar and Varis end up working for Kaminski won't you become rivals of Gang Anjo?


Varis is currently "networking" in anticipation of a future merger. He's a serious businessman, you see.

; )
Fusilier
GM, 1354 posts
Your Guide
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 12:36
  • msg #793

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm still out of town and internet access is limited. Best I can do is read through all these OOC posts and PMs and answer any questions. I'll do my best to do up the turn tomorrow (even if its abreviated).

1 (Rooke) Just an loaded AK74 and his small nylon backpack. No webbing or visible mags/grenades.

2 (Ben) There was a call for smoke from the 81mm Slingshot call sign for sure. But JJM also called for mortar HE ont the rooftop to help the vehicles. I did both and took it as confusion. Ah, ok Mike seems to already have this answered.

3 (Mitch) Thanks for clearing up the crossing. Single dash ok.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 573 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 12:36
  • msg #794

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
In reply to Varis Babicevs (msg #788):

LOL - But if Oskar and Varis end up working for Kaminski won't you become rivals of Gang Anjo?


Oskar is a proud member of the Brotherhood of Man and would never consider anyone a "rival".
Robert Mitchell
player, 304 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 12:38
  • msg #795

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #794):

Oskar was in the band Brotherhood of Man?  I find that hard to believe! <G>
Oskar Friedmann
player, 574 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 12:53
  • msg #796

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

He also has a standing offer to return to playing xylophone for Sly and the Family Stone whenever he wants to take it.

There's a lot you don't know about me, man.
Robert Mitchell
player, 305 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 12:55
  • msg #797

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I've never even heard of them.....
Oskar Friedmann
player, 575 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 12:58
  • msg #798

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Well then I have a surprise for you.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fwmrd_T53E0
Tom Handley
NPC, 275 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 13:10
  • msg #799

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
Well then I have a surprise for you.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fwmrd_T53E0


Not quite The Osmonds then...!

p.s. Mitch - do NOT view that link at work with the sound on!!!
This message was last edited by unknown at 13:10, Tue 16 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1092 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 16 Mar 2010
at 13:12
  • msg #800

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The potential plan had been to head south and attack the enemy AFVs there before trying a dash eastward. That idea has subsequently been dismissed as a bit too dangerous based on further information.
So, northward it is, into the teeth of an onrushing Soviet mechanised battalion...

:(
Fusilier
GM, 1355 posts
Your Guide
Wed 17 Mar 2010
at 13:29
  • msg #801

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

After thinking it over, I'll postpone the turn until tommorow. I'll be home then, have my rule books, a PC that works properly, and no distactions like the weirdos sitting next to me who keep talking about how "hilarious" the little fox is for the Firefox icon. Sorry about the delay, but it's probably best.
Robert Mitchell
player, 306 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 17 Mar 2010
at 13:54
  • msg #802

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - sorry to add to your workload but I think that you still need to resolve the vehicle element of the current turn.

Sorry.
Fusilier
GM, 1356 posts
Your Guide
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 07:25
  • msg #803

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Fuse - sorry to add to your workload but I think that you still need to resolve the vehicle element of the current turn.


No problem. I should have done it before leaving town. I posted a vehicle resolution for you.

Later tonight I'll get the turn done up for everyone. Looking at where everyone is (including the enemy), its not all lost. Getting across the road is your best bet, and even if you lose people, once over to the HQ you'll be in a much better position to carry on.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1094 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 07:30
  • msg #804

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

So says the man controlling the force intent on our destruction...

;)
Tom Handley
NPC, 276 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 08:52
  • msg #805

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #804):

Neutral, impartial referee I hope!!! :)
Mike Catchings
player, 131 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 15:24
  • msg #806

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

quote:
The doorway was just coming into view when Ben felt the sting of the round cutting across the flesh on the back of his upper leg (just below the buttocks).

Something jumped up and bit Ben!  The army said it was a million dollar wound, but they must keep it cause I never saw a nickel of that million dollars...


Awesome turn post Fuse, especially the "Make way for Varis!"  I'll have a post up after I recover from St Pattys day...
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 136 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 17:12
  • msg #807

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - fantastic turn!

Rooke doesn't have time to look in the pack he's grabbed but please can you tell me the weight of it, just for encumbrance purposes.

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1358 posts
Your Guide
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 17:34
  • msg #808

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Thanks guys.

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #807):

5kg

 AK74 Magazines (1.5 kg) [1] WP Grenade (1kg) [4] Dynamite Sticks w/combustible fuse (1kg) [1] Steel Thermos w/water (1kg) [x] Twine [1] Rain Jacket (.5kg)]
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 137 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 17:53
  • msg #809

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #808):

Thanks for the info - at 1.5kg is that 3 full AK74 Mags?
This message was last edited by the player at 17:53, Thu 18 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1359 posts
Your Guide
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 19:06
  • msg #810

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #809):

Err... yes. Can you see that? I set it as a private message to myself.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 139 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 19:09
  • msg #811

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Thanks guys.

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #807):

5kg

 AK74 Magazines (1.5 kg) [1] WP Grenade (1kg) [4] Dynamite Sticks w/combustible fuse (1kg) [1] Steel Thermos w/water (1kg) [x] Twine [1] Rain Jacket (.5kg)]


Um - it's been posted publically.  Rooke has investigated it anyway as carrying it all will put him over his encumbrance limit.
Fusilier
GM, 1360 posts
Your Guide
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 19:15
  • msg #812

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ah... I see now that when I listed the quantity in the [ ] it closed off the private portion of what was written. No matter, its not important.

Yes, 3 x 30round AK74 mags + what is listed.
Robert Mitchell
player, 309 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 18 Mar 2010
at 20:05
  • msg #813

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
"Careful.  Four-zero is carrying explosives."


Oskar - just to check, I assume that this is said across the radio but I want to be certain before I respond IC.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:06, Thu 18 Mar 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 450 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Fri 19 Mar 2010
at 01:53
  • msg #814

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Varis would be happy to relieve Rooke of a couple of AK-74 mags.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 578 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Fri 19 Mar 2010
at 14:19
  • msg #815

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Oskar Friedmann:
"Careful.  Four-zero is carrying explosives."


Oskar - just to check, I assume that this is said across the radio but I want to be certain before I respond IC.


Yeah, that's over the radio net.

I don't know what your character would know about what's stored, but this thread:
link to a message in this game
...has the details.  The explosives were the big concern - it includes dynamite, I think.
Robert Mitchell
player, 311 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 19 Mar 2010
at 22:51
  • msg #816

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Oskar Friedmann (msg #815):

Thanks for this info.

Fuse - are we still in combat turns?

Thanks.
Fusilier
GM, 1363 posts
Your Guide
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 05:50
  • msg #817

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #816):

Hmmm... no. At this moment its probably not necessary.

I also rolled up Mike's assessment (early) before actually resolving the turn tonight to help speed things up a little.

I'll probably do the turn in about 6 hours from now, so anyone can probably get in another action as long as it doesn't take too much time to do.
Mike Catchings
player, 134 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 10:50
  • msg #818

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #678): IC thread

If I may, this seems like a bad idea if we're going to move.  The Soviets likely lost us in the smoke, and while they would soon be able to locate and follow the blood, I think we should maximize what extra time we have to widen the gap, if we are planning to move.  Firing the Rocket, blindly through the smoke seems like a waste at best, and a homing beacon for enemy fire at worst.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 142 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 12:46
  • msg #819

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #678): IC thread

If I may, this seems like a bad idea if we're going to move.  The Soviets likely lost us in the smoke, and while they would soon be able to locate and follow the blood, I think we should maximize what extra time we have to widen the gap, if we are planning to move.  Firing the Rocket, blindly through the smoke seems like a waste at best, and a homing beacon for enemy fire at worst.


You're probably right and maybe cooler heads will prevail!  Rooke isn't particularly cool at present though! <G>
Ben Jagelis
player, 1095 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 13:41
  • msg #820

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
"This is Found.  Holdfast, Hotel-Echo, twenty meters Sierra-Whiskey from last target. Major enemy presence - drop three and pull out and away back to HQ."

Our mortar and two soft skins are still safely positioned at our base camp. There is no need for them to move and in fact it could be dangerous for them to attempt to do so.
Probably best to alter that order.

Also, please note the cargo loadouts as shown in the Vehicles & Party Stores thread are not the latest.
While loaded with almost 4,000 rounds of small arms ammo, the only explosives the BTR-70 contains are 16 white phos grenades which 2 section have probably already taken most of, and the 5 AT mines.
The dynamite and one of two engineers kits are in the Humvee with all other explosives loaded into the M113 the previous evening in preparation for battle (the only explosives trained people were to ride in the M113).

It is unknown exactly what was recovered, but it makes sense that as the M113 load was tailored to match those it was to carry, it's replacement (BMP) would have received the bulk of the salvaged stores.

There was also a conscious decision to avoid placing potentially devastating explosives in the same vehicle as Volodya's extremely undisciplined men.
The reorganisation also resulted in almost all our non-combat stores being loaded on the Humvee and UAZ to keep them out of harms way.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:03, Sat 20 Mar 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 143 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 14:46
  • msg #821

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
"Rooke! You're now FO. Take Handleys radio." Although a Soviet hand held model, it's 2 kilometre range coupled with half kilogram weight would hopefully prove sufficient for the task.


Just to check that you realise that Rooke already has a radio - he has been carrying Fox's radio since Fox was wounded.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1097 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 15:00
  • msg #822

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ah, I hadn't updated the comms post....
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 144 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 17:23
  • msg #823

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben - Do you still want Rooke to take Handley's radio?
Fusilier
GM, 1365 posts
Your Guide
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 18:25
  • msg #824

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Rooke has the AT-4 now (changed inventory).
Fusilier
GM, 1366 posts
Your Guide
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 18:43
  • msg #825

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Andrew Rooke
NPC, 145 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 20 Mar 2010
at 22:17
  • msg #826

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Rooke has the AT-4 now (changed inventory).


Please can someone remind me of the weight of an AT-4?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1098 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 00:29
  • msg #827

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The AT-4 is six kilos.
If Rooke doesn't want the radio the either Varis, or more probably Volodya should grab it. No point leaving it with somebdy who can't use it.

On the radio subject, I think we've no longer got any with sufficient range back to Meyer - Ben was relaying his orders through Weiss.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 146 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 00:48
  • msg #828

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #827):

Thanks for the info – I’m fairly certain that 6kg puts Rooke over his encumbrance limit so he’ll be getting rid of it sharpish unless I can find something else to ditch as he’s staying mobile in the current circumstances!

With regards to the radio I was going to post Rooke passing Handley’s radio along to Volodya.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 147 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 00:55
  • msg #829

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Mike, who is leading the trio of men hauling Handley, (Who's carrying? Varis and Rooke?)


I had assumed that some of Volodya's men were carrying Handley and that Rooke was lead scout.

Fuse - please can you clarify who is carrying him?

Also I'm unsure whether Handley's M16/M203 was lost when he was hit.  Please can you clarify that as well?
Varis Babicevs
player, 454 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 01:08
  • msg #830

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Does someone have something we could use to mousehole the wall? We have LAWs but we're a bit close for those.
Mike Catchings
player, 136 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 01:09
  • msg #831

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #827):
Mike is carrying Young's manpack PRCU-77 which should have plenty of range.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:11, Sun 21 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1099 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 04:58
  • msg #832

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #831):

I thought Mike returned that to the BMP?

As for getting through walls, Ben has a single AT grenade but how much use that would be I don't know. Same goes for the other AT weapons - the small hole they make isn't going to be much use.

Who has a sling on their weapon?
This message was last edited by the player at 05:06, Sun 21 Mar 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 137 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:06
  • msg #833

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #832):
Mike was going to, but in the end he grabbed it and took it with him.
Helmut Meyer
player, 523 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:12
  • msg #834

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

For the wall...

How about wirecutters, and some able bodies who have high strength and agility (or even the rare skill of climbing). With the height, maybe two PCs working together. Once they're straddling the wall, they can lift up and pass over the rest of the team between them.

With enemy last known to be on the roof right over top of you it might not be good to make noise trying to blow the wall?
This message was last edited by the player at 06:13, Sun 21 Mar 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 138 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:16
  • msg #835

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The wall and wire shouldn't be an issue for healthy PC's, you train for it in basic.  Just throw something over the barbed wire, or be careful and it's no issue.  The problem is Handley, who is essentially dead weight, and bleeding heavily.  You would need like 3 guys on the wall to pull him up, with 2 guys pushing him, and another guy on the bottom of the opposite side to catch him.  Not going to be good for his wounds, and not going to be easy or quick.
Helmut Meyer
player, 524 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:18
  • msg #836

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #835):

That's what I mean.
Tom Handley
NPC, 278 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:25
  • msg #837

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
Also I'm unsure whether Handley's M16/M203 was lost when he was hit.  Please can you clarify that as well?


Handley's M16 was dropped in the road when he was hit. Unless someone consciously grabbed it, I would say it is still there.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1100 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:28
  • msg #838

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The wall itself is only what, three metres or roughly 10 feet? A team of three men or at a pinch two can negotiate a 12 foot wall quickly and with relative ease. This wall doesn't pose a great problem in and off itself.

The problem is of course Handley. While we're working him out I would hope Mike is treating him. If he regains consciousness, at least he'll be able to help a little and not simply be a dead weight.

The biggest question I have though is what genius put a fire door here without anywhere to go?
Tom Handley
NPC, 279 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:33
  • msg #839

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
One hand on his weapon and the other pulling Handley, Ben kicked the fallen weapon forward towards the doorway that was their destination. They could little afford to hand another grenade launcher over to the enemy.


Ben - does this mean you have picked up Handley's M16, as you haven't specifically said this?

Can you clarify?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1101 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:39
  • msg #840

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

It was kicked across the ground to the door where hopefully somebody picked it up. If nobody else did it, Ben would have before leaving - grenade launchers are just too valuable to leave behind.
Mike Catchings
player, 139 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:56
  • msg #841

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #838):
I don't want to reveal much OOC, but meaningful treatment of Handley while we wait to get over, and the prospect of him regaining consciousness ain't happening.

Ask IC if you want the whole situation.  I was hesitent to reveal it in front of everyone in order to respect Handley's privacy, but Mike will tell if prodded.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:59, Sun 21 Mar 2010.
Tom Handley
NPC, 280 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 06:58
  • msg #842

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #841):

The Bullet Magnet strikes again!
Fusilier
GM, 1367 posts
Your Guide
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 07:37
  • msg #843

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Well... I'm going to have to say Tom's weapon was kicked to the stairs near the door but not recovered. Its kinda of an action that requires a specific mentioning of in my opinion.

Regarding the explosives in the BTR, yes. Most of them were left behind with Meyer.

Ben Jagelis:
The biggest question I have though is what genius put a fire door here without anywhere to go?


Fair question. It did go somewhere once, directly East. But the post-war built wall (in particular the one marked in blue on the map) isolated it, which is also probably why it wasn't very secure.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 148 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 08:29
  • msg #844

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - in amongst the discussion about getting through/over walls there was a question about who was carry Handley.  Is it Rooke, Varis and Oskar?  Or is it members of Volodya's squad?

Thanks.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1102 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 08:41
  • msg #845

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #844):

It was to have been to two most lightly loaded of the combined infantry. In all likelyhood that would be the RPK gunners.
Robert Mitchell
player, 313 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 09:03
  • msg #846

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Kurt Weiss:
Before signing off, he also says, "Radio and visual contact with Two Zero and Four Zero lost. No info on their status. Out."


Did Weiss miss the transmission from Mitch in message #665?
Fusilier
GM, 1368 posts
Your Guide
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 09:13
  • msg #847

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

...possibly.
Mike Catchings
player, 140 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 09:29
  • msg #848

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

To clarify, what I meant in radio call was for the north wall (I.e. The one we're up against) to be breached by the Bradley, so we could move through the breach and into the Bradley immediately. However, if anyone has other ideas, I'd complete understand as I know the Bradley is already pretty worn up. A Breach is no problem with an Abrams, but I'm not so sure about the Bradley.  Mike is not going to be stubborn about the idea, so speak up IC and I'll radio in the cancellation of the request.  After all, with at least one vehicle out of the action, there's no sense losing another to an RPG on the roof, or from simple damage.
Helmut Meyer
player, 525 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 09:37
  • msg #849

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #848):

I've been playing Weiss.

I would have referred to that as the south portion of the wall. As I believe it curves around the whole "Refugee Housing" area, to the top of the map and then is cut off (but presumably continues on around). See what I mean? You guys are at the south end of it.
Varis Babicevs
player, 455 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 17:17
  • msg #850

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Even if one of our vehicles just sits on the other side of the wall, close to it, it will be easier to get Handley down on the other side.

As for an AT grenade, that might work. Even a small hole can be enlarged with our boots and Varis' hatchet.
Mike Catchings
player, 141 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 17:32
  • msg #851

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis,
Fusilier:
"We are ready." the gang lieutenant reports. "We will cover the back." he adds, just as three dull booms, no doubt from Meyer's last salvo, hit the rooftop.

So the mortars have hit, we just don't know their effectiveness.

Meyer/Weiss,  I see what you're saying. Perhaps we should just leave it as confusion in the fog of war.
Varis Babicevs
player, 457 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sun 21 Mar 2010
at 22:04
  • msg #852

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Varis,
Fusilier:
"We are ready." the gang lieutenant reports. "We will cover the back." he adds, just as three dull booms, no doubt from Meyer's last salvo, hit the rooftop.

So the mortars have hit, we just don't know their effectiveness.


OK, thanks. I editted Varis' last IC post to reflect this. I musta missed it.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1103 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 00:25
  • msg #853

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Fair question. It did go somewhere once, directly East. But the post-war built wall (in particular the one marked in blue on the map) isolated it, which is also probably why it wasn't very secure.

How well built is it? Does it look like it's just single or double brick?
Could it be knocked down fairly quickly with a man swinging a sledge hammer (or Oskar headbutting it)?

Are there any other possible routes we bypassed on the way here?
Mike Catchings
player, 142 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 00:35
  • msg #854

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
How well built is it? Does it look like it's just single or double brick?
Could it be knocked down fairly quickly with a man swinging a sledge hammer (or Oskar headbutting it)?

I second the notion of Pointing Oskar at it and saying "Break"  maybe "Kill"
This message was last edited by the player at 00:36, Mon 22 Mar 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 458 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 00:39
  • msg #855

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


Kool Aid man! Oh, yeah!
This message was last edited by the player at 00:40, Mon 22 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1369 posts
Your Guide
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 05:51
  • msg #856

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

You won't be able to punch/hammer/kick/etc through it. Climbing is best probably.

This isn't something that's going to keep you out. When I roll, failure will only mean delay.

It's not likely to have any other routes (you can see straight down along the length of the way to the E and W). Although admittedly you haven't explored anywhere else in back of the HQ for anything that could help you climb with.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1104 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 05:54
  • msg #857

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Even a desk or chair would be helpful, although a stepladder convienantly left in the hallway would be most appreciated.  ;)

Can a vehicle reach the wall to smash it down? Is there any way we can ensure the right wall is knocked down short of popping smoke? (I'm thinking waving a rag about on a stick perhaps.)
Fusilier
GM, 1371 posts
Your Guide
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 06:17
  • msg #858

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Can a vehicle reach the wall to smash it down? Is there any way we can ensure the right wall is knocked down short of popping smoke?


Possibly but unknown. The wall surrounds the perimeter of the housing area. Kurt reported he'll try to break through the north wall... so I guess he could drive through the housing area and then break through the south wall too. But remember there is an RPG team on the roof along with any other problems in the housing area.

I don't know what you mean with the 2nd question.
Mike Catchings
player, 143 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 06:59
  • msg #859

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Climbing it and hoisting Handley is feasible though, right?  I don't see any other option that won't blow us or the Bradley up. We'd get over using a chair or something, get Handley over, then book it north to wherever the Bradley can meet us. Fuse, what are the chances of the Bradley breaking down while breaching the north wall?
Fusilier
GM, 1372 posts
Your Guide
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 08:33
  • msg #860

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Climbing it and hoisting Handley is feasible though, right? Fuse, what are the chances of the Bradley breaking down while breaching the north wall?


1. Yes. Quite.

2. Probably low.
Tom Handley
NPC, 281 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 09:00
  • msg #861

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Please be careful carrying me over the wall. I don't want to get a boo-boo on the wire, or scuff my boots on the rough bricks... :)
Mike Catchings
player, 145 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 09:22
  • msg #862

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #861):

Talk about someone not carrying their own weight...
Tom Handley
NPC, 282 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 09:36
  • msg #863

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #862):

Swap places?

Didn't think so... lol :)
Fusilier
GM, 1373 posts
Your Guide
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 13:22
  • msg #864

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Game turn will have to be resolved tomorrow. Sorry bout that.
Robert Mitchell
player, 314 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 13:51
  • msg #865

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #864):

No worries.
Tom Handley
NPC, 283 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 15:50
  • msg #866

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #864):

I vote we stay and fight. Gimme a gun, I'll take 'em all on!!!
Mike Catchings
player, 147 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 21:28
  • msg #867

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

R.I.P. Tom.  Unfortunately, nothing could really be done.
Robert Mitchell
player, 315 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 21:52
  • msg #868

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #867):

Good IC post Mike!

Bad luck Handley.
This message was last edited by the player at 22:03, Mon 22 Mar 2010.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 151 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 22 Mar 2010
at 21:57
  • msg #869

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Handley - it's rather mercenary to ask this but please can you post a list of Handley's gear that's on him as we'll unfortunately need to take some of it with us.

If you can also post a separate list of what Handley left back at our base then Fuse can add that to the central group equipment.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1105 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 01:49
  • msg #870

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
Handley - it's rather mercenary to ask this but please can you post a list of Handley's gear that's on him as we'll unfortunately need to take some of it with us.

Cut and paste boy, straight from the character sheet.  :P
Ben Jagelis
player, 1107 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 05:52
  • msg #871

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Handley's helmet and vest (if any) are probably worth more than the entire contents of his webbing at the moment - anythign to slow down incoming bullets is a GOOD thing!
Fusilier
GM, 1374 posts
Your Guide
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 06:45
  • msg #872

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom has currently (rucksack left behind)...

Kevlar Helmet [0.5 kg]
NVG (Soviet gen. 1) [0.5 kg]
Kevlar Vest [4 kg]
Work shirt, brown [.5kg]
Fatigues (trousers, boots, socks, underwear) [3.5 kg]
Russian forage cap (in pocket) [0.25kg]
Geiger Counter [0.5 kg]
Lockpick Tools (in pocket) [0.5 kg]
Wire Cutters (in pocket) [0.5 kg]
Glass Cutter (in pocket) [0.1 kg]
4 Spare mags [2.5 kg]
3 Frag grenade [2.0 kg]
1 HC Smoke grenade [0.5 kg]
4 40mm HEDP grenades [1.5 kg]
2 40mm ILLUM grenade [0.4 kg] (For illumination purposes)
Personal Med Kit [0.2 kg]
Lensatic compass [0.1 kg]
Binoculars, 4x [0.5 kg]
bayonet [0.5 kg]
flashlight [0.3 kg]
Gas Mask [1 kg]
Soviet short-range radio [0.5 kg]
Mike Catchings
player, 148 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 07:02
  • msg #873

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #872):
Does Tom have a pack most of this is stored in?  Would it be easy to pick take? There's quite a bit of useful gear in that list.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 152 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 07:29
  • msg #874

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Tom has currently (rucksack left behind)...

Kevlar Helmet [0.5 kg]
NVG (Soviet gen. 1) [0.5 kg]
Kevlar Vest [4 kg]
Work shirt, brown [.5kg]
Fatigues (trousers, boots, socks, underwear) [3.5 kg]
Russian forage cap (in pocket) [0.25kg]
Geiger Counter [0.5 kg]
Lockpick Tools (in pocket) [0.5 kg]
Wire Cutters (in pocket) [0.5 kg]
Glass Cutter (in pocket) [0.1 kg]
4 Spare mags [2.5 kg]
3 Frag grenade [2.0 kg]
1 HC Smoke grenade [0.5 kg]
4 40mm HEDP grenades [1.5 kg]
2 40mm ILLUM grenade [0.4 kg] (For illumination purposes)
Personal Med Kit [0.2 kg]
Lensatic compass [0.1 kg]
Binoculars, 4x [0.5 kg]
bayonet [0.5 kg]
flashlight [0.3 kg]
Gas Mask [1 kg]
Soviet short-range radio [0.5 kg]


Fuse - Handley's radio has already been given to Volodya.

Also Mike said he was taking two mags - have those been deducted or are there only two left?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1108 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 07:46
  • msg #875

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Grabbing his webbing should cover most of it, although a quick rummage through his pockets wouldn't go astray.
Everything except the three items in his pockets, his clothing and armour shouldn't take more than a few moments to retireve (it's all in his webbing - which doesn't look like it's on the list).
The fatigues, hat and shirt we don't need (although it is a shame to leave good boots behind).
Mike Catchings
player, 149 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 07:55
  • msg #876

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #875):

Mike went through all of Tom's pockets, so I feel it would be safe to assume that any and all valuable gear would have been passed off.
Fusilier
GM, 1375 posts
Your Guide
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 10:09
  • msg #877

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #873):

Nearly all of that is in or attached to his webbing. There is no pack.

Disregard the radio being there... thanks for pointing that out.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 154 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 13:23
  • msg #878

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

OK - unless someone says otherwise I'm assuming that Rooke is carrying the bulk of Handley's gear.

Rooke had taken:

Kevlar Helmet [0.5 kg]
NVG (Soviet gen. 1) [0.5 kg]
Kevlar Vest [4 kg]
Geiger Counter [0.5 kg]
Lockpick Tools (in pocket) [0.5 kg]
Wire Cutters (in pocket) [0.5 kg]
Glass Cutter (in pocket) [0.1 kg]
2 full STANAG mags [1.0 kg]
3 Frag grenade [2.0 kg]
1 HC Smoke grenade [0.5 kg]
4 40mm HEDP grenades [1.5 kg]
2 40mm ILLUM grenade [0.4 kg] (For illumination purposes)
Personal Med Kit [0.2 kg]
Lensatic compass [0.1 kg]
Binoculars, 4x [0.5 kg]
bayonet [0.5 kg]
flashlight [0.3 kg]
Gas Mask [1 kg]

I'm also assuming that Handley's load includes:

Combat Webbing [2.0 kg]
Grenade Bandoleer for 40mm Grenades [0.5 kg]


Mike has taken:
2 full STANAG mags [1.0 kg]


Volodya has taken:
Soviet short-range radio [0.5 kg]


If that all makes sense then I'll add it to Rooke's character sheet until he gets a chance to dump most of it!
Fusilier
GM, 1377 posts
Your Guide
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 15:12
  • msg #879

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

A (prewar) view of the area JJM is currently near. Quite a few of the buildings between here and N.O. are heavily damaged, in addition to the normal damage most places have, as a result of being near the rail lines which were bombed.


This message was last edited by the GM at 15:15, Tue 23 Mar 2010.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 222 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 23:17
  • msg #880

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

If there is a grenadiers vest ofr something close to that on Handley, Frank will want it plus whatever the 40mm grenades left
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 155 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 23 Mar 2010
at 23:27
  • msg #881

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
If there is a grenadiers vest ofr something close to that on Handley, Frank will want it plus whatever the 40mm grenades left


Handley was carrying 4x HEDP and 2x ILLUM so I reckon that he must have had a bandoleer at least – Fuse needs to approve it but I added one to the equipment list that Fuse posted as a suggestion.

Most of the bandoleers I found on army surplus sites seem to hold eleven or twelve 40mm rounds but I'm sure someone else will know more about this than I do.

From Handley's gear Rooke would quite like:
NVG (Soviet gen. 1) [0.5 kg]
Geiger Counter [0.5 kg]
Wire Cutters [0.5 kg]
2 full STANAG mags [1.0 kg]
1 HC Smoke grenade [0.5 kg] (he’s already taken this IC)
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 223 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 00:10
  • msg #882

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
Francis 'Frank' Benucci:
If there is a grenadiers vest ofr something close to that on Handley, Frank will want it plus whatever the 40mm grenades left


Handley was carrying 4x HEDP and 2x ILLUM so I reckon that he must have had a bandoleer at least – Fuse needs to approve it but I added one to the equipment list that Fuse posted as a suggestion.

Most of the bandoleers I found on army surplus sites seem to hold eleven or twelve 40mm rounds but I'm sure someone else will know more about this than I do.

Upon aqpproval of course
Ben Jagelis
player, 1109 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 00:18
  • msg #883

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I've gone over Handley's early posts and there was no evidence of bandoliers or a vest. Seems his grenades were stored in ammo pouches on his webbing (a common practise back in the 80's and 90's).
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 224 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 00:25
  • msg #884

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
I've gone over Handley's early posts and there was no evidence of bandoliers or a vest. Seems his grenades were stored in ammo pouches on his webbing (a common practise back in the 80's and 90's).

No big deal if it isn't.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 156 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 00:28
  • msg #885

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ah - ok - my mistake then.
Mike Catchings
player, 150 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 02:50
  • msg #886

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Rooke if you could, I'd like to take the wire cutters, and the smoke grenade if you have any extras.  I figure it's for if someone ever gets downed in the middle of the street or something, and no one else can toss one.

Mike also took 2 STANAG's and a 40mm HEDP.

I'd also like to take the binoculars




And if anyone ever spots tampons, they work great for plugging bullet holes, and Oskar's high flow months.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:32, Wed 24 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1110 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 03:50
  • msg #887

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Left over items to be claimed/put in storage
Kevlar Helmet          0.5
Kevlar Vest            4.0
Lockpick Tools         0.5
Glass Cutter           0.1
3 Frag grenade         2.0
3 40mm HEDP grenades   1.5
2 40mm ILLUM grenade   0.4
Lensatic compass       0.1
bayonet                0.5
flashlight             0.3
Gas Mask               1.0
Webbing                2.0
Total                 12.4 kgs
I'd really like somebody to actually wear the kevlar helmet and vest. They're absolutely useless otherwise and might save the wearer from a lot of pain.
Ben will grab the personal medikit to replace the one he used up.
The fragmentation grenades can go to Volodya's people unless a PC speaks up first.
The remaining 40mm grenades should also be distributed to grenadiers immediately.

Who's in the Bradley's Commanders seat? I'd imagine that would be a good place for Fox to be so he can use his superior Observation skill to best effect.
So inside the rear we've got Young plus five. I'd suggest Mike, Frank, Ben, Volodya and the RPD gunner (basically everyone who's wounded plus Mike).
Everyone else - Freidman, Rooke, Varis, 2 section 2IC/RPG gunner, Automatic Rifleman 1, and Automatic Rifleman 2 get to either walk or hang on top.
This message was last edited by the player at 05:36, Wed 24 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1111 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 04:26
  • msg #888

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Andrew Rooke (msg #807):

5kg

 AK74 Magazines (1.5 kg) [1] WP Grenade (1kg) [4] Dynamite Sticks w/combustible fuse (1kg) [1] Steel Thermos w/water (1kg) [x] Twine [1] Rain Jacket (.5kg)]

This man should have been carrying two spare RPG-7 rounds as well.
Fusilier
GM, 1378 posts
Your Guide
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 05:48
  • msg #889

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #880):
No vest or bandoleers. The 40mm were just stuffed in his webbing.

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #887):
Nobody is in the commander's seat at the moment. Anyone could go there.

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #888):
The RPG rounds all being carried by the gunner.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1113 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 05:50
  • msg #890

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fair enough. If he could manage it, good on him.
Tom Handley
NPC, 284 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 08:15
  • msg #891

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Handley has now been resurrected as a plague-carrying zombie... beware! :)
Ben Jagelis
player, 1114 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 09:12
  • msg #892

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Tom Handley:
Handley has now been resurrected as a plague-carrying zombie... beware! :)

Well there's our excuse to break out the flame throwers!
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 157 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 24 Mar 2010
at 09:50
  • msg #893

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Rooke if you could, I'd like to take the wire cutters, and the smoke grenade if you have any extras.  I figure it's for if someone ever gets downed in the middle of the street or something, and no one else can toss one.


Rooke threw his last two smoke grenades to cover the run across the road into the Police HQ so he doesn't have any left.  How about Rooke takes the smoke grenade and Mike takes the wire cutters?

Would that be ok?
Fusilier
GM, 1380 posts
Your Guide
Thu 25 Mar 2010
at 12:21
  • msg #894

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Hello everyone. I'm going to hold off the post until I get an confirmation on what you want to do (with the BTR situation).
Robert Mitchell
player, 318 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 25 Mar 2010
at 13:20
  • msg #895

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Hello everyone. I'm going to hold off the post until I get an confirmation on what you want to do (with the BTR situation).


Hopefully we can resolve this quite quickly.  It was why I put a lot of info into Mitch's last radio transmission.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1116 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 00:43
  • msg #896

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think we're going to give recovery a try. It's well worth the effort I think, if only to remove it from the enemy's grasp.
Robert Mitchell
player, 319 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 09:34
  • msg #897

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
I think we're going to give recovery a try. It's well worth the effort I think, if only to remove it from the enemy's grasp.


Do you want to transmit that in character......  (Hint!  Hint!)

I think that Fuse needs this radio conversation completed before the next turn can progress and Mitch might well have some insights about the recovery when you respond to his transmission.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1117 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 10:34
  • msg #898

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I would have done that already but it's been a BUSY day!
Robert Mitchell
player, 320 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 10:45
  • msg #899

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
I would have done that already but it's been a BUSY day!


Ah - sorry.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1118 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 11:34
  • msg #900

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Working up a post now.

Sorry JJ, looks like you'll have to take care of yourself for a while yet - the BTR and it's contents are far more important a resource I think.
Robert Mitchell
player, 321 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 13:38
  • msg #901

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Leg - please can I double check what Mitch would have heard across the radio as you didn't actually respond directly to his transmission.

I think that it's the section of your post below:

Ben Jagelis:
Orders complete, he flipped back to the vehicle, aka Company net to speak with the Major.
"Sunray this is Seagull. Unit currently badly dispersed. Surviving Found elements co-located with One Zero and moving to join Two Zero. Four Zero damaged but potentially recoverable."
"Is Sunray and associates able to make own way home? Over."

Ben Jagelis
player, 1120 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 13:45
  • msg #902

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

That would be about it, yes.....
Robert Mitchell
player, 322 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 14:04
  • msg #903

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Ben Jagelis (msg #902):

Thanks - I'll wait for JJM to reply before Mitch transmits again.
Fusilier
GM, 1382 posts
Your Guide
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 17:55
  • msg #904

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

There is far less vegetation than what's shown here. Nearly all buildings North and East of the vehicles are bombed out ruins. Also to the north, the large craters and rail cars prohibit vehicle travel from continuing north along the rail line.

The large sign on the side of the road near the intersection is where the BTR went over the embankment. Mitch went down where I've placed the label for intersection - then drove under the bridge. The Bradley came down from a little further to the north.


This message was last edited by the GM at 18:01, Fri 26 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1383 posts
Your Guide
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 18:46
  • msg #905

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

JJM, just to clarify - Holt is gone. He went across the street and into the ruin your group is supposed to wait at. He hasn't been heard from since.

While waiting for his return or a signal from him, is when Pearce radioed you.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 653 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Fri 26 Mar 2010
at 18:58
  • msg #906

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

OK.
Robert Mitchell
player, 324 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 27 Mar 2010
at 20:17
  • msg #907

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - a couple of things for you.

Firstly, it's a minor one that doesn't really matter, but I thought that Kaminski and Otto were in the BMP and not lying on the ground beside the BMP.  That's certainly where Mitch intended on carrying/dragging them.

Secondly from our PM’s I was under the impression that where Mitch had stopped the BMP next to the over turned BTR he couldn’t see either the Police HQ or the Police Academy.  From looking at the photo I would have thought that both of these buildings had LOS down onto where the vehicles currently are, particularly from the roof of the Police HQ.  Please can you clarify what Mitch can see from his standing position in the BMP?

Essentially I’m wondering if we’ve just be suckered again into another ambush! <G>
Fusilier
GM, 1384 posts
Your Guide
Sat 27 Mar 2010
at 20:40
  • msg #908

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #907):

Getting Otto out of the hatch and dragging them both back took some time (I think I mentioned "a couple minutes" or something). That, and then after allowing for a quick inspection of the BTR (and the priority items you mentioned) and radio report, I figured the Bradley would be showing up at that point.

I actually just found that photo, well before everything else was played out and posted. But I did tell you that you couldn't see any of the enemy positions, so we'll say the trees block the view. Regardless, the noise of the vehicles is a problem.
Robert Mitchell
player, 325 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sat 27 Mar 2010
at 20:53
  • msg #909

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #907):

Getting Otto out of the hatch and dragging them both back took some time (I think I mentioned "a couple minutes" or something). That, and then after allowing for a quick inspection of the BTR (and the priority items you mentioned) and radio report, I figured the Bradley would be showing up at that point.

I actually just found that photo, well before everything else was played out and posted. But I did tell you that you couldn't see any of the enemy positions, so we'll say the trees block the view. Regardless, the noise of the vehicles is a problem.


Thanks for clarifying this.  The BMPs engine has been idling the entire time so noise is potentially a massive issue!

I’m half expecting the enemy to start shelling us at any moment!

It's a really good photo btw - extremely useful!
Ben Jagelis
player, 1122 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 03:05
  • msg #910

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Andrew Rooke:
He'd much rather have taken up an position on the embankment keeping watch but Jagelis seemed to think that a scout with a wounded left arm was a better choice to lug around the heavy tow cable that some of the other guys.

It's only a light wound right? He can still use his arm?
I don't think there's more than a handful of characters unwounded at the moment. Almost everyone's suffered at least a scratch.

Rooke was picked for the task because besides Ben, he's the only one with any Combat Engineering skill. (Jordan also has rudimentary skill but he's needed in the BMP drivers seat).

Having been an Assault Pioneer myself IRL, that skill is probably more useful than even Mechanic for recovery of a vehicle in this situation. It's more a matter of attaching tow cable(s) to the damaged vehicle and pulling it back onto it's wheels. Of course if a simple shove by either of the other vehicles would do it, then that would be the preference (faster than pulling).

Once it's back upright we either put Varis in the drivers seat (best we've got at the moment) and drive it back home, or tow it with either the BMP or Bradley (again with Varis in the drivers seat). Oskar will take position as the BTR gunner while everyone else ride in the Bradley and BMP.
Mike Catchings
player, 152 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 04:26
  • msg #911

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The BTR is still running on a couple flats though. Going to be problematic to move it.

I'm not really sure on what you want Mike to do? Transfer the wounded to the BMP? Which wounded? Like you said, I think only Mike, Oskar, and Varis are unwounded (excluding vehicle crew). Plus Frank and Ben have not been diagnosed yet, although given the fact neither has slipped into shock is a sign they can hold on for now. Plus I believe each attempted to put a bandage on, which will slow the bleeding.

Still, not the best position to be in.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1124 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 04:58
  • msg #912

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The more seriously wounded I think. Ben I believe is ok but I'm still waiting on Fuse to let me know just how bad his injury is (I'm thinking it's a scratch).
Anyone having trouble walking should definitely be considered one of the "wounded" and it's a given that both Otto and Kaminski need to be moved.

I recall reading somewhere that the BTR can still move with three wheels destroyed. It's not going to be fast or all that manoeuvrable but it should still roll away from danger. Chances are we're not going to be using it again this day as I don't believe we have any spare wheels at the moment, but the stores inside, not to mention KPV ammo that we're a bit on the short side of, is very important.

The only reason I can see for leaving the BTR behind is if we come under heavy attack or the suspension is completely shot. As long as it can be dragged away and it's only going to take a couple of minutes to prep it, we should try.
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 159 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 11:43
  • msg #913

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
Andrew Rooke:
He'd much rather have taken up an position on the embankment keeping watch but Jagelis seemed to think that a scout with a wounded left arm was a better choice to lug around the heavy tow cable that some of the other guys.

It's only a light wound right? He can still use his arm?
I don't think there's more than a handful of characters unwounded at the moment. Almost everyone's suffered at least a scratch.

Rooke was picked for the task because besides Ben, he's the only one with any Combat Engineering skill. (Jordan also has rudimentary skill but he's needed in the BMP drivers seat).


It's just Rooke bitching to himself! <G>

All he has is a slight wound to his left arm!

Also he's only got Combat Engineer 1 so he'll be needing a lot of direction....
Helmut Meyer
player, 526 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 13:15
  • msg #914

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Isn't pulling it so it'll fall back onto its side likely going to do some further damage? I know it's built tough, but that's a pretty significant distance to fall I would think.
Varis Babicevs
player, 461 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 14:20
  • msg #915

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Helmut Meyer:
Isn't pulling it so it'll fall back onto its side likely going to do some further damage? I know it's built tough, but that's a pretty significant distance to fall I would think.


I agree. That's likely to F-up the suspension. I really don't think that recovering a shot up BTR is worth the risk.
Robert Mitchell
player, 326 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 15:03
  • msg #916

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I stress that I really don't know what I'm talking about here but from my layman's perspective if we try and just connect to the top of the BTR and then pull with the Bradley won't we be pivoting on the BTR's wheels.  If we are then are the wheels and axles likely to sustain damage while we're righting the BTR?  I'd have thought so but maybe the wheels and axles are stronger than I imagine.
This message was last edited by the player at 15:04, Sun 28 Mar 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 462 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 15:06
  • msg #917

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)


I'm imagining the BTR falling down hard on the wheels that are currently a couple of meters in the air. I don't think that it's suspension is built for that kind of impact, especially considering its overall wear value.

BTW, congrats everyone- especially our awesome GM- on 8000 game posts!
Robert Mitchell
player, 327 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 15:12
  • msg #918

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
I'm imagining the BTR falling down hard on the wheels that are currently a couple of meters in the air. I don't think that it's suspension is built for that kind of impact, especially considering its overall wear value.

BTW, congrats everyone- especially our awesome GM- on 8000 game posts!


I don't think that Mitch has said this yet IC but he saw the BTR roll down the last part of the embankment so I suspect that it has suspension damage already from exactly the kind of impact you describe.

8,000 game messages - we don't half talk a lot! <G>

How many characters from the original unit (i.e. the first ones Fuse recruited) are still playing?
Fusilier
GM, 1385 posts
Your Guide
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 17:40
  • msg #919

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Varis Babicevs:
BTW, congrats everyone- especially our awesome GM- on 8000 game posts!


Thanks, and thank you all.

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #918):

Meyer
Ben
JJM
Varis (close enough)

...are the original starting members who are still here.



I'll get the post up tomorrow at school (extra time for those who don't post over the weekends).
This message was last edited by the GM at 17:40, Sun 28 Mar 2010.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 654 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Sun 28 Mar 2010
at 19:43
  • msg #920

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Congrats all, another landmark passed.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1125 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 00:43
  • msg #921

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

The suspension is more than capable of taking the impact - it is designed for high speed movement of some VERY rough terrain including drops of several metres in elevation (ie small cliffs). This is not some light weight sportscar but a full blown heavy military machine intended for rough use.
What is more of a concern is what may get shaken loose inside, but that's something to worry about once it's back behind friendly lines.

Applying the BTR's brakes will help, as will pulling (or pushing) at right angles to the BTR. There may be some slippage around the lower set of wheels, but it should be too much of a problem. If it looks like the tyres aren't doing their job and gripping the ground, we'll either chock them with something, or tie them back to a convenient anchor point using the 100 metres of rope we've got on hand (each piece with a breaking strain of no less than three tonnes).

Recovery can be done, and done quickly. It's only a question of do we push, or take a minute or two more and pull.


Is there anyone who's more than slightly wounded? In other words, who are the malingerers?  ;)
It's absolutely vital we know who's still able to fight effectively and who's likely to be a hinderance.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:09, Mon 29 Mar 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 153 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 03:00
  • msg #922

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Frank hasn't been inspected yet. Should I do that now or post recovery op. I was planning on having Mike aid in transferring wounded to BMP, recovering any medical supplies, and treating Kaminski and Otto. Did Frank apply a bandage?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1126 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 03:13
  • msg #923

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Do it now. Although recovery shouldn't take long, it will be a couple of minutes.
Start with Kaminski and Otto though as Frank is still consious and mobile (to some degree at least).

I'm starting to think we need an ambulance following about behind us to take the seriously wounded away and keep us in the fight.
A tow truck might be useful too...  :S
Mike Catchings
player, 154 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 03:54
  • msg #924

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Man I scanned your previous engagements, and you guys didn't get shot up all that bad until I joined up...
Ben Jagelis
player, 1127 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 04:10
  • msg #925

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Most of the previous engagements involved roughly equal enemy strength to us and we weren't all spread out as in the last engagement.
We also didn't have the rest of a Soviet Division breathing down out necks preventing us from recovering enemy (and our own) equipment, etc.
Tom Handley
NPC, 285 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 07:44
  • msg #926

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Man I scanned your previous engagements, and you guys didn't get shot up all that bad until I joined up...


It doesn't help when you keep murdering PCs with morphine injections...! lol :)
This message was last edited by unknown at 07:46, Mon 29 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1386 posts
Your Guide
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 13:59
  • msg #927

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

...just had the power flicker in my neighborhood...

...shut down my pc...

...lost all of my work which needed only to finished JJM's portion...

...need to suppress rage...

I need to walk away and cool off. I may or may not get the turn redone tonight. Sorry for those waiting. I am just so totally demoralized right now.
Tom Handley
NPC, 286 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 14:10
  • msg #928

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #927):

FUSILIER MAD!

FUSILIER TURN GREEN!

FUSILIER KILL MAN FROM ELECTRIC COMPANY!
This message was last edited by unknown at 14:11, Mon 29 Mar 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1388 posts
Your Guide
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 14:26
  • msg #929

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Tom Handley (msg #928):

Well I certainly felt like it. I can hear thunder now, which explains it.

I put up a simple outline of the events. It's weak I know, but hopefully it's enough to keep us going into the next turn. I'll begin working on a map now.

In the die roller, you might have noticed there's a couple rolls I made for shooting against Varis. Disregard that. There was no shooting at the vehicle site (although some at JJM's position).
Fusilier
GM, 1389 posts
Your Guide
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 14:44
  • msg #930

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...504&t=h&z=17

See here for new changes to each group.

LOL. I just noticed that JJM was positioned right next to a "Sex Shop". I guess we can say back in the commie days it was hmmm... a bakery.
This message was last edited by the GM at 15:01, Mon 29 Mar 2010.
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 655 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 15:51
  • msg #931

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Are you sure it's not a sex shop? I've checked on JJ's inventory and he's short of ribbed condoms. We could also see if we could relieve Ben's hard on for recovering wrecks in a battlezone by distracting him with a rubber doll pamela anderson (she's Canadian too isn't she?).
Robert Mitchell
player, 328 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 15:54
  • msg #932

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

John Jameson McCarthy:
Are you sure it's not a sex shop? I've checked on JJ's inventory and he's short of ribbed condoms. We could also see if we could relieve Ben's hard on for recovering wrecks in a battlezone by distracting him with a rubber doll pamela anderson (she's Canadian too isn't she?).


LOL!
Tom Handley
NPC, 287 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:00
  • msg #933

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Close to where the main party are is a building labelled Big Johny II Club - maybe the 2 groups should meet there and have a... special party...!
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 657 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:04
  • msg #934

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I noticed that too. Personally I'm now having disturbing pictures of JJ making his last stand behind a load of dildo boxes...
Tom Handley
NPC, 288 posts
Spec4 - Infantry (US)
Callsign "Found Seven"
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:16
  • msg #935

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #934):

Well... if you run out of grenades...
Fusilier
GM, 1390 posts
Your Guide
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:19
  • msg #936

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to John Jameson McCarthy (msg #934):

Be careful what you wish for. We can make it happen.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 227 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:19
  • msg #937

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

John Jameson McCarthy:
I noticed that too. Personally I'm now having disturbing pictures of JJ making his last stand behind a load of dildo boxes...

Go over to the butt plug section and return fire from there...
John Jameson McCarthy
player, 658 posts
Major
Cav Scout (US)
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:20
  • msg #938

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Good advice from both of you.
Mike Catchings
player, 155 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Mon 29 Mar 2010
at 16:42
  • msg #939

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I'm sure this was just an "accident" right Fuse?

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #937):

You should also grab one for our esteemed colleague who took a round to the ass.  Something jumped up and bit him
This message was last edited by the player at 16:53, Mon 29 Mar 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1128 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 30 Mar 2010
at 05:46
  • msg #940

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Be careful what you wish for. We can make it happen.

We have the technology!  :D

One of my best tenants is an "adult products shop". Loads of very interesting things in there but not much that could be used as an effective weapon.
At least not unless you can get the enemies pants off.... :S
Ben Jagelis
player, 1129 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 30 Mar 2010
at 05:57
  • msg #941

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I haven't enough time to post for the next 18 hours or so, but the order will be to hook the BTR behind the BMP and tow it out.
Why the BMP? Because it's got out best driver in it (Jordan), it's less able as a combat vehicle than the Bradley, and it has a higher power the weight ratio than normal without it's turret.
Varis will drive the BTR (or at least steer it and hit the brakes as required.
Osker to take the gunners seat.
The six most combat able PCs and NPCs to ride in the Bradley with the rest to ride in the BMP.

The aim is to tow the BTR behind enemy lines, give it a quick mechanical check (my guess is the engines have flooded from being up the wrong way), and redistribute stores from teh BTR into the other two vehicles.

If the BTR can be gotten running again, we'll try to grab a local militiaman to drive it and the more seriously wounded to the "hospital" before taking it to the IB motorpool for repair.

Meanwhile the rest will link up with JJ's group and take it from there.
Fusilier
GM, 1392 posts
Your Guide
Tue 30 Mar 2010
at 07:07
  • msg #942

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mitch/Rooke, your PC grabbed Handley's gear, but it hasn't been added to his inventory.

To prevent duplicates, I'm going to go through the posts and transfer his recovered gear (minus what's pilfered) and rucksack contents to the unit stores. Following that, Tom will be stricken from the roster.

Please don't add the bulk of it to your inventory.
Robert Mitchell
player, 330 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Tue 30 Mar 2010
at 15:21
  • msg #943

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fusilier:
Mitch/Rooke, your PC grabbed Handley's gear, but it hasn't been added to his inventory.

To prevent duplicates, I'm going to go through the posts and transfer his recovered gear (minus what's pilfered) and rucksack contents to the unit stores. Following that, Tom will be stricken from the roster.

Please don't add the bulk of it to your inventory.


Fuse - just to say it was Mike and Rooke who were taking gear not Mitch and Rooke.  If you want I can trawl through and put together a list of what they each took and what was being left in the Bradley.  I won't be able to do this until late tonight though as I'm a bit manic with work today.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1130 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 30 Mar 2010
at 23:08
  • msg #944

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I think Ben only took the Personal medikit.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1132 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 31 Mar 2010
at 01:36
  • msg #945

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

quote:
Oskar, Varis, Volodya, the RPG gunner, and both RPK gunners

That leaves Frank, Young, Kaminski, Otto, Mike and Rooke/RPD gunner in the BMP.
If Varis can get to the BTR in time, Rooke goes to the Bradley to round out the infantry unit instead.
Ben will remain in the BTR for the moment as either driver or gunner depending on the RPD gunners grasp of English.

This is actually getting to be a bit of a worry. Besides vehicle crew we've only got about half a dozen unwounded.
Fusilier
GM, 1393 posts
Your Guide
Wed 31 Mar 2010
at 13:48
  • msg #946

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Hey all,

I've got family stuff tonight so will have to put up the post tomorrow. It's a pretty serious situation (in the game) so I'd like to be able to give it my complete attention when resolving it.
This message was last edited by the GM at 13:49, Wed 31 Mar 2010.
Helmut Meyer
player, 527 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Wed 31 Mar 2010
at 14:04
  • msg #947

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Where do I go (Weiss)?

Also, I am not sure if it was taken into consideration, but the area north of us (escape route?) is cratered enough to warrant mentioning in the narrative. That may make for difficult driving... is Weiss the best guy for that?
Andrew Rooke
NPC, 161 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Wed 31 Mar 2010
at 14:18
  • msg #948

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse - no worries!

On a separate note I need to update Rooke's character sheet to account for the gear he took off the dead kid with the cigarette burns and from Handley.

From the kid he's taken:
Nylon Backpack
WP Grenade x1 (1kg)
4x Dynamite Sticks w/combustible fuse (1kg)
Twine

From Handley he's taken:
NVG (Soviet gen. 1) [0.5 kg]
Geiger Counter [0.5 kg]
2x full STANAG mags [1.0 kg]
1 HC Smoke grenade [0.5 kg]

He's actually leaving the nylon backpack containing the following in the Bradley:
4x Dynamite Sticks w/combustible fuse (1kg)
Twine
NVG (Soviet gen. 1) [0.5 kg]
Geiger Counter [0.5 kg]
Soviet Bagged Lunch (that he picked up earlier)
Ben Jagelis
player, 1134 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Wed 31 Mar 2010
at 14:28
  • msg #949

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Helmut Meyer (msg #947):

Unfortunately Weiss IS about the best we've got at the moment. Handley really should have stayed as driver, but....
We have only three better than weak tracked drivers now - Stone who's in hospital, St Gil who must remain as Bradley gunner, and Jordan who's in the BMP drivers seat.

Other potential tracked drivers are Ben and Rooke, both with rather poor skill. Nobody else has admitted to any ability at all.

Edit:
I've just had another look and it appears Weiss is the only one with Tac Missile, the skill needed to fire the TOW. He's got a lower Autogun skill than St Gil, but it might be worth swapping them over, especially since he's one of our two best FOs.
This message was last edited by the player at 14:38, Wed 31 Mar 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 331 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 1 Apr 2010
at 12:36
  • msg #950

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar Friedmann:
Oskar nodded and was shaking his head and about to respond... and just let his response die with a sigh.  He turned to go give the order, waited for the Lieutenant's attention to be diverted to the Gang Anjo gunner, and then snap-pivoted on the spot quickly, rapidly snaking his arms around the Lieutenant's neck and head.  Tightly.

"EVERYONE INTO THE LEAD VEHICLE.  WE ARE FUCKING LEAVING!  VARIS, IF THAT RPG IS READY THEN FIRE IT CLEAR INTO THE BTR STORES AS A FUCK YOU AND LET'S ROLL!"

The blood choke was the quickest, most non-lethal way he had to resolve the situation.  It wasn't his first choice, either, but he needed to be sure that Marc and Fox and anyone else that wasn't at the building didn't shoot him for insubordination.  Oskar started backing into their ride and was hoping that the Gang would shoot anyone trying to stop him.

"MARC!  FULL SPEED AHEAD!"


Fuse - Mitch will obviously hear the orders yelled by Oskar but is he aware of Oskar grabbing hold of Ben?  Mitch has been focussed on the railway tracks to the south so I don't think that he will be aware but I wanted to double check.

Thanks.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1135 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Thu 1 Apr 2010
at 12:48
  • msg #951

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Oskar had better hope he's close enough to begin with and catches Ben by surprise otherwise there WILL be bloodshed.
If orders were carried out as they should have been there'd be no need for any "unpleseantness". Recovery of the BTR is very possible even with the enemy close by. Towing it along the railway tracks might be the only effective way out, but even without it BOTH other vehicles still need to go that way.
Our infantry, which were ordered to protect the site, have the advantage of cover (not ceacealment obviously) and are equiped with a mulitude of antiarmour and automatic weapons - enough to hold off a company, especially with mortar support from Meyer.

A commander must be able to trust his orders will be followed without lengthy explaination - this is drilled into all new recruits and reinforced at all stages of a soldiers career. Ben definately didn't want to enter the city, but JJ is the commander and he made the decision. Ben could have mutinied and we all could have avoided the casualties and loss of equipment we've suffered, but instead the tongue was bitten and he got on with doing the job.
This message was last edited by the player at 12:54, Thu 01 Apr 2010.
Helmut Meyer
player, 528 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Thu 1 Apr 2010
at 13:18
  • msg #952

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Ben Jagelis:
BOTH other vehicles still need to go that way.


I think so. But From how it looks to me, leaving quicker means we go (that way) without the enemy getting into firing position in time. We can replace vehicles easier than people.
Robert Mitchell
player, 334 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 1 Apr 2010
at 17:16
  • msg #953

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Fuse,

Firstly, nice turn post.  All hell has broken loose again!

Secondly, a couple of questions for you:

1. Are Kaminski and Otto on the Bradley?  I think so but I just want to double check.

2. I can't remember the layout of our turret-less BMP.  I've assumed that Mitch can reach forward to Jordan and check his condition but if that's not possible then please say and I'll edit my post accordingly.

3. Lastly where is the one of Volodya's men who's armed with an RPG-7?  Is he onboard the BMP and is he still alive?
Fusilier
GM, 1395 posts
Your Guide
Thu 1 Apr 2010
at 17:31
  • msg #954

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
1. Are Kaminski and Otto on the Bradley?  I think so but I just want to double check.

2. I can't remember the layout of our turret-less BMP.  I've assumed that Mitch can reach forward to Jordan and check his condition but if that's not possible then please say and I'll edit my post accordingly.

3. Lastly where is the one of Volodya's men who's armed with an RPG-7?  Is he onboard the BMP and is he still alive?


1. Whoops. I forgot about those two. I believe they were put into the BMP... which means one of the gang members will be riding in the commander's seat* and another rising up with Mitch in the open turret ring.

* One of those seats you can see here on the forward left side.

2. Mmmm... No I don't I think so looking at the diagram. The driver is seated a ways forward and it looks like the hatch is the only means to access him.

3. He's in the BMP... in the turret ring and still alive.


Robert Mitchell
player, 336 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Thu 1 Apr 2010
at 20:02
  • msg #955

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

I really hope that we don't have to move all the wounded from the BMP to the Bradley!  The BMP needs a big red cross on it! <G>

EDIT - Fuse - I hope that Mitch isn't doing too much in one "turn" as such.
This message was last edited by the player at 20:03, Thu 01 Apr 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1397 posts
Your Guide
Fri 2 Apr 2010
at 02:04
  • msg #956

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #955):

No... while you did come under fire, don't act on combat turns. That doesn't mean time stands still with the enemy, but well... you know where I'm going with this. Play things out as you are.
Robert Mitchell
player, 337 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 2 Apr 2010
at 06:25
  • msg #957

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Fusilier (msg #956):

OK - thanks.
Mike Catchings
player, 159 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Fri 2 Apr 2010
at 09:49
  • msg #958

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Robert Mitchell:
Mitch is frankly relieved to see Mike moving to help with Jordan.  Mitch had feared the worst when he'd seen Mike sprawled in the BMP's passenger compartment and so is delighted to see the marine still up and moving!

Heh, 2 things wrong with that.  1 - A tiny piece of shrapnel won't send Mike sprawling
2 - Mike's a US NAVY Corpsman, not a Marine.  Works with Marines, Lives with Marines, occasionally even fights light a Marine, but no Eagle Globe and Anchor.
Robert Mitchell
player, 339 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Fri 2 Apr 2010
at 10:19
  • msg #959

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Mike Catchings (msg #958):

ah - sorry.

I thought that he was sprawled from the impact in his back.

As to the marine point that could well be something that Mitch would make a mistake about.

I'll amend though.
Fusilier
GM, 1398 posts
Your Guide
Fri 2 Apr 2010
at 10:39
  • msg #960

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Yeah the gangmember is slumped forward from his seat, but the others are pretty much as they were.

...I knew Mike would mention about the Marine :D
Fusilier
GM, 1400 posts
Your Guide
Sat 3 Apr 2010
at 17:48
  • msg #961

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Adding XP. Some of you have amassed quite a few. PM me to boost any skills. NPC's won't be getting any as they will accumulate XP at a rate half that of the PCs. You can view how many you have in the "Cast" thread.
Mike Catchings
player, 160 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sat 3 Apr 2010
at 18:07
  • msg #962

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Cool Fuse, thanks.

Which vehicle is the Major going to get in? He's in for quite a shock if he gets in the BMP. I know Mike should be thoroughly soaked in blood.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:08, Sat 03 Apr 2010.
Varis Babicevs
player, 467 posts
Auxiliary
Scout/Translator (US)
Sat 3 Apr 2010
at 18:10
  • msg #963

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Cool Fuse, thanks.

Which vehicle is the Major going to get in? He's in for quite a shock if he gets in the BMP. I know Mike should be thoroughly soaked in blood.


He's also in for a shock if he enters the Bradley. His Latvian scout is holding a .45 on his Canadian section leader!
Fusilier
GM, 1402 posts
Your Guide
Sat 3 Apr 2010
at 20:42
  • msg #964

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Mike Catchings:
Which vehicle is the Major going to get in?


Bradley I am assuming (unless told otherwise). He can fit in where Oskar was sitting. The BMP is like you said rather full and operating more as an ambulance.

Also, just another one of my usual reminders that I hope all ammunition and gear changes have been adjusted on your Character sheets? I still need to sort out Tom's gear and what was in the BTR.
This message was last edited by the GM at 20:44, Sat 03 Apr 2010.
Kurt Weiss
player, 312 posts
Command Sergeant Major
Army Special Forces (US)
Sat 3 Apr 2010
at 23:05
  • msg #965

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Wow,

Okay.  Bear with me folks, I'm going to have to take some time to catch up with things a bit.  I read back a few days but I will definitely need to read more.  Good to be back, hope I won't slow things down too much while I get readjusted to the situation.

Weiss (Tim/Doji Hoturi)
Robert Mitchell
player, 340 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 06:08
  • msg #966

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

Kurt Weiss:
Wow,

Okay.  Bear with me folks, I'm going to have to take some time to catch up with things a bit.  I read back a few days but I will definitely need to read more.  Good to be back, hope I won't slow things down too much while I get readjusted to the situation.

Weiss (Tim/Doji Hoturi)


Welcome back and if you have questions please ask!  Much of what happened with the vehicles isn't detailed in the main thread, and was handled in PMs between Fuse and myself, so all that appears in the main thread is radio transmissions.  I might be able to answer some questions about what Weiss saw but at one point the Bradley deployed smoke and Mitch lost track of the other vehicles from that point.

That's actually an interesting tactical point.  The Bradley deployed smoke to conceal itself from enemy vehicles but the outcome was to blind the BMP (and I think the BTR as well).  I assume that the Bradley can use IR to "see" enemy vehicles from within smoke but the tactical outcome for the BMP was to force it to move out of the smoke so that it could continue to engage the enemy as they were closing and had APCs supported by dismounted infantry (I believe).
Mike Catchings
player, 161 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 07:25
  • msg #967

Re: Plan of attack (possibly)

In reply to Robert Mitchell (msg #966):

I thought the IR on the Bradley was busted?
Ben Jagelis
player, 1136 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 08:56
  • msg #968

BMP photos

This first one is of a BMP-2 and the ex-commanders position.



Taken a few weeks ago during my visit to Puckapunyal in Victoria, Australia, the following show various elements of the BMP-1. This particular vehicle was donated to the museum by Germany after the reunification (A T-72 next to it was from the same source).




The mounting for a PK machinegun can be seen towards the front of the vehicle. Obviously the gunner would sit closest to the turret. A brass catcher can be seen on the right side of the mounting.




Two of the four firing ports can be seen here without the brass inserts designed for AK series weapons. The forward periscope is angled well forward in line with the left side machinegunners port. The two roof hatches on each side are large enough for two men to stand in.




The commander has three periscopes attached to his hatch. These and the IR spotlight all rotate with ease in 360 degrees - the hatch cover is hinged behind the periscopes and spotlight.




From this angle the external difference in the firing ports is clear (the machinegun port is the odd one out). One port is located within the left door and fitted with exactly the same insert as the other rifle ports.




The brass insert is easily removed and is obviously designed to make a tight seal around an AK series rifle. When removed, it falls into two connected pieces allowing the insertion of the rifle. It is evident that any rifle or machinegun could be used through the port if the insert is not used, however this would result in the vehicle not being NBC sealed.


This message was last edited by the player at 04:49, Tue 06 Apr 2010.
Mike Catchings
player, 162 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 09:02
  • msg #969

Re: BMP photos

Awesome pics!  I got a couple opportunities to go to the Littlefield Tank Museum, which is a private collection of 400+ armored vehicles in the SF Bay Area, but guests aren't allowed to go inside them.  What an awesome opportunity.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1137 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 09:51
  • msg #970

Re: BMP photos

Fusilier:
Henry is suffering from serious fragmentation and blast wounds from the first 30mm API round that slammed into the BMP-Mod. Along the length of his right side, starting from his shoulder and running down to his thigh, are a few large bloody patches. He's conscious, and in great pain.

I think our mission has now changed.
We have no more even slightly competent tracked vehicle drivers. Therefore, placing the remaining vehicles in harms way is a VERY BAD idea.

We do however have a few decent wheeled vehicle drivers. Shame we don't have a wheeled vehicle any more...
Oskar Friedmann
player, 588 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 11:10
  • msg #971

Re: BMP photos

Oskar's got an effective '10' for skill checks with tracks.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1139 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 11:40
  • msg #972

Re: BMP photos

That would be an untrained 10 which makes everything so much harder.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 589 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 12:27
  • msg #973

Re: BMP photos

No, he's trained.  Oskar does everything.  :)
Mike Catchings
player, 163 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 17:36
  • msg #974

Re: BMP photos

If it's alright with Frank, Mike's professional opinion would be to leave him at the hospital as well, since he's been banged up quite a bit since this engagement started. I was going to post this IC, but it seems we've bypassed the Hospital stop, which is fine.  Fuse, IC Mike would have given casualty report to the Marians for each wounded squad member staying in the hospital, and then taken what medical supplies he could get from the Hospital to replenish his and the vehicle's stocks.  He is not above stretching the truth by using his status as part of IB medical detail to procure said supplies. Also, he's spent many days and nights in the operating room and other parts of hospital saving lives alongside the Marians, so hopefully they will cut him some slack.
This message was last edited by the player at 18:55, Sun 04 Apr 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1404 posts
Your Guide
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 17:56
  • msg #975

Re: BMP photos

Everyone,

We seemed to have gotten ahead of things. And its leading to some confusion and overlooked events. Continuity is messed up.

In the last post, the team was going to the hospital first, then back to the billet. While it may not be required to go into lengthy detail at the hospital, some players (either mentioning here or in PMs) were expecting to have a go at things that need sorting out. Perhaps I left things at poor spot.

I believe that I am going to reverse things a little and omit those posts which are occurring back at the billet. This will happen when I put up the turn tomorrow.
This message was last edited by the GM at 18:25, Sun 04 Apr 2010.
Robert Mitchell
player, 342 posts
Corporal
British Infantry
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 18:32
  • msg #976

Re: BMP photos

Fuse - can I suggest that you delete posts as appropriate to avoid confusion.

Alternatively I'll amend Mitch's post so that he can vouch for Methuselah prior to them arriving back at the billet.
Helmut Meyer
player, 529 posts
Unteroffizier
PanzerPionier (Germany)
Sun 4 Apr 2010
at 18:39
  • msg #977

Re: BMP photos

Yeah, it's probably best the posts are deleted to keep it straight.

Oh, and welcome back Kurt!
This message was last edited by the player at 18:40, Sun 04 Apr 2010.
Francis 'Frank' Benucci
player, 232 posts
Sergeant /U.S. Rangers
Call Sign 'Found Four'
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 01:19
  • msg #978

Re: BMP photos

Mike Catchings:
If it's alright with Frank, Mike's professional opinion would be to leave him at the hospital as well, since he's been banged up quite a bit since this engagement started. I was going to post this IC, but it seems we've bypassed the Hospital stop, which is fine.  Fuse, IC Mike would have given casualty report to the Marians for each wounded squad member staying in the hospital, and then taken what medical supplies he could get from the Hospital to replenish his and the vehicle's stocks.  He is not above stretching the truth by using his status as part of IB medical detail to procure said supplies. Also, he's spent many days and nights in the operating room and other parts of hospital saving lives alongside the Marians, so hopefully they will cut him some slack.

That's totally your call Mike.  I just want to see Frank get his shit back before you commit me, LOL!  I don't want Frank left out, even though his mobility is somewhat limited.  He would take the time to get rid of the M-16A2 and put the M-203 on his M-4 while he's laid up.
Mike Catchings
player, 164 posts
HM3
Navy FMF Corpsman (US)
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 01:39
  • msg #979

Re: BMP photos

In reply to Francis 'Frank' Benucci (msg #978):

Thanks. I'd send Ben as well, but I figure JJ is going to want to talk to him. Mike's been pretty busy, plus Marians are better equipped to deal with the wounded so Mike could use the break!
Fusilier
GM, 1407 posts
Your Guide
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 12:38
  • msg #981

Re: BMP photos

Ok. I think this is ok.

I've edited some posts and cut and pasted them so they fit.

Everything to do with talking to the Major about what happened will be done at the church while Mike's team with the wounded are busy inside. I moved the posts to after the arrival (new turn post msg #773) to help with continuity. Everything else that happened when the team reunited didn't change.

So just to be clear. Everyone is at the hospital right now. But I'll let you chose to either stay with the vehicles where the Major and Kurt are dealing with Ben/Oscar or go with Mike and the wounded into the church.

If there's no problems with this, then game on.
This message was last edited by the GM at 12:59, Tue 06 Apr 2010.
Ben Jagelis
player, 1141 posts
Canadian Lieutenant
Airborne Infantry
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 12:42
  • msg #982

Re: BMP photos

Ben's got nothing but a scratch. Nothing a little antiseptic and a bandaid won't fix.
He won't find it comfortable sitting for a while though with the score mark from the bullet just below his butt cheeks.
Kurt Weiss
player, 315 posts
Command Sergeant Major
Army Special Forces (US)
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 20:26
  • msg #983

Re: BMP photos

Was going to reply, but will wait for Varis to get his piece in.  Then Oskar, unless you really want his opinion before Oskar speaks.
Oskar Friedmann
player, 594 posts
Staff Sergeant
Special Forces (US)
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 20:53
  • msg #984

Re: BMP photos

Oskar's already said his piece and was ordered outside the main area.  He's basically waiting to get called back in.
Kurt Weiss
player, 316 posts
Command Sergeant Major
Army Special Forces (US)
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 21:27
  • msg #985

Re: BMP photos

Hah, somehow I missed that novel...post up shortly.
Methuselah A. Q. K. Agahu
player, 6 posts
Corporal
Coldstream Guards
Tue 6 Apr 2010
at 23:24
  • msg #986

Re: BMP photos

Methuselah is currently awaiting an opportunity to go to base and report to his CO with an update on his mission. If that means staying with JJO & Co then he will do so, but if it means going to the hospital then that is what he will do. Please can someone advise which option is appropriate.

P.S. - Fuse, can you start a new OOC thread as we are nearing 1000.
This message was last edited by the player at 23:25, Tue 06 Apr 2010.
Fusilier
GM, 1409 posts
Your Guide
Wed 7 Apr 2010
at 02:34
  • msg #987

Re: BMP photos

For those who are sent to the hospital, don't worry, you won't be out of the game. Game it out as Frank did, but time will get fast forwarded soon and you'll be discharged (at least the PCs will be).
Sign In